初中英语中考总复习大全 213页

目　　录第一篇词法2一、名词2二、冠词11三、代词17四、形容词、副词28五、连词46六、介词54七、数词69八、动词74第二篇句法97一、主要句式97二、定语从句110三、常见习惯用语115四、完形填空与阅读129附录144中学生英语学习常见错误一览表144A144B152C158D164E168F171G176H178I183J185Ｋ186L187Ｍ192Ｎ196Ｏ199Ｐ201Ｒ204Ｓ207Ｔ212Ｕ215Ｖ217Ｗ218Ｙ221-213-\n第一篇词法一、名词(一)知识概要名词的概念在不同的语法教课书中有不同的解释和分类方法，但就实际应用来讲还是不要过分地追求其理论概念，而更多的要把注意力放在其应用上来。我们不妨把它分为两大类：专有名词与普通名词。顾名思义，专有名词是指：个人、事物、机关等所专有的名称，如，theGreatWall，America…它们是不能随意变动的。而普通名词中则包括个体名词，如pen,worker…它表示单一的个体人或事物；集体名词，如：family,class，team,它表示的是由若干个个体组成的集合体；物质名词，如：water,paper…它表示的是一种物质，原材料；而后一种是抽象名词，如:work,time…它表示着一种在实际生活中看不见、摸不到，但却与实际生活紧密相关的某些动作、状态、品质的抽象概念。见下表。名词一览表种类专有名词London,John,theCommunistPartyofChina普通名词类名词nurse,boy,worker,pencil,dog,table集体名词class,family,army,police,team,people物质名词water,steel,glass,cotton,wood,sand抽象名词happiness,love,work,life,courage,honest功用主语MyfamilyisnowinNewYork.表语Hisfatherisascientist.宾语Weloveourgreatmotherland.宾语补足语HemadeLondonthebaseforhiswork.定语Thegirlsaremakingpaperflowesrs.状语Thecarcosthim1000dollars.同位语MrBrown,afamousscientist,willcomehere.名词在使用中的难点在于名词的数，即可数名词与不可数名词的实际应用。不可数名词不能用数字计算，所以它通常只有单数形式。它包含有专有名词、物质名词、抽象名词等，如：English,air,water,cotton,work…可数名词是可以用数量加以计算的名词，所以它具有单数形式和复数形式两种。可数名词复数形式的构成规律是：1.一般情况加s,如：pen—pens,doctor—doctors,boy—boys,其读音规则是在清辅音后读［s］，在元音和浊辅音后读［z］。如:map—map，boy—boys.-213-\n2.在以s,sh,ch,x结尾的名词后面加es，如：bus—buses,class—classes,其读音为［iz］。3.以ce,se,ze,(d)ge结尾的名词加s，其读音为［iz］。4.以辅音字母加y结尾的名词，要将y变为i再加es，读作［z］，如：factory—factories,country—countries,family—families.但要注意的是以元音字母加y结尾的名词的复数形式只加s，如:boy—boys,day—days。5.以o结尾的名词的复数形式一般要加es，但如果o前面是元音字母或外来词，缩写词以o结尾的则只加s，如：tomato—tomatoes,hero—heroes;photo—photos,radio—radios,piano—pianos6.以f或fe结尾的名词的复数形式要将f或fe变为v再加es，如：knife—knives,leaf—leaves,但有些例外的词如roof的复数形式是roofs。7.不规则名词的复数形式是要单个记忆的，它没有规律可循，如:man—men,woman—women,child—children,foot—feet,tooth—teeth,mouse—mice8.单复同形的名词有：fish,sheep,deer…9.单数形式但其意为复数的名词有:people,police等。名词还有格的变化，其主格可作主语，宾格可作宾语。还有所有格，用来表示人或物的所有，以及领属关系。表示有生命的名词的所有格其单数形式是加's其复数形式是s'，如其结尾不是s的复数形式仍加's，如：astudent'sroom,students'rooms,Children'sDay.在表示时间、距离、世界、国家……名词的所有格要用's，如：atwentyminutes'walk.但无生命名词的所有格则必须用of结构，如：thecapitalofourcountry,thecolouroftheflowers(二)正误辨析［误］Pleasegivemeapaper.［正］Pleasegivemeapieceofpaper.［析］不要认为可以数的名词就是可数名词，这种原因是对英语中可数与不可数名词的概念与中文中的能数与不能数相混淆了，所以造成了这样的错误，因paper在英语中是属于物质名词一类，是不可数名词。而不可数名词要表达数量时，要用与之相关的量词来表达，如：twopiecesofpaper.［误］Pleasegivemetwoletterpapers.［正］Pleasegivemetwopiecesofletterpaper.［析］paper作为纸讲是不可数名词，而作为报纸、考卷、文章讲时则是可数名词，如：Eachstudentshouldwriteapaperonwhathehaslearnt.［误］Myglassesisbroken.［正］Myglassesarebroken.［误］Iwanttobuytwoshoes.［正］Iwanttobuytwopairsofshoes.［析］英语中glasses—眼镜，shoes—鞋，trousers—裤子等由两部分组成的名词一般要用复数形式。如果要表示一副眼镜应用apairof-213-\nglasses而这时的谓语动词应与量词相一致。如：Thispairofglassesisverygood.［误］MayIborrowtworadioes?［正］MayIborrowtworadios?［析］以o结尾的名词大都是用加es来表示其复数形式，但如果o前面是一个元音字母或外来语时则只加s就可以了。这样的词有zoo—zoos,piano—pianos.［误］ThisisaMary'sdictionary.［正］ThisisMary'sdictionary.［析］如名词前有指示代词this,that,thesethose,及其他修饰词our,some,every,which,或所有格时，则不要再加冠词。［误］Therearemuchpeopleinthegarden.［正］Therearemanypeopleinthegarden.［析］可数名词前应用many,few,afew,alotof来修饰，而people是可数名词，而且是复数名词，如：Thepeopleareplantingtreeshere.［误］Iwantafewwater.［正］Iwantalittlewater.［析］不可数名词前可以用alittle,little,alotof,some来修饰，但不可用many,few来修饰。［误］Thankyouverymuch.Yourfamilyisverykindtome.［正］Thankyouverymuch.Yourfamilyareverykindtome.［误］Tom'sandMary'sfamilyarewaitingforus.［正］Tom'sandMary'sfamiliesarewaitingforus.［误］I'msorry.Ihavetogo.Tom'sfamiliesarewaitingforme.［正］I'msorry.Ihavetogo.Tom'sfamilyarewaitingforme.［析］集合名词如果指某个集合的整体，则应视为单数，如指某个集合体中的个体则应视为复数。如:Myfamilyisabigfamily.WhenIcamein,Tom'sfamilywerewatchingTV.即汤姆一家人正在看电视。这样的集合名词有：familyclass,team等。［误］Don'teattoomuchmeats.［正］Don'teattoomuchmeat.［误］Foodinthatrestaurantisverygood.［正］Thefoodinthatrestaurantisverygood.［析］物质名词是不可数名词，在使用中不可以加s，即它没有复数形式。也不可加不定冠词。但如果用于特指某一物质时可以加定冠词。如：Idon'tlikedrinkingcoffee,butthecoffeeinthatcupisreallygood.［误］Pleasegivemetwowaters.［正］Pleasegivemetwoglassesofwater.［正］Pleasegivemetwocoffees.［析］物质名词如要加计量时，一定要加量词，如：twocupsoftea,twoglassesofwater,aglassofmilk,aloafofbread,-213-\napieceofbread,aboxofsugar,abowlofrice,abottleoforange,abagofearth例：I'lltellyouapieceofgoodnews.但只有coffee可以用coffees来取代manycupsofcoffee.［误］Canyougivemethenewspaperoftoday?［正］Canyougivemetoday'snewspaper?［析］加's构成所有格的名词一般应指有生命的人或物。如：Mary'shair，但在英文的习惯用法中对时间、距离等名词的所有格多用's来构成而不用of结构。如：afiveminutes'walk.［误］Pleasemakearoomfortheladyintheschoolbus.［正］Pleasemakeroomfortheladyintheschoolbus.［析］英语中更多的名词是含有多种用法和多种含意的，如：room为可数名词时为“房间”，如：IliveinRoom5.而room为抽象名词时为空间上面一句话应译为“请给老妇人在校车上留个地方。”这样的词还有：glass玻璃glasses眼镜stone石头astone一块石头time时间twotimes两次wood木头woods树林［误］Thereisaflowersgardenbehindmyhouse.［正］Thereisaflowergardenbehindmyhouse.［析］名词除了在句中作主语、宾语、表语外，还可以用来修饰另一个名词，这时作修饰词的名词一般要用单数形式，如：shoefactory(鞋厂),postoffice(邮局),eveningpaper(晚报),nightschool(夜校),headmaster(校长),alawschool(法律学院)。但也有例外，如:agoodstrain(货车),sportsmeeting(运动会)。［误］Mymotherboughttwofishesforsupperthismorning.［正］Mymotherboughttwofishforsupperthismorning.［析］英语中有些名词单复同形，如：fish,deer,sheep,Chinese(中国人),means(方法)。所以应讲onefish,twofish,oneChinese,twoChinese.如果讲Therearefivefishesinthepool.应译为池中有五种鱼而不是五条鱼。［误］Maryexpressedherthanktoherboyfriend.［正］Maryexpressedherthankstoherboyfriend.［析］英语中有些名词只有复数形式，如：thanks,greens，而有些词单数形式与复数形式有不同的词意。如:clothes为衣服，而cloth则是布，sand沙子，而sands是沙滩。［误］Iofferedmysonmycongratulationonhissuccess.［正］Iofferedmysonmycongratulationsonhissuccess.［析］英语中表示祝贺的词虽有单数形式，但一般要用其复数形式。如握手为shakehands.［误］WehavefiveGermaninthismeeting.［正］WehavefiveGermansinthismeeting.-213-\n［析］英国人Englishman的复数形式为Englishmen，而German则要加s，因为它不是由国名与man的组合词。［误］TherearetwoAsinthisword.［正］TherearetwoA'sinthisword.［析］在大写字母缩写形式的复数表达法中应加s，但如字母是A、I时，为了防止与As和Is相混，则要用's即A's，I's［误］Therearethree6sandtwo3sinmytelephonenumber.［正］Therearethree6'sandtwo3'sinmytelephonenumber.［析］在小写字母与数字的复数形式表达法中要用's［误］Wehavemanywomanteachersinourschool.［正］Wehavemanywomenteachersinourschool.［析］一般组合名词变为复数形式时只将词中心词变为复数如：halfbrother—halfbrothers(同父异母或同母异父的兄弟)daughterinlaw—daughtersinlaw,(儿媳)但要注意的是：mandriver—mendrivers(男司机)womandoctor—womendoctors(女大夫)grownup—grownups(成年人)但是boystudent—则变为boystudents［误］Physicsareverydifficulttolearn.［正］Physicsisverydifficulttolearn.［析］虽以s结尾但只能用作单数名词有：科学，学科名字：Physics.Mathematicspolitics游戏名称：bowls专有名称：NiagaraFalls(尼亚加拉瀑布)其他名词：news(消息，新闻)［误］Thereisapeopleintheroom.［正］Thereisapersonintheroom.［正］Thereisamanintheroom.［析］people是复数名词，不可用作单数，如要用来讲一个人时应用aperson,aman,awoman。同样的词有police.要讲一个警察时则要用apoliceman,apolicewoman。［误］Whereismyshoe?［正］Wherearemyshoes?［析］常常只用作复数形式的词有trousers,pants,shorts(短裤)，socks(袜子),shoes,gloves(手套)。但如果只找其中的一个则要指明，这时还是应用单数形式。如：Where'smyleftglove?(我左手的手套在哪?)［误］Ipaidfivepenniesforthesweet.［正］Ipaidfivepenceforthesweet.［析］英语中便士有两个复数形式pence用来表达一定数量的钱。而pennies是指一个个的硬币，如：Iwanttochangethisnoteforpennies.我想把这纸币换成硬币。(即一便士一个的硬币)。［误］Therearemanyfruitintheshop.［正］Therearemanyfruitsintheshop.-213-\n［析］物质名词为不可数名词，但是用来表示种类时则可以用作可数名词，这里应译为各种各样的水果。［误］Thereisanewcar.ItisJone'sandMary's.［正］Thereisanewcar.ItisJoneandMary's.［析］有生命名词的所有格，如果是单数名词则加's如：Mary'scar.如果是以s结尾的复数名词则只在s后面加’如：teachers'offices.如果是复数名词但不是以s结尾，则只加’s，如：children'spalace组合名词的所有格是在最后一个词尾加's如：girlfriend—girlfriend'ssomeoneelse—someoneelse'saweekorthree—aweekorthree's如名词后有同位语时，则应加在同位语的词尾上，如：Itismygirlfriend,Mary'scar.要注意的是当两个名词并列时，如表示归两人共同所有，则在最后一个名词后面加's，如果表示分别所有则在两个名词后分别加's，如：ThisisMaryandJone'shome.即Mary与Jone是一家人。这是他们共同的家。而TheseareMary'sandJone'shomes.则应译为这里是Mary的家与Jone的家。［误］Itisreallybeautiful.Itisaworkofnature.［正］Itisreallybeautiful.ItisaNature'swork.［析］无生命名词的所有格应用of结构。但是's形式的所有格可用于以下无生命的名词：表示时间的词：today'snewspaper,atwentyminutes'walk,anhour's,rest表示长度的词：threemetres'distance,aboat'slength，twentymiles'journey表示重量的名词：twopounds'weight价格名词：twodollars'worth拟人化的名词：Nature'swork,nature'slesson(大自然的教训)及国家、机关、团体、城市等机构性名词：theuniversity'slibrary［误］Heisanoldfriendofmyfather.［正］Heisanoldfriendofmyfather's.［析］这是英语中的一种习惯用法而不要根据语法去推理。如：ThispenisTom's.［误］Myfatherisagoodcooker.［正］Myfatherisagoodcook.［析］一般动词加上er后则转意为执行该动作的执行者，如:teach(教)—teacher(老师),think(想)—thinker(思想家),drive(开车)—driver(司机),sell(卖)—seller(卖物者)……但不能总是以此类推，比如cook是动词“做饭”。而cook也可作为名词“厨师”讲，而cooker则为厨具，餐具，即锅、碗、勺等做饭用具。［误］Theyoungisdancingthere.［正］Theyoungaredancingthere.［析］英文中用定冠词加上形容词表示一类人时应按复数名词，如：therich富人，thepoor(穷人),thewise聪明人，但如果用定冠词加形容词来表示事物则要用作单数名词，如：Thebeautifulisstillhere.美丽的风景依旧。［误］Thestoriesofthebookwaswrittenmanyyearsago.［正］Thestoriesofthebookwerewrittenmanyyearsago.［析］这句话的真正主语应是stories，所以应用复数谓语动词。-213-\n［误］ThisisoneoftheEnglishChinesedictionary.［正］ThisisoneoftheEnglishChinesedictionaries.［析］oneof意为“……之一”，of后面的名词要用复数形式。［误］Let'sgotouncleWangforsupper.［正］Let'sgotouncleWang'sforsupper.［析］uncleWang's意为“王叔叔家”，doctor's意为“医院或私人诊所”。［误］Ithinkwewillmakeafriendwitheachother.［正］Ithinkwewillmakefriendswitheachother.［析］makefriends为习惯用法，即交朋友。［误］Iwanttotellyoumuchpiecesofgoodnews.［正］Iwanttotellyoumanypiecesofgoodnews.［析］news为不可数名词，但加了量词之后则要用many来修饰量词，因量词是可数名词，或可以说Iwanttotellyousomegoodnews.因some即可用在可数名词前，也可用在不可数名词前作形容词，如：Iwanttotellyousomepiecesofgoodnews.［误］Theteacherwithfivestudentsarecominghere.［正］Theteacherwithfivestudentsiscominghere.［析］要注意由with引出的介词短语不是本句的主语，这与连词and有很大的区别，如：Theteacherandfivestudentsarecominghere.这里由介词引出的短语仅仅是teacher的修饰语。［误］Therearealotofinformationhere,butwedon'tneedthem.［正］Thereisalotofinformationhere,butwedon'tneedit.［析］information为不可数名词，而用作代替它的词要用it而不能用them.［误］Manyastudentmakethesamemistakeintheexam.［正］Manyastudentmakesthesamemistakeintheexam.［析］manya加可数名词单数，作主语时其谓语动词应用单数形式，但其意为许多学生。［误］Thechildrenwearverygoodclothtogotoschooltoday.［正］Thechildrenwearverygoodclothestogotoschooltoday.［析］英文中cloth,clothes,clothing是易混之词：cloth是物质名词，意为“布”，没有复数形式，而clothing是指衣物的总称，也没有复数形式。clothes是指衣服，但没有单数形式，如：Thisclothingisneededinwarmcountries.Herclothesaremadeoffinecloth.英文中的dress则指较正规的服装，如：aschooldress校服，aneveningdress晚礼服。［误］IliketostudytheEnglish.［正］IliketostudyEnglish.［析］作为一种学科名词前不要用冠词，而作为某一特指学科则要加冠词，如：Iliketostudyhistory.IliketostudythehistoryofAmerica.［误］TheBrownsisgoingtovisitChina.-213-\n［正］TheBrownsaregoingtovisitChina.［析］定冠词加姓加s，则意为“Brown先生一家人”。所以应用复数谓语动词。此句应译为：Brown先生一家将要访问中国。(三)例题解析1.LucyandLily＿＿＿inthesameclass.A.amB.isC.areD.be［答案］C.［析］由and连接两个单数名词作主语时应按复数名词来搭配谓语动词。2.Whichisthe＿＿＿tothebusstop，please?AroadBwayCstreetDaddress［答案］B.［析］这是考察同意词辨析，road是指较宽阔的大道，意为“乡间公路”，而street意为道路两边的建筑物较高，可视为街道之意，而way则多为要到达某地所要经过的途径，还可引深为方式、方法。而address则为“地址”。如：Thereisacarrunningalongthecountryroad.Iliveat105Parkstreet.CanyoushowmethewaytotheNationalMuseum?3.Hurryup!Thereis＿＿＿timeleft.AlittleBalittleCfewDafew［答案］A.［析］因time作为时间讲为不可数名词，所以不可用few，afew来修饰。另外，英文的表达法与中文不同，中文讲，快点，时间不多了，而英文要讲，快点，没时间了。因此，要用little而不用alittle.4.Howmany＿＿＿canyouseeinthepicture?AtomatosBtomatoesCtomatoDthetomato［答案］B.［析］用Howmany提问时，其名词要用复数形式，而tomato的复数要加es.5.—　＿＿＿isthemeat.Please?—　Tenyuanakilo.AHowmuchBHowmanyCHowoldDHowlong［答案］A.［析］由对话的答语可看出其问句问的是价格。钱数作为整体、价格讲时，不论其值是多少都是不可数名词，要用howmuch提问。6Theboy'snameisJamesAllenGreen.Sohisgivennameis＿＿＿.AJamesAllenBAllenGreenCJamesGreenDMr.Green［答案］A.［析］英文的习惯与中文不同，中文是姓在前名字在后，而英文则是姓在最后，其第一个名字是由父母所起的，中间的名字可能是父母、教父所起的，但都可称作givenname,而姓在英文中是familyname.7Shanghaiisoneofthebiggest＿＿＿inourcountry.AcityBcity'sCcitysDcities-213-\n［答案］D.［析］复音字母以y结尾的单词的复数形式要把y变成i再加es。oneof加名词的结构中的名词应用复数。8Wouldyoupleasepassme＿＿＿?Atwopaper　　　BtwopapersCtwopiecesofpaperDtwopiecesofpapers［答案］C.［析］paper是不可数名词，如讲一张、两张纸时，要用量词piece.9September10this＿＿＿Day.ATeacherBTeachersCTeacher'sDTeachers'［答案］D.10Ionlyhave＿＿＿breadforlunchtoday.AabitBabitofClittleDfew［答案］B.11“Whatwouldyoulike,Ann?”“I'dliketwo＿＿＿.”AglassofmilkBglassesofmilkCglassofmilksDglassesofmilks［答案］B.12Thereisn't＿＿＿paperinthebox.Willyougoandget＿＿＿forme?Aany,someBany,anyCsome,someDsome,any［答案］A.［析］any用于否定句与疑问句，但如果要表达说话者真心实意希望得到肯定答复时，问句中要用some而不要按一般语法规律用any.13June1stis＿＿＿.AChildren'sdayBchildren'sDayCChildren'sDayDchildren'sday［答案］C.14Theseforeignfriendsare＿＿＿.AGermanBGermenCGermanyDGermans［答案］D.15Allthestudentsarebusy,so＿＿＿ofthemwillgotothecinema.AmanyBlittleCafewDfew［答案］D.［析］student是可数名词，而few用于可数名词，意为：几乎没有学生去电影院。16Therearethree＿＿＿andseven＿＿＿inthepicture.Adeers,sheepsBdeers,sheepCdeer,sheepDdeer,sheeps［答案］C.［析］deer与sheep均是单复同形的名词。-213-\n17Whoseroomisthis?It's＿＿＿.AmyBKike'sandJohn'sCourDKikeandJohn's［答案］D.［析］因为room为单数，所以不可能是Kike的一间与John的一间，应为二者共用的一间房子。二、冠词(一)知识概要冠词在英语中只有3个词，分为两类：不定冠词a与an，定冠词the。a用在以辅音开始的单数名词前，an用于以元音开始的单词前。不定冠词用来表示一类事物中泛指的某一事物，而定冠词则用于特指的某一个或某些事物，可用于不可数名词、可数名词单数及可数名词复数前。(二)正误辨析［误］Thisbuildingisanuniversity.［正］Thisbuildingisauniversity.［析］a用于以辅音音素开始的单词前，而an用于以元音音素开始的单词前，而不是元音字母开头的单词前。university的第一个音素是［j］，所以用a而不要用an。又如：Thereisa“n”intheword.是错句，应为：Thereisan“n”intheword.因字母n的发音的第一个音素是元音。要注意的还有hour因其第一个字母h不发音，所以应该用anhour。例如：Ineedanhourtofinishthework.Itisausefuldictionary.ItisaEuropeancountry.Iboughtausedcar.［误］Ineedaumbrellabecauseitlookslikeraining.［正］Ineedanumbrellabecauseitlookslikeraining.［析］因umbrella的第一个音素是元音，所以应用an.常用的情况有：anoldman,anEnglishteacher,anelephant,anidea,anhourago,anhonestboy…。［误］“Canyouhelpme”“Sorry,I'minhurry.”［正］“Canyouhelpme”“Sorry.I'minahurry.”［析］不定冠词的主要用法如下：1.用来表示一类人或事物，如：Sheisateacher.2.指某一类人或事物中的一个，如：Anelephantisbiggerthanahorse.3.泛指某一人或事物，如：Amaniswaitingforyouattheschoolgate.4.相当于“one”的概念，如：Ijustboughtanewdictionary.5.其主要的难点是用在固定词组中：如：haveawalk/arest/alook-213-\n又如：inahurry匆匆忙忙makeaface作鬼脸dosomebodyafavour帮某人忙anumberof=many又如：haveagoodtime(玩得好)haveacold(感冒)haveaheadache(头痛)haveabreak=havearest［误］Iboughtthedictionaryyesterday.Adictionaryisverygood.［正］Iboughtadictionaryyesterday.Thedictionaryisverygood.［析］在文章中第一次提到某物时用不定冠词，而第二次提到时用定冠词。［误］Pleaseturnofflightsbeforeyouleave.［正］Pleaseturnoffthelightsbeforeyouleave.［析］虽然是第一次提到某物但说话双方均知其所指，也应用定冠词。［误］Therearenineplanetsaroundasun.［正］Therearenineplanetsaroundthesun.［析］世上独一无二的天体等名词前应加定冠词，如：theearth,themoon,thesun,thesky,thesea.［误］Iliveonasecondfloorofthisbuilding.［正］Iliveonthesecondfloorofthisbuilding.［析］在序数词，形容词最高级前要用定冠词。如：Heistheoldestinthefamily.［误］Iwanttolearnthesecondlanguagethisterm.［正］Iwanttolearnasecondlanguagethisterm.［析］在序数词的含意不是顺序中的第一第二，而其意在于再学一个，再来一个时，应用a，本句的意思应为：这学期我要学一门第二外语。［误］Mississippiisoneofthelongestriversintheworld.［正］TheMississippiisoneofthelongestriversintheworld.［析］在河流名称前应加定冠词，如：theYellowRiver(黄河)。［误］Look,thereareAlp.［误］Look,therearetheAlp.［正］Look,therearetheAlps.［析］具体的某一座山不加定冠词，如：MountainTai.但在山名称前加定冠词后，其山名要加s，来表示山脉。theAlps即为阿尔卑斯山脉。如:TheAlpsareinthecenterofEurope.［误］Timesisoneoftheoldestnewspapersintheworld.［正］TheTimesisoneoftheoldestnewspapersintheworld.［析］报刊名称前应加定冠词。［误］Richarenotalwayshappy.-213-\n［正］Thericharenotalwayshappy.［析］在形容词前加定冠词表示一类人，而在姓的前面加定冠词，姓后加s表示某一家，如：TheturnersaregoingtomovetoNewYork.［误］Iliketoeatbreadforbreakfast.Breadsellsinthisshopisverygood.［正］Iliketoeatbreadforbreakfast.Thebreadsellsinthisshopisverygood.［析］物质名词特指时也应加定冠词。［误］Thesunrisesineast.［正］Thesunrisesintheeast.［析］在方向、方位前应用定冠词，如：intheeast,inthewest,inthenorth,inthesouth,inthedirection及inthepast,inthefuture［误］Doyouknowwhoinventedtelephone［正］Doyouknowwhoinventedthetelephone［析］在特定和专有事物或名称前要加定冠词，如：theEnglishChannel英吉利海峡thePanamaCanal巴拿马运河theSuezCanal苏伊士运河［误］Wouldyoupleasebuysomefoodforthesupper［正］Wouldyoupleasebuysomefoodforsupper［析］泛指一日三餐前无定冠词。［误］Iliketoclimbthemountainintheautumn.［正］Iliketoclimbthemountaininautumn.［析］一年四季前不用定冠词，如：Springisthebestseasoninayear.［误］Sometimesmyparentscometoschooltoseeme.［正］Sometimesmyparentscometotheschooltoseeme.［析］有些名词被用作其本身原来所含目的时不加冠词，如：gotoschool上学，leaveschool(辍学)，afterschool(放学)，但如果当建筑物讲时应加冠词，如例句中其父母来校不是上学，而是看望孩子，则要加定冠词。又如，Hewasinhospitalfortwodays.(他在医院住院两天了。)而：Hewenttothehospitaltoseehismother.他去医院看望他的母亲。［误］Iboughtasamedictionaryasshebought.［正］Iboughtthesamedictionaryasshebought.［析］在惯用法thesame,theonly,thevery前的定冠词不可换为不定冠词。［误］Thepolicecaughtthethiefbyhisarm.［正］Thepolicecaughtthethiefbythearm.［析］这是英文表达法与中文的明显不同之处，也是初学者极易忽视之处。在英语中的某些动词，如：catch(抓)，take(拿)，strike(打),pat(拍)，hit(击)，hold(握)，pull(拉)…动词后应加人，再加介词on,by,in,with…之后要加定冠词，再加人体的某一部位。这时的定冠词千万不要换作his,her,their,等词。［误］Hewaspaidbyhour.-213-\n［正］Hewaspaidbythehour.［析］by和计量单位之间要有定冠词。这句话应译为：他的工资是按小时计算的。［误］IwenttoNewYorkbyhiscar.［正］IwenttoNewYorkbycar.［正］IwenttoNewYorkinhiscar.［析］by仅仅与交通工具相连表示应用某种工具，而加了别的修饰词后其前面的介词也应作相应的转换。如：bycar(坐小汽车)bytaxi(坐出租车)bybike(骑自行车)bywater(乘船)byair(乘飞机)bysea(乘船)［误］Marybegantolearnhowtoplaypianowhenshewasthree.［正］Marybegantolearnhowtoplaythepianowhenshewasthree.［析］在乐器前要加定冠词，而在球类游戏之前则不要加冠词，如：Theyliketoplaybridgewhentheyarefree.(他们空闲时爱打桥牌)［误］Thelittleboywantedtogotocinema.［正］Thelittleboywantedtogotothecinema.［析］英语中虽有一些名词与goto连用时不加定冠词，以表示该名词的内涵，如：gotoschool(上学)，gotobed(睡觉)等，但去看电影则例外，要用gotothecinema.这也是语言的一个特点。［误］Iliveat105theLakestreet.［正］Iliveat105LakeStreet.［析］街道名称前不用冠词。［误］NextsummerholidayIwillgotocountrytoliveonafarm.［正］NextsummerholidayIwillgotothecountrytoliveonafarm.［析］country既作国家讲也作乡村讲。作乡村讲时，一定要加定冠词，而且只有单数形式，作国家讲时则可有复数形式。如：Japanisacountry.Japan,China,IndiaareAsiancountries.［误］Thepicturelooksbetteratthedistance.［正］Thepicturelooksbetteratadistance.［析］atadistance意为“离开一定距离”。而inthedistance为“远方，远处”。这样常用的词组有：asarule(照例)inahurry(匆忙)inthemorning/afternoon(上/下午)inthesun(在阳光下)intherain(雨中)inthesameway(同样)intheshade(在阴凉处)inthedaytime(白天)intheend(最终)-213-\nontheotherhand(换句话说)onthecontrary(相反)［误］Thelittleboyandgirlwalkalongthestreetahandinahand.［正］Thelittleboyandgirlwalkalongthestreethandinhand.［析］这是英语中的习惯用法，如：bitbybit(逐渐)dayafter(by)day(一天又一天)dayandnight(日日夜夜)facetoface(面对面)fromAtoZ(自始至终)fromtimetotime(再三)handinhand(手拉手)shoulderbyshoulder(肩并肩)(三)例题解析1MrLiis＿＿＿oldworker.AaBanCsomeD/［答案］B.［析］an用于元音音素开始的单词前。2Englishis＿＿＿usefullanguagein＿＿＿world.Aan,theBa,theCthe,/D/,the［答案］B.［析］因useful的第一个音素是［j］，它是辅音音素。3What＿＿＿interestingbookitis?AaBanCtheD/［答案］B.［析］这是感叹句，因为移到原一般句前面的强调部分中有可数名词book,所以应加冠词，而interesting的第一音素是元音所以要加an。4Hewillbebackin＿＿＿hour.A/BtheCaDan［答案］D.［析］因hour的首字母h不发音。5Thereis＿＿＿mapintheclassroom.＿＿＿mapisonthewall.Aa,ABthe,TheCa,TheDthe,A［答案］C.［析］在文章中首次提到某人或某物时用不定冠词，而第二次再提到该物或人时应用定冠词。6Lookat＿＿＿picture!There's＿＿＿houseinit.Aa,aBthe,theCa,theDthe,a［答案］D.-213-\n［析］虽然是第一次提到，但在句中的语言是让对方看某一特定的图画，所以应选择D。7Thereis＿＿＿orangeinthebottle.AaBanCtheD/［答案］D.［析］这里的orange是指桔汁而不是一个个的桔子。8Beijingis＿＿＿capitalofourcountry.AtheBanC/Da［答案］A.［析］capital之后有of结构则要用定冠词。9IfyouworkhardatEnglish,you'llget＿＿＿“A”inthetest.AanB/CtheDa［答案］A.［析］因字母A的第一音素是元音。10Heusuallygoestoschoolon＿＿＿foot.AaBanCtheD/［答案］D.［析］onfoot意为走路上学，是习惯用法。三、代词(一)知识概要英语中代词可以分为人称代词、物主代词、反身代词、指示代词、疑问代词、不定代词。人称代词主要有主格和宾格之别。请看下表人称我你他她它我们你们他们　主格iyouhesheitweyouthey宾格meyouhimheritusyouthem物主代词分形容词性物主代词和名词性物主代词两种。请看下表人称我的你的他的她的它的我们的你们的他们的形容词性myyourhisheritsoursyourthey名词性mineyourshishersitsoursyourstheirs反身代词可见下表人称我你他她它我们你们他们　反身代词myselfyourselfhimselfherselfitselfourselvesyourselfthemselves指示代词主要有this,that,these,those疑问代词有：who,whomwhose,what,which,还有疑问副词when,how,where,why。-213-\n不定代词在初中课本中主要有some,any，many,much,each,neither,other,another,all,both,one,none,either…(二)正误辨析［误］Tom'smotheristallerthanmy.［正］Tom'smotheristallerthanmine.［析］形容词性物主代词可以作定语，也就是讲它可以作形容词，如：mybook，而这句话的意思是：汤姆的妈妈比我的妈妈高。比较的对象是mymother,也就是mine。［误］Wehavealotofhomeworktodotoday.Soweneedtwoorthreehourstofinishthem.［正］Wehavealotofhomeworktodotoday.Soweneedtwoorthreehourstofinishit.［析］在应用代词时，要注意人称，格与数的一致性。这里it所代替的是不可数名词homework，所以应用it。［误］Heandyoushouldgotothelibrarytoreturnthebooks.［正］Youandheshouldgotothelibrarytoreturnthebooks.［析］这主要是英语习惯上的用法。当两个以上的人称代词并列时其排列顺序一般为you,he,she,I,而复数时为we,you，they:如男女并列时，应先男后女，如：Heandshe…如果在表示不好意思，承担责任时，单数时用，I,he,she,you,复数时用They,you，we,如：TomandIaregoodfriends.You,heandImustgotoplaythegameforourteamthisafternoon.We,youandtheyhavebeentherebefore.I,heandyouhavetopayforit.［误］Heorhisbrotherisdoingtheirhomework.［正］Heorhisbrotherisdoinghishomework.［析］由either…or,neither…nor,or连接两个主语时，如果两主语是单数时，用单数代词，如两主语是复数时，用复数代词，如：Eitherteachersorstudentswanttodotheirbesttohelptheoldman.如是一单一复两名词时，一般将单数名词放在前，复数名词放在后，要用复数代词，如：Theteacherorhisstudentswillcleantheirclassroomtogether.［误］Hisbrotheristallerthanhim.［正］Hisbrotheristallerthanhe.［析］than是连词，其后应视为省略句，thanheis.所以要注意区分其主格与宾格的用法。Ilikeyouasmuchasshe.［正］Ilikeyouasmuchasher.［析］as…as其后也应看作是省略句。应为asIlikeher.所以应用宾格。而第一句应译为我像她那样喜欢你。两句语法都是对的但含义不同。［误］Myselfdidityesterday.［正］Imyselfdidityesterday.-213-\n［正］Ididitmyselfyesterday.［析］反身代词不可作主语，但可以用作主语的同位语。［误］Takecareofourselves.［正］Takecareofyourselves.(yourself)［析］祈始句的主语应看作第二人称you.［误］Pleasebringyourdaughterwithyourself.［正］Pleasebringyourdaughterwithyou.［析］反身代词不能作介词宾语，除非是由不及物动词与介词组成的动词短语，如：Theoldwomanspoketoherself.［误］Makeyourselfhome.［正］Makeyourselfathome.［析］这是英语中的习惯用法，意为“像在家里一样”。这样的用法还有：enjoyoneself玩得开心makeyourselfathome像在家中一样helpyourselftosomething自己拿某物lostoneself迷路seatoneself就坐dressoneself穿衣［误］—　Who'sthisspeaking.—　That'sMary.［正］—　Who'sthatspeaking.—　ThisisMary.［析］在电话用语中，this指讲话人自己，而that指对方。［误］Thedaysinsummerarelongerthanthisinwinter.［正］Thedaysinsummerarelongerthanthoseinwinter.［析］在比较句中往往为了避免重复，可以用that或those取代前面提到的事物，如是单数时用that,复数时用those，如：TheweatherinBeijingishotterthanthatinChangChun.［误］Itissoagoodbookthateveryonelikestoread.［正］Itissuchagoodbookthateveryonelikestoread.［正］Itissogoodabookthateveryonelikestoread.［析］在可数名词单数时可用so+形容词+不定冠词+名词+that从句，也可用such+不定冠词+形容词+that从句。在不可数名词或可数名词复数时，只用such,如：ItissuchgoodweatherthatIwanttogoswimming.TheyaresuchgoodbooksthatIwanttobuythemall.在many,much,few,little这4个词前仅能用so,如：Shehassomuchmoneythatshecanbuyeverythingshewants.而在so与that之间仅存形容词时，则不能用such,如:Sheissosweetthateveryonelikesher.［误］Iwanttobuyasamedictionaryasyours.［正］Iwanttobuythesamedictionaryasyours.［析］same与定冠词the是固定搭配不可更改。这样的用法还有allthesame(仍然)。［误］—　Ihopeshemightpasstheexam.—　Idon'thopeso.［正］—　Ihopeshemightpasstheexam.—　Ihopenot.［析］在作肯定回答时，Ithinkso.Ihopeso.Ibelieveso.但作否定回答时为：I-213-\ndon'tthinkso.Ihope/believenot.［误］—　Hestudiedveryhardthisterm.—Soshedid.［正］—Hestudiedveryhardthisterm.—Sodidshe.［误］—Englishisdifficulttolearn.—Soisit.［正］—Englishisdifficulttolearn.—Soitis.［析］在对话中如果某一动作同时适用于两个主语，这时在答语中要用缩写且要用倒装句。如第一组句，即studiedhard既适用于he,也适用于she.但答语仅仅是对前句的重复，即仅仅是第一句的缩写时则不要用倒装句。如第二组句子为：英语难学。答语为：是的，难学。这时缩写的答语不要用倒装句。［误］Everyoneshoulddoone'sbest.［正］Everyoneshoulddohisbest.［析］one作代词时，它的复数形式是ones,所有格形式是one's，反身代词为oneself.如果讲Oneshoulddoone'sbest.则是对句。如果one与别的词组成其他词，如：someone,anyone,everyone或onlyone则要用his/her，来作其所有格形式。［误］—Whowonthegame?—None.［正］—Whowonthegame?—Noone.［析］由who提问的句子的否定回答中的简略说法是noone,而由Howmany提问的句子的否定回答中的简略语是None.如：Howmanybooksarethere?None.［误］Therearemanytreesoneithersidesofthestreet.［正］Therearemanytreesoneithersideofthestreet.［正］Therearemanytreesonbothsidesofthestreet.［析］either作代词时由两个含意，其一是两者中随便哪一个，如：Youcantakeeither.其二是两者中的每一个。但要注意的是either后要加单数名词，如果作主语则谓语动词也要用单数形式。［误］EitheryouorIareright.［正］EitheryouorIamright.［析］在either…or,或neither…nor连接两个主语时，其谓语动词要与和其相近的那个主语相配。［误］Ihavethreesisters.Neitherofthemisadoctor.［正］Ihavethreesisters.Noneofthemisadoctor.［析］neither用于两者中无一是，而none则用于多于两者中的人或事物无一是。［误］Hedoesn'tlikeBeijingopera.Idon'tliketoo.［正］Hedoesn'tlikeBeijingopera,Idon'tlikeeither.［析］either作为“也”讲时，要用于否定句中，而too则用于肯定句中。［误］Welikeboththislittleboy.［正］Webothlikethislittleboy.［析］both作同位语时，它在句中的位置有：在be动词之后，如：Wearebothstudents.在实意动词之前，如：Theparentsbothwanttogotothe-213-\ncinema.用于第一助动词之后，如：WehavebothreadtheseEnglishnovels.使用时要注意以下句子的实际含意：Bothofusarenotright.应译为：我们俩不都对。Neitherofusisright.才应译为：我俩都不对。又如：Ican'tgiveyoubothofthebooks.意为：两本书我不能全给你，而Ican'tgiveyoueitherofthebooks.才为：两本书我全不能给你。［误］Weeachhasaticketfortheconcert.［正］Weeachhaveaticketfortheconcert.［析］each作句子主语时其谓语动词要用单数形式，如：EachofuswantstolearnEnglishwell，但each作同位语时，则应以原名词的数为准。［误］Everyofushastopasstheexam.［正］Eachofushastopasstheexam.［析］every只可作形容词，不可作代词，而each既可作形容词，又可作代词，在作形容词时each侧重强调个体，而every则侧重于全体。［误］Everyoneofusshoulddohouseworktwohoursaday.［正］Everyoneofusshoulddohouseworktwohoursaday.［析］everyone不可与of结构相连接使用，而everyone则可以这样用。［误］IshouldreadEnglisheveryday.［正］IshouldreadEnglisheveryday.［析］要注意的是everyday是“每天”，而everyday则是形容词为“日常的”。如：everydayEnglish日常英语，everydaylife日常生活。［误］Therearetreesoneverysidesofthestreet.［正］Therearetreesoneachsideofthestreet.［析］every用于三者或三者以上的每一个，而each用于二者或二者以上的每一个。因为街道只有两侧，所以只能用each而不能用every.［误］Allmyparentsareengineers.［正］Bothmyparentsareengineers.［析］all用于三者或三者以上的全部，而both则用于两者的全部。［误］Allofstudentsmightmakesomemistakes.［正］Allofthestudentsmightmakesomemistakes.［正］Allstudentsmightmakesomemistakes.［析］非特指的名词前可用all但不可用allof结构，也就是讲allof结构后面的名词前一定要有定冠词。其他与all有关的习惯用法还有：alltheyearround,allweek,allday,allwinter［误］Theallvillagewasflooded.［正］Allthevillagewasflooded.［析］all作修饰语时要用在所有修饰词之前。［误］Thepostofficeisonothersideofthestreet.［正］Thepostofficeisontheothersideofthestreet.［析］单数可数名词如在泛指某一个时用another,而特指时则要用the-213-\nother,因街道只有两边，而不在这边必定是在另一边，所以要用特指。请参考下表的用法以便于记忆。　单数复数泛指another形容词作定语作名词another代词otherothers特指theother形容词theother代词theothertheothers［误］TherearetenstudentshereWherearetheothersstudents?［正］Therearetenstudentshere.Wherearetheothers?［正］TherearetenstudentshereWherearetheotherstudents?［析］theothers=theotherstudents.［误］Theoldmanhastwosons.Oneisateacher,anotherisadoctor.［正］Theoldmanhastwosons.Oneisateacher,theotherisadoctor.［析］another用于泛指，如：Isitfarfromheretothestation?I'msorry.Ihavenoidea.Onemaysayitisquitenear;anothermaysayitisfarfromhere.但在特指时则要用theother.它可以用作定语，theotherone,也可以用作代词theother,但theother用作代词时它的含意一定是单数。如果指三者或者三者以上的情况时，则要用one…another…theother.或者one…asecond…thethird…［误］Somepeoplelikesports.Theotherslikereading.［正］Somepeoplelikesports.Otherslikereading.［析］在泛指的复数名词前用some…others…others…来表示某些人……某些人……某些人……。［误］Pleaseremembertowatertheflowerseachotherday.［正］Pleaseremembertowatertheflowerseveryotherday.［析］everyotherday为每隔一天。是习惯用法，不要随意改动。又如：ontheotherhand另一方面。［误］Manyknowhim，butfewlikeshim.［正］Manyknowhim,butfewlikehim.［析］few用于可数名词，意为几乎没有，但few作主语时谓语动词则要用复数形式，而afew为有一些。［误］Youhavefewfriends,haven'tyou?［正］Youhavefewfriends,haveyou?［析］little与few用于句中时，均要按否定句看待。［误］Muchofwhatyousaidaretrue.［正］Muchofwhatyousaidistrue.［析］much用于不可数名词，作主语时用单数谓语动词。而many用于可数名词，它作主语时用复数形式的谓语动词。［误］Thisroomisenoughlargeforthestudentstolivein.-213-\n［正］Thisroomislargeenoughforthestudentstolivein.［析］enough可以用作代词，如：Thereisenoughofthefood.又如：Enoughhasbeendoneforthework，但enough还可以作形容词来修饰名词，这时enough可以放在名词之前，也可放在名词之后，如：moneyenough与enoughmoney都是对的。但当enough作副词修饰形容词时，则只能置于形容词之后了。［误］Iwantanybookstoread.Doyouhaveany?［正］Iwantsomebookstoread.Doyouhaveany?［析］按照语法any用于疑问句和否定句，而some用于肯定句。［误］Wouldyoulikeanythingtodrink?［正］Wouldyoulikesomethingtodrink?［析］在由wouldyoulike发出的问句中，表达了说话者真心实意要为对方提供些饮料，或在说话者想得到对方的肯定答复时，在疑问句中要用some而不用any。［误］Someonewanttomeetyou.［正］Someonewantstomeetyou.［析］不定代词应被看作单数，即使用and连接两个不定代词，也要看作单数，如：Anyoneandeveryonehastheright.任何人，每一个人都有这样的权力。［误］NewYorkismuchcolderinwinterthanbefore.［正］ItismuchcolderinNewYorkinwinterthanbefore.［析］it常常用在英文的句子中来代表时间、距离、天气、自然现象，或用在句中作形式主语或宾语，如：Itisteno'clocknow.(代时间)Itisfarfromheretotheairport.(代距离)Itisveryhot.(代天气)ItisverydifficulttolearnEnglishwell.(作形式主语)Wefounditverydifficulttoanswerthequestion.(作形式宾语)［误］Becareful.Don'tdrinktoomany.［正］Becareful.Don'tdrinktoomuch.［析］这里much所代的应是饮料或水，所以应为不可数名词。(三)例题解析1Theseare＿＿＿books.Yoursareoverthere.AIBmyCmeDmine［答案］B.［析］这里应用形容词性物主代词。2—＿＿＿isshe?—Sheisateacher.AWhatBHowCWhoDWhere［答案］A.［析］这里的四个疑问词放在问句中全都成立，但其意义不同。Whatis-213-\nshe?应译为“她的工作是什么?”或“她是做什么的?”而Howisshe?应译为“她身体如何?”而Whoisshe?应译为“她是谁?”其答语应为“她叫什么名字。”而Whereisshe?应为“她在什么地方?”由答语决定了这道题的选择。3＿＿＿iswrongwithmywatch.Ithasstopped＿＿＿.ASomething,workingBSomething,toworkCAnything,workingDAnything,towork［答案］A.［析］因为是肯定句所以应用Something,其后由于表停止工作了，则stop后要用动名词。4Mary,help＿＿＿tothebananas,please.AyouByourCyourselfDyourselves［答案］C.［析］helponeselftosomething为“自己拿某物”。yourself为“你一个人”，而yourselves为“你们”。5—＿＿＿doyougotoschooleveryday?—Bybus.AHowBWhyCWhenDWhere［答案］A.［析］这题的答案是由问句决定的。6Myskirtis＿＿＿popularthan＿＿＿.Amuch,herBmuch,hersCmore,herDmore,hers［答案］D.［析］因句中有than,所以应选用比较级，而than后要选用名词性物主代词。7—CanyouspeakEnglish?—Yes,butonly＿＿＿.AfewBafewClittleDalittle［答案］D.［析］因会讲某种语言的多少要用alittle,把它看作不可数名词对待，此答语为：是的，但仅仅会讲一点。8Mr.　Smithisanoldfriendof＿＿＿.AIBmeCmyDmine［答案］D.［析］这里应选名词性物主代词，这也是英语的一种习惯用法，而不要选择my。9“＿＿＿doyouhearfromyourparents?”“Aboutonceamonth.”AHowlongBHowmanyCHowoftenDHowmuch［答案］C.-213-\n［析］Howoften问的是某一动作发生的频率，即在单位时间内发生多少次。10MrGreenwouldn'tsay＿＿＿atthemeeting.AeverythingBnothingCanythingDsomething［答案］C.［析］在否定句中应用anything11“Mum,Ann'scomingtonight.Let'sgiveher＿＿＿toeat.”“Goodidea!”AanythingniceBniceanythingCsomethingniceDnicesomething［答案］C.［析］肯定句中用something而不用anything,不定代词的修饰词应放其后而不要放在其前面。12—Whenshallwemeet,thiseveningortomorrowevening?—Idon'tmind.＿＿＿timeisOK.ASomeBNeitherCEitherDBoth［答案］C.［析］因如选用both则名词要用复数名词，也要用复数谓语动词，由于答语前有Idon'tmind则决定不能选择neither.13Thisisnotherkite,　but＿＿＿.Ahe'sBhimCheDhis［答案］D.［析］要注意“他的”名词性物主代词与形容词性物主代词是同形的。14Don'tworry,Mum!＿＿＿newsisgoodnews.I'msuredaddywillcomebacksoon.ANoBManyCThoseDTwo［答案］A.［析］这是一条谚语，即没有消息就是好消息。15Maryhassixapples.Herbrotherhasthree.Shehas＿＿＿applesthanhe.AfewBmanyCmoreDfewer［答案］C.［析］由于是比较级，根据题意应选“多于”而不是“少于”。16Thereisn't＿＿＿intoday'snewspaper.AanythinginterestingBsomethinginterestingCnothinginterestingDinterestinganything［答案］A.［析］由于句子是否定句，应选择anything，而且不定代词的修饰语应放在其后面。17September10this＿＿＿Day?-213-\nATeacherBTeachersCTeacher'sDTeachers'［答案］D.［析］教师节Teachers'Day,儿童节Children'sDay,妇女节Women'sDay18—InEngland,peopleeatalotof“takeaway”food.Whataboutpeopleinyourcountry?—＿＿＿ASowedo.BWedoso.CSodowe.DWesodo.［答案］C.［析］在答语中用简略方式表达上文的一个动作同样适用于另一个主语时，则要采用倒装句，但如果仅仅是对上句的重复则不要倒装。19—Shallwegointothatshopandhavealook?—Sorry.Iwon't.Ihave＿＿＿todothere.AeverythingBanythingCsomethingDnothing［答案］D.［析］这个答案的选择应由上下两句对话内容作出决定。20—Oh,dear!Whobroketheglass?—＿＿＿Sam＿＿＿Bruce.Itwasthecat.ABoth,andBNot,butCNeither,norDEither,or［答案］C.［析］neither…nor意为既不……也不……21Thestudentsarehavingagoodtimeinthepark.Somearedrawingbythelake.＿＿＿areclimbingthehill.AOthersBOtherCAnotherDTheother［答案］A.［析］这里因为是代替复数名词，所以应用名词性的复数代名词。22Sheisnotanurse.I'mnot＿＿＿.AalsoBeitherCneitherDtoo［答案］B.［析］在否定句中该用either,而不用too和also.23Ihavetwopencils.Oneisred,＿＿＿isblue.AtheotherBanotherCothersDtheothers［答案］A.［析］两者中的另一个应为特指。而且应为单数形式的代名词。而another是泛指单数代名词。others是泛指复数代名词，而theothers是特指复数代名词。24Sorry,Ican'tansweryourquestion.Iknow＿＿＿aboutthesubject.AlittleBalittleCfewDafew［答案］A.-213-\n［析］中文讲我对此知道的不多，而英文中要用little。其含意为否定句。25Mysisterdoesn'tlikeskating＿＿＿.ASodoIBSoIdon'tCNeitherIdon'tDNeitherdoI［答案］D.［析］这是表达上面否定句中的动作，也同样不适合于第二个人。所以要用neither,并要采用倒装句。26Yesterdaymorningtherewereonlythreeboysinourroom,＿＿＿.Ayou,heandIBI,youandheChe,IandyouDyou,Iandhe［答案］A.［析］这是若干人称代词并列时的顺序问题。请参看辨析中的例子。27Allthestudentsarebusy,so＿＿＿ofthemwillgototheconcert.AmanyBlittleCafewDfew［答案］D.［析］student为可数名词。28Theteachergave＿＿＿studentanewbook.AnobodyBbothCeachDany［答案］C.［析］both其后的名词应为复数，而any用于疑问句和否定句中只有each可以修饰单数可数名词。29Blackisneitherateacher＿＿＿aworker.AorBeitherCnorDand［答案］C.［析］neither…nor为“既不……也不……”的固定搭配。30Ourteachergaveus＿＿＿onstudying.AmanyadvicesBsomeadvicesCanadviceDsomeadvice［答案］D.［析］advice为不可数名词。some可用于可数或不可数名词之前。31Therearetwoforeignfriendsinthepark.One＿＿＿isfromJapan,isfromAmerica.AotherBothersCtheotherDtheothers［答案］C.［析］因为是两者中的一个，所以另一个应用单数特指代词。32Arethere＿＿＿onthetable?AsomecupsBanycupCsomecupDanycups［答案］D.［析］此句是疑问句，应用anycups,因提问时的be动词用的是are。-213-\n33I'vejustboughtfivestamps.OneisaGermanstamp,＿＿＿areAmericanstamps.AtheotherBtheothersCotherDothers［答案］B.［析］此空应填入主语。又因其范围已定，所以应选特指的代名词。theother只能用作单数，而others是泛指复数代名词，故只能选B。34Itwas＿＿＿finedaythattheywenttothepark.AasoBsoaCsuchaDasuch［答案］C.［析］在单数可数名词前可以有两种表达法，即such+不定冠词+形容词+可数名词单数形式，如：suchagoodday，或者用so加形容词+不定冠词+可数名词单数，如：sogoodaday.35Atthattimethetrainwasslowandnoisy.So＿＿＿peoplelikedtakingtrains.AlittleBalittleCfewDafew［答案］C.［析］这是英文的表达法与中文不同之处。中文讲只有少数人喜欢坐火车，英文要选用“few”。36Wemusthelpandunderstandeach＿＿＿.AotherBanotherCothersDtheother［答案］A.［析］eachother意为“互相”，是习惯用语。37＿＿＿isdifficulttowalkonthemoon.AManBOneCThatDIt［答案］D.［析］这里的真正主语应为不定式towalkonthemoon.而形式主语只能用it.38Janehassentseveralletters,but＿＿＿ofthemhavebeenanswered.AallBbothCeitherDnone［答案］D.［析］severalletters意为“若干信件”，应看作多于两者，则在A、D中作选择，仅D符合句意。39Idon'tknow＿＿＿aboutthenewheadmaster.AsomethingBeverythingCnothingDanything［答案］D.［析］否定句中应用anything.40＿＿＿ofthestudentsinthewholeclasscoulddothisphysicsquestion.ANoBNoneCNotDNeither［答案］B.-213-\n四、形容词、副词(一)知识概要形容词的用法很活跃，在英语中用处也很多，但英语中修饰可数名词和不可数名词的修饰语和词组有时不同，要特别加以注意。下面将初中学习阶段中遇到的修饰可数名词的词和词组归纳如下：many,no,several,some,afew,alot,lots,plenty,plentyof,alotof,alargenumberof,enough。而修饰不可数名词的词或词组如下：much,no,some,alot,agreatdeal,lots,plenty,alotof,plentyof。其中some,no,alotof,plentyof既可修饰可数名词又可修饰不可数名词。英语中形容词与副词有原级、比较级、最高级之分，其规则如下：构词法原级比较级最高级加er，或estTallyoungtalleryoungertallestyoungest只加r或stnicelargenicerlargernicestlargest重读闭音节末尾只有一个辅音字母时双写该字母加er、estbigfathotbiggerfatterhotterbiggestfattesthottest不规则变化的形容词或副词：原级比较级最高级goodbetterbestWellbetterbestbadworseworstbadlyworseworst-213-\nmanymoremostmostmoremostlittlelesslestfarfartherfurtherfarthestfurthestoldolderelderoldesteldest要注意的是许多形容词同时又是副词，如：back,all,alone,either,far,high,slow等。而有些形容词则要经过一定变化才能转为副词，其规律如下：构词法形容词副词一般加lyCarefulkindcarefullykindly尾是y时将y变成i加lyHappybusyeasyHappilybusilyeasily其他trueterriblefullpossibleshywholetrulyterriblyfullypossiblyshylywholly在学习过程中要注意其变化。-213-\n此外并不是所有副词都可以修饰比较级和最高级形容词。能修饰比较级的有：much,yet,far,still,agreatdeal,even和alittle.能修饰最高级的有：thevery,muchthe,far等。(二)正误辨析［误］Theyounglikesplayingfootballverymuch.［正］Theyounglikeplayingfootballverymuch.［析］定冠词加形容词表示一类人，应作复数看待。而定冠词加形容词表示抽象事物时则要看作单数，如：Thebeautifulisnotalwayskindness.美丽并不总代表善良。［误］Thedangerhasgone,sotheworstareover.［正］Thedangerhasgone,sotheworstisover.［析］意为："危险已经过去，最困难的状况已结束。"用定冠词加最高级形容词作主语时应看作单数形式。［误］Itisthegoldageoftheyoung.［正］Itisthegoldenageoftheyoung.［析］golden在英语中多用于比喻，如：goldenhair金发，guldenvoice金嗓子。而gold多用于表达金质的，如：agoldbar金条，agoldcoin金币，但goldfish金鱼例外。［误］Sheisawarmheartwoman.［正］Sheisawarmheartedwoman.［析］英语形容词的构词法很多，其中之一是由形容词，或数词，加名词加ed构成，如：warmhoarted热心肠的，whitehaired白毛的［误］Thereisanalivefishinthepool.［正］Thereisalivingfishinthepool.［析］在初中范围内所学到的以a字母开头的形容词一般不能作定语，只能作表语。如：Thefishisalive.(鱼还活着)这样的形容词有：alive,alike,alone,asleep,afraid,awake等。［误］Theillmannearlydied.［正］Thesickmannearlydied.［析］ill一般不作定语来形容某人有病，而要用sick，但作表语时则都可以。如：Heisillsick,ill作定语时则另有他意，如：illluck(厄运)，illnature(天性恶劣),illtemper(心绪不好)［误］Ihaveimportantsomethingtotellyou.［正］Ihavesomethingimportanttotellyou.［析］不定代词something,anyone,somebody…在用形容词修饰时，形容词应放其后。但要注意thing则不是不定代词，不符合上述规律。如：Ihaveanimportantthingtotellyou.［误］I'llbefreeonnextSunday.［正］I'llbefreenextSunday.［析］在表达将来时的时候：nextSunday,nextweek,nextyear或lastSunday-213-\nlastweek,lastyear前都不加介词。［误］Thegirlistwoyearold.［正］Thegirlistwoyearsold.［正］Sheisatwoyearoldgirl［析］由连字符连接若干名词、数词……组成的形容词，在学习时要记住两点，其一是这些词中的名词都不要用复数形式，如：twothousandwordreport(两千字的报告)；其二是这样构成的形容词只能作定语，即用于名词之前，而不能作表语。［误］TheforeignerslikethoselittlebeautifulChinesepaintings.［正］TheforeignerslikethosebeautifullittleChinesepaintings.［析］在名词前若有几个形容词作修饰语时，其顺序如下。1.指示代词，定冠词2.数量词3.性质词4.大小5.形状6.老少，新旧7.颜色8.材料但要注意的是英语的习惯是一个名词前的形容词一般不要多于三个。如：Whataprettylittlewhitehorse!ThosefirstfewshortEnglishstorieswerenotdifficulttounderstand.［误］ThebestwaytolearnEnglishgoodistospeakwithEnglishmaneveryday.［正］ThebestwaytolearnEnglishwellistospeakwithEnglishmaneveryday.［析］good是形容词，这里是修饰动词speak的，所以应用副词well，但well作形容词讲时只作身体好。如：Heiswell.(他身体很好)。Heisgood.(他是个好人)。［误］Thechildrenplayonthegrassnappyly.［正］Thechildrenplayonthegrasshappily［析］多音节y结尾的形容词变为副词时应将y变为i再加ly.［误］Theteacherlookedangryatthestudents.［正］Theteacherlookedangrilyatthestudents.［析］英语中感观动词后面要接形容词，这时它是修饰主语的，如：Thefoodsmellsgood.食物闻起来很香。Theteacherlookedangry老师看起来很生气。而此句的意思为："老师生气地看着学生"，所以应用副词形式。［误］Heworkedwithmefriendly.［正］Hewasfriendlytome.［析］不是所有结尾是ly的词都是副词，但friendly是形容词，这样的词还有lovely,lonely,costly,lively…monthlyweekly…。但其中有些词既是副词，又是形容词，如：early,hourly,monthly…［误］Youcanspeakfreeinfrontofyourfriends.［正］Youcanspeakfreelyinfrontofyourfriends.［析］free作为形容词意为"自由的，有空闲的，免费的"。作为副词讲则是"免费"之意。而freely作为副词则是"自由的，随便的"。这些要注意的词还有：hard努力，艰苦hardly几乎不late迟，晚lately最近的，最新的near近nearly-213-\n几乎like像likely几乎［误］Theymusthavearrivedtillnow.［正］Theymusthavearrivedbynow.［析］bynow是用于表达到目前为止某一动作已经发生，所以应用瞬间动词。而tillnow是强调某一动作一直持续到现在，所以一定要用持续性动词。musthave+过去分词是对过去某一事情所作的肯定推测。［误］Someonecalledyourightnow.［正］Someonecalledyoujustnow.［析］justnow有两个意思，其一是"刚才"，其二是"现在"，而rightnow只能用于现在的状态。just则用于完成时态，如：Ihavejustfinishedmyhomework.［误］MyfatherwillbebackfromAmericaatpresent.［正］MyfatherwillbebackfromAmericapresently.［析］presently有两个意思：其一是最近，不久，其二在美语中是现在之意，与atpresent相同。而forthepresent为暂时，如：IteachEnglishintheschoolforthepresent.［误］I'llbebackatthemoment.［正］I'llbebackinamoment.［析］atthemoment其意为"现在，当时"，而inamoment意为"马上过一会"，与inaminute意思相近。［误］ThetrainfromShanghaiwillarrivehereintime.［正］ThetrainfromShanghaiwillarrivehereontime.［析］ontime为"准时"，而intime有两个含意。其一是"及时"，如：Thedoctorarrivedintime。其二是"将来，终究"。［误］Imetanoldfriendsometimeslastmonth.［正］Imetanoldfriendsometimelastmonth.［析］Sometime过去，或者将来某时。Sometimes有时如：SometimesIgotoschoolbybus.Sometime一些时间如：Ineedsometimetodomyhomework.Sometimes几次如：IwenttoShanghaisometimesthismonth.attimes有时，偶尔atalltimes经常someothertime改天［误］Ihadmetanoldfriendthreedaysago.［正］Ihadmetanoldfriendthreedaysbefore.［正］Imetanoldfriendthreedaysago.*ago用在时间状语中时，主句中谓语动词一般用过去时，而before用于时间状语时则主句的谓语动词宜用完成时态。［误］Hestudiedveryhard.andattheendhepassedtheexam.［正］Hestudiedveryhard,andintheendhepassedtheexam.-213-\n［析］intheend＝atlast意为"最终，终于"，表达经过若干努力而达到的结果。而attheend是在某事的结束时如何如何，如：Attheendofclass,theteachergaveussomestorybooks。［误］Iwillcomeheretohelpyoueachthreedays.［正］Iwillcomeheretohelpyoueverythreedays.［析］everythreedays为"每三天"，即每隔二天，而everyotherday为每隔一天。［误］Hedidn'tgotothecinemayesterday.andIdidn'tgo,too.［正］Hedidn'tgotothecinemayesterdayandIdidn'tgoeither.［析］英语中表示"也"，有4个字，also,aswell,too,either，但either用于否定句中，而前3个用于肯定句中。在肯定句中too与aswell一般要用在句尾，而also则可用于句中。如：Shewenttothepartyandherboyfriendwenttheretoo.又如：I'vealsoreadherothernovels.［误］Weshouldhelpthepoorgirlinanyway.［正］Weshouldhelpthepoorgirlinanyway.［析］anyway为"不管怎么"讲，"无论如何"，如：Whataterribleaccident,anywaynoonewashurt.anyway为"任何方式"。这种常见的错误还发生在以下几组词中，如：everyday日常的everyday每天faraway遥远的faraway远离altogether总计alltogether一块，大家一起already已经allready全准备好了［误］Youcancometothedoctor'satanytime.［正］Youcancometothedoctor'satanytime.［析］anytime是副词而anytime中的time是名词。［误］Shesaidnearlynothing.［正］Shesaidalmostnothing.［析］nearly与almost的含意相近，在很多场合可以互换，但在否定词前用almost。［误］Therearetoomuchmistakesinyourhomework.［正］Therearetoomanymistakesinyourhomework.［析］toomuch后接不可数名词，如：Thereistoomuchwaterfortheflowers.而toomany后加可数名词，muchtoo后面加形容词，如：ItismuchtoodifficulttolearnEnglishwell.［误］Itislateenoughthatwecangohomenow.［正］Itislateenoughforustogohomenow.［析］要注意的是enough后面一般不接从句而接不定式，或不定式的复合结构：forsomebodytodosomething。［误］Thetwinsareveryalike.-213-\n［正］Thetwinsaremuchalike.［析］用a为首字母的形容词不能用very修饰，一般要用much来修饰。［误］-Howlongdoeshewritetohisparents?-Onceaweek.［正］-Howoftendoeshewritetohisparents?-Onceaweek.［析］英文与中文表达法不同，隔多长时间办一次某事，实际上问的是该事发生的频率，所以要用howoften。［误］AssoonasIarriveinNewYork,I'llcallupyou.［正］AssoonasIarriveinNewYork,I'llcallyouup.［析］当动词词组的宾语是人称代词时则一定要放于动词之后，如果是名词则可以放在词组其后。如：IwanttowatchTV.PleaseturnontheTV.也可以讲：PleaseturntheTVon.［误］Hedrovequicklyhisnewcar.［正］Hedrovehisnewcarquickly.［析］副词在句中的位置很活，但主要有以下几种用法：①实意动词之前，如：Hequicklygivemetheanswer.②在be动词之后，如：Thelittleboyisoftenlateforclass.③第一助动词之后，如：Thisbookhasalmostbeenfinished.④在单独使用的be动词和助动词之前，如：Canyouhelpmethisafternoon?Icertainlycan.但是无论如何也不能将副词置于动词与宾语之间，如果是宾语从句或是很长的名词词组作宾语则才可以这样用：Heheardclearlywhattheteachersaid.［误］Thechildrencamelateyesterdaytothecinema.［正］Thechildrencamelatetothecinemayesterday.［析］表示一定长度的时间的副词不应放于句中，可放于句尾。如果表示强调则可放于句首。［误］Youhavefewnewbooks,haven'tyou?［正］youhavefewnewbooks,haveyou?［析］英语中的数量形容词有两组。修饰可数名词的有few(很少，几乎没有)，afew(有一些，几个)；修饰不可数名词的有little(很少，几乎没有)，alittle(有一点，有一些)。要注意的是当few和little用于句中时应看作否定句，而afew和alittle用于句中时则应看作是肯定句。 ［误］Hespentquitelittlemoneyonhisfood.［正］Hespentquitealittlemoneyonhisfood.［析］quitea为一固定用法，其意为"十分，相当，所以"。quiteafew＝many,quitealittle＝much而onlyalittle＝little,onlyafew=few.［误］Doyouwanttohavemanybread?-213-\n［正］Doyouwanttohavesomebread?［析］some与any都可以用作形容词、副词或代词，在一般情况下，some用于肯定句，any用于疑问句和否定句，但在希望得到肯定答复时，应用some。其次是some可以用来修饰可数名词和不可数名词。［误］Pleasetellmewheretheshoesshopis?［正］Pleasetellmewheretheshoeshopis.［析］在用名词作修饰词来修饰另一名词时，这个作修饰词的名词应用单数形式，如：ashoeshop鞋店afruitshop水果店abookshop书店apostoffice邮局apolicestation警察局abusstop汽车站［误］Heisweakatphysics.［正］Heisweakinphysics.［析］在表达擅长于作某事时用begoodatsomething,而其反意词为bebadatsomething，但beweakinsomething。［误］Thisdictionaryisworthtobuy.［正］Thisdictionaryisworthbuying.［析］beworth后可接动、名词表达值得作某事，又可接价格、金钱表示值多少钱。［误］Don'tafraidofthat.［正］Don'tbeafraidofthat.［析］afraid在英文中是形容词而不是动词。这样的词组还有：beafraidof害怕becarefulof小心becertainof有把握，确定besureof确信begladof高兴besickof厌恶befondof喜欢［误］Theworkhasalreadybeendonewell.［正］Theworkhasalreadybeenwelldone.［析］well与badly作副词时，表示好坏，如果句子是被动语态，则应放在过去分词之前，如：Thismachinehasbeenbadlydamaged.如果句子是主动语态，则应放于句末，如：Ididmyhomeworkwell.［误］Weareyetintheclassroomnow.［正］Wearealreadyintheclassroomnow.［析］already主要用于肯定句，而yet多用于否定句和疑问句中，如：Didyoufinishit?No.notyet.［误］Look.Herecomeshe!-213-\n［正］Look!Herehecomes!［误］Look!Herethebuscomes!［正］Look!Herecomesthebus!［析］在句子开头用Here时，如主语是人称代词则不要用倒装语序，如果主语是名词则要用倒装语序。［误］Sheismyoldersister.［正］Sheismyeldersister.［析］elder和eldest是用来指家庭中兄弟姐妹的长幼关系，而older,oldest则是指岁数大多少，如：SheisthreeyearsolderthanI.［误］I'mtired.Ican'tgofurther.［正］I'mtired.Ican'tgofarther.［析］far有两个比较级farther较远的，further进一步的，如：Doyouneedanyfurtherexplanation?你需要进一步的解释吗?当然它也有两个最高级。farthest和furthest.［误］IwenttoBeijingUniversityfiveyearsbefore.［正］IwenttoBeijingUniversityfiveyearsago.［析］ago常与过去时连用，而before则多与完成时连用。［误］-Haveyoufinishedyourhomework?-No,notalready.［正］-Haveyoufinishedyourhomework?-No,notyet.［析］仍然有三个英文字可以表达它们是already，yet与still。要注意的是already经常用于肯定句中，如Thebushasalreadygone。而yet多用于疑问句和否定句中，如：Haveyoufinishedyourhomeworkyet?而still则常用于主语与谓语动词之间，如：Westillcan'tdecidewhattodo.但也有时用于be动词之后，如：Heisstillhere.［误］HeisveryhigherthanIam.［正］HeismuchhigherthanIam.［析］much可以用来修饰比较级，而very则用来修饰形容词原级，如：I'mverytired.［误］-CanIwalktothestation?-You'dbetternot.Itisveryfar.［正］-CanIwalktothestation?-You'dbetternot,Itisalongway.［析］for一般用在疑问句与否定句中，如：Howfarisitfromheretothestation?又如：Itisn'tfar.［误］I'veeverbeentoAmerica.［正］I'vebeentoAmericaonce.［析］once多用于肯定句，而ever则用于疑问句，否定句，及条件状语从句中，如：HaveyoueverbeentoLondon?-213-\n［误］-Couldyoupasstheexamthistime?-No,Iamnotafraidso.［正］-Couldyoupasstheexamthistime?-No,I'mafraidnot.［析］在肯定的答语中我们可以用so来代替上句所讲的事件，如：Doyouthinksheisagoodstudent?YesIthinkso,/Ihopeso,/Ibelieveso/I'mafraidso.但在否定的答语中，英语口语的习惯用法则有所不同，如，Idon'tthinkso而在hope,belive与afraid后则常用not，如：Ihopenot.［误］Shedidn'tworkenoughhard,soshecouldn'tpasstheexam.［正］Shedidn'tworkhardenough,soshecouldn'tpasstheexam.［析］enough可以作名词用，如：EnoughhasbeensaidforhowtolearnEnglishwell.(对于如何学好英语已经讲的足够多了。)另外它可以作为形容词，如：Ihaveenoughmoney(ormoneyenough)tobuythisdictionary.注意enough作为形容词时即可放于名词前又可放于名词后，在初中范围的考题中多用于名词之前。如果enough作为副词用，那么它一定要放在被修饰的形容词或副词之后。［误］Youcan'tbeverycareful.［正］Youcan'tbetoocareful.［析］此句话的含意是你如何小心也不过分。too…to的用法是"太……以至于不能作某事"。但在实际应用时也常常将后面的to省去，如：Itistooexpensiveforme.那对我来讲是太贵了。［误］Heisgoodpastfifty.［正］Heiswellpastfifty.［析］well作为副词用时除用于"好"之外还有"大大地、远远地"，等意。往往有人对下面两句的对或错有争议；Heiswell.Heisgood.其实这两句都是正确的表达法，只不过其含意不同。Heiswell是"他身体不错"，而Heisgood则为"他是个好人"。［误］Sheisnotashalfcleverasherbrother.［正］Sheisnothalfascleverasherbrother.［析］在as…as结构中要将修饰形容词的数量词倍数及nearly,almost,exactly…等置于第一个as之前。［误］HeissameageasTom.［正］HeisthesameageasTom.［析］thesame…as是固定的用法，其中定冠词the是不可省也不能换成别的词的。［误］Motherandherdaughterareexactlylike.［正］Motherandherdaughterareexactlyalike.*like作为介词，其意为"像"，应用于looklike,belike,soundlike,-213-\n其后要加宾语。而alike是形容词，或副词，如:YouandIthinkalike.Thetwinsaredressedalike。但alike仅作表语而不能用于名词前作定语。［误］Whoistallerofthetwo?［正］Whoisthetallerofthetwo?［析］两者的比较级之前要加定冠词。［误］IhavelessbooksthanTom.［正］IhavefewerbooksthanTom.［析］less是little的比较级，而fewer是few的比较级。less后应加不可数名词而fewer后是可数名词。［误］Therearethreegirlsinmygroup.TheclevererisMary.［正］Therearethreegirlsinmygroup.ThecleverestisMary.［析］在两者之间应用比较级，在三者之间或三者以上的范围内应用最高级。［误］Theboysatthereasquietashissister.［正］Theboysatthereasquietlyashissister.［析］as…as的用法要注意的是：①在其中间应加形容词或副词的原级，而不可加比较级，也有的语法书中称为同级比较。②要根据句意决定是加形容词还是副词，这要看它具体是修饰动词还是名词而定，如：Heisasgoodashisfriend.［误］Theharderyoustudy,andyoucanlearnmore.［正］Theharderyoustudy,themoreyoucanlearn.［析］英文中如果要表达越来越怎样，在初中范围有两种表达法：①比较级+and+比较级。②定冠词+比较级……，如：Thenightsaregettinglongerandlonger。要注意的是多音节形容词的比较级前要加more，这样的用法是：moreandmore加形容词，如：Thegirlisgrowingmoreandmorebeautiful.［误］StudyingphysicsisnotsointerestingastolearnEnglish.［正］StudyingphysicsisnotsointerestingaslearningEnglish.［析］在作比较时，英语一般要求对比的两部分结构应一致。如用动名词，应都用动名词，用不定式时则都用不定式。但有时在后一个不定式前的符号to可以省略。如：Torepairtheoldoneisasmuchexpensiveas(to)buyanewone.［误］Thegirlismoreclevererthantheboy.［正］Thegirlismuchmoreclever(muchcleverer)thantheboy.［析］clever有两个比较级：cleverer和moreclever,要注意的是不能用比较级来修饰比较级。clever的两个比较级也各有不同之处，如用在两种不同性质的比较时多用moreclever,如：Heismorecleverthanhonest.(他的聪明要远远超过其诚实。)［析］Theboyisthetallesttothethree.［正］Theboyisthetallestofthethree.［析］最高级的范围要用of加复数形式或加集合名词。-213-\n［误］Thisbookisoneofthemostusefuldictionary.［正］Thisbookisoneofthemostusefuldictionaries.［析］在oneof后面最高级形容词后要加可数名词复数。［误］ThisdictionaryisthemuchbestoneoftheEnglishChinesedictionaries.［正］ThisdictionaryismuchthebestoneoftheEnglishChinesedictionaries.［析］在修饰最高级时应用far/byfar/much加the加最高级。但very例外，如：Heistheverybestplayerintheteam.［误］ShanghaiisbiggerthananyothercitiesinChina.［正］ShanghaiisbiggerthananyothercityinChina.［析］在比较级中表示比较对象时如用anyother其后一般要加单数名词。［误］MostofstoriesinthisbookarewritteninEnglish.［正］MostofthestoriesinthisbookarewritteninEnglish.［正］MoststoriesinthisbookarewritteninEnglish.［析］"大多数"一词的表达法有mostofthe+名词，或most+名词。当用前一种结构时，其后面的定冠词不可少。［误］Thetemperatureofthatroomishigherthanthisroom.［正］Thetemperatureofthatroomishigherthanthatofthisroom.［析］比较级用于两句话之间时，比较的部分不可省略掉，但为了避免重复，一般都要用that代替前面的单数名词，而用those代替前面的复数名词，如：Thebooksinthatboxarebiggerthanthoseinthisbox。［误］Heisnomorehere.Maybeheisathome.［正］Heisnolongerhere.Maybeheisathome.［析］nomore在现代英语中多译为："从此再也不会了"，如：Hisvoiceisnomorehere.他已经去世了，他的声音不可能再出现了。而用nolonger表达目前的状态。要注意下面几组句子的实际含意：Thisroomisnocleanerthanthatone.即两间屋子都不干净。(两者都不干净)Thisroomisnotcleanerthanthatone,即这屋子不如那间干净。(前者不如后者干净。即一间干净，一间不干净。)(三)例题解析1IthinkChineseis＿＿＿thanmaths.Ａ.interestingBmoreinterestingC.mostinterestingD.themostinteresting［答案］B.［析］在有than作比较的句子中应用形容词的比较级。2-WhatdoesLucylikebetter,singingordancing?-Singing.ofcourse.She'sknownto＿＿＿it.A.begoodatB.begoodforC.bebadatD.bebadfor［答案］A.［析］begood-213-\nat为固定搭配，意为"擅长作某事"。初中英语中有些这样的固定用法应记牢，而不能似是而非。如：begoodat,bebadat,bepoorin,beweekin,befitfor3TheHuangHeRiverisoneof＿＿＿inChina.A.ThelongriverB.thelongestriverC.thelongestriversD.thelongerriver［答案］C.［析］在oneof+定冠词+最高级之后的名词应用复数形式。4Thegirlwas＿＿＿afraid＿＿＿shethrewherbagaway.A.so,thatB.too,toC.too,thatD.enough,to［答案］A.［析］so…that为"如此怎样以至于如何"，此句意思是：小女孩如此害怕以至于扔下包跑掉了。而too…to的意思为"如何如何，以至于不能作某事"。但to的后面是动词原形，而不是从句。5Itwas＿＿＿yesterdaythantoday.A.hotB.hoterC.hotterD.thehottest［答案］C.［析］用than表达比较的句中应用比较级。6Whichsubjectdoyoulike＿＿＿,EnglishChineseormaths?A.bestB.wellC.betterD.good［答案］A.［析］在两者之间应用比较级，而在三者之间或三者以上用最高级。7Noneofthestudentswatchedit＿＿＿.A.carefulenoughB.enoughcarefullyC.carefullyenoughD.enoughcareful［答案］C.［析］首先应判定是选用用来修饰名词的形容词还是用来修饰动词的副词。这里是修饰watch这一动词，应选用副词。当enough用来修饰副词或形容词时应放于被修饰的形容词或副词之后。8＿＿＿sheeats,＿＿＿she'llbe.A.More…fatB.Themore…fatterC.More…thefatterD.Themore…thefatter［答案］D.［析］the+比较级表示"越来越……"本句应译为：她吃得越多，她就会越胖。9Idon'tthinkEnglishis＿＿＿Chinese.A.asimportantasB.notimportantasC.notsoimportantD.importantas［答案］A.-213-\n［析］think+宾语从句时，应采用否定主句的形式，如：中文讲，"我认为你不对"，英文应为："我不认为你对"。Idon'tthinkyouareright.所以不能选答案B。而C、D均为不正确的表达法。10MissGaoisagoodEnglishteacher.Thestudentsinherclass＿＿＿English.A.areinterestedinB.areinterestinginC.areinterestedatD.areinterestingto［答案］A.［析］过去分词常用来修饰人，而现在分词常用来修饰物，如：aninterestingbook，实际上过去分词含有被动之意，如：interested其含意是"被……所吸引，感动"。而interesting则为"使人感兴趣的"，如：aninterestingman一个有趣、风趣的人。11Thetwinsaretogethermostofthetime.Sotheyneverfeel＿＿＿.A.aloneB.lonelyC.happilyD.friendly［答案］B.［析］alone意为"独自的，一个人的"，它只能作表语不能作定语。Iamnotaloneindoingsuchathing.而lonely意为"寂寞的，孤单的"，如：Theoldmanfeltlonely.要体会两个词的区别，如：Theoldmanlivedalone,buthedidn'tfeellonely.12Whata＿＿＿cough!Youseem＿＿＿ill.A.terrible,terriblyB.terribly,terribleC.terrible,terribleD.terribly,terribly［答案］A.［析］terrible是形容词，而terribly是副词，第一个空是修饰名词的，所以应填入形容词。第二个空ill是形容词，这里terribly是用来修饰ill的。13Thetwofriendswere＿＿＿pleasedtoseeeachotherthattheyforgoteverything.A.soB.tooC.veryD.much［答案］A.［析］这里用的是so…that的固定搭配。14Whichis＿＿＿,LiLei'sboxorHanMeimei'sbox?A.heavyB.heavierC.moreheavierD.theheaviest［答案］B.［析］两者之间用比较级，三者或以上用最高级。15Youdon'tlikethesamecoloursandIdon'tlikethem,＿＿＿.A.tooB.alsoC.eitherD.neither［答案］C.-213-\n［析］在否定句中也应用either,而不要用too，因too用于肯定句中。16Jimis＿＿＿atallhislessons.AndI'msurehe'lldovery＿＿＿intheexams.A.well,goodB.good,wellC.well,wellD.good,good［答案］B.［析］good为形容词，如：Heisgood.他是个好人。而well作为身体状况的好坏讲时是形容词，如：Heiswell为他身体不错，而作为其他意思时为副词，如：HespeaksEnglishwell.17Youlook＿＿＿thanbefore，why?A.morethinB.morethinnerC.muchmorethinD.muchthinner［答案］D.［析］多音节形容词才用more或most加形容词来表示其比较级或最高级，而thin的比较级为thinner。18Let'sgooutforsuppernow.I'mvery＿＿＿.A.hungryB.angryC.tiredD.thirsty［答案］A.［析］hungry-饿，angry-生气，tired-紧，疲劳，thirsty-口渴。要注意名词的词义。19-Canyouunderstandme?-Sorry,Ican＿＿＿understandyou.A.hardlyB.almostC.evenD.ever［答案］A.［析］hardly为一否定词，用在句中时应被看作是否定句。在答语中Sorry决定了其意为"听不明白"，所以只能选hardly。20"＿＿＿doyouwritetoyourpenfriend?""Abouttwiceamonth."A.HowoftenB.HowsoonC.HowmuchD.Howlong［答案］A.［析］howoften用来提问某一动作经多久就要发生一次，也就是提问发生的频率。howsoon是问从现在起还有多久。21ChangjiangRiveris＿＿＿riverinChinaA.longB.longerC.longestD.thelongest［答案］D.22I'llwork＿＿＿Ican.-213-\nA.sohardlyasB.sohardasC.ashardlyasD.ashardas［答案］D.［析］hard可用作形容词和副词，如：Thedeskwasmadeofhardwood又如：Itisraininghard。而hardly是副词，其词义是"几乎不"，如：HardlydidIsleeplastnight.我昨晚几乎没有睡觉。而且hardly用于句首时要采用倒装语序。as…as即可以用于肯定句，也可以用于否定句，但so…as则只能用于否定句中。23Itisvery＿＿＿tolistentohim.A.interestedB.interestingC.interestedinD.interest［答案］B.［析］interest作为名词有两个词义，①兴趣，②银行中所讲的利息。而其形容词interesting是"使人感兴趣的"，而interested是"感兴趣的"如：HeisinterestedinEnglish.24Thingsare＿＿＿worsethanIthought.A.moreB.fewC.veryD.much［答案］D.［析］只有much可以修饰比较级。25Itisoneo'clock,butherfatherhasn'tcomeback＿＿＿.A.alreadyB.stillC.tooD.yet［答案］D.［析］完成时的否定句尾要用yet，而already则用于肯定句。26ComradeChenis＿＿＿olderthanI.A.veryB.moreC.muchD.quite［答案］C.［析］只有much可以修饰比较级。可以修饰比较级的词还有much,far,evenalittle,byfar等。27Shedidherhomework＿＿＿.A.carefullyB.carefulC.careD.careless［答案］A.［析］这里应填入副词，而careless是由care加less后辍得来的，less意为"没有"，是否定之意，如：careless-不小心，homeless-无家可归。而carefully为副词。28Theycan'tanswerthequestioninJapanese;wecan'tanswerit,＿＿＿.A.alsoB.tooC.eitherD.neither-213-\n［答案］C.29-Howareyourparents?-Theyarevery＿＿＿,thankyou.A.goodB.kindC.wellD.happy［答案］C.［析］由问句得知其询问的是身体如何，所以well作为身体状况不错时应视为形容词。30Peterruns＿＿＿inourclass.A.thefastB.fasterC.fastestD.mostfast［答案］C.［析］副词的最高级前可以加定冠词，也可以不加定冠词。31Wewereall＿＿＿gladthatwesanganddanced.A.suchB.soC.veryD.quite［答案］B.［析］在so与that之间只有形容词时不可用such。32Katesings＿＿＿Joan.A.aswellasB.asgoodasC.sogoodasD.asbetteras［答案］A.［析］这里well为副词，意为"唱得好"。33Thiseggsmells＿＿＿,thoughitlooksallright.A.goodB.wellC.badDbadly［答案］C.［析］smell为系动词，其后应加形容词，而不是副词。同样的词，还有sound，feel,seem、become(变成)等等，如：Icefeelscoldinwinter.34Waitaminute,Ihave＿＿＿totellyou.A.somethinginterestedB.somethinginterestingC.interestingsomethingD.anythinginteresting［答案］B.［析］修饰不定代词的修饰词要放在不定代词之后。35Ishallvisityou＿＿＿nextyear.A.sometimesB.sometimeC.sometimeD.sometimes［答案］B.［析］sometimes有时，sometime某一时刻，sometime一段时间，sometimes若干次36Mysistersaidshewouldtrytospeak＿＿＿Englisheveryday.-213-\nA.alittleB.afewC.litttleD.few［答案］A.［析］little修饰不可数名词，而alittle意为"一些，一点"。37Ihave＿＿＿friendshereandIoftenvisitthem.A.fewB.littleC.afewD.alittle［答案］C.［析］afew意为"有些"，few后面要加可数名词复数。38Ofallthesebooks,doyouthink,whichoneis＿＿＿?A.interestingB.muchinterestingC.moreinterestingD.themostinteresting［答案］D.［析］Ofallthesebooks是用来表示最高级的范围五、连词(一)知识概要连词是一种在句子与句子之间，短语之间以及名词等其他词语之间起连接作用的虚词，它不能单独作句子的成份。按其意义可分为并列连词和从属连词两大类。并列连词连接的双方是对等的。常有的并列连词有and,both…and,either…or,neither…nor，notonly…butalso,aswellas等。但如果连接的两部分意义不趋向一致，意义有转折的并列连词有：but,however,while(而)，only(只不过)。还有表示选择关系的并列连词，如：or,orelse,otherwise…再有的是连接双方，互为因果，或表示前因后果的连词有：for,so,therefore(因此)，then等。从属连词在初中范围内常常用来连接名词性从句，如：that,if,whether,其次用来连接状语从句。其中有原因状语从句，常用的连接词有：whenwhile,as,since,before,after,once,assoonas,until,till连接条件状语的连词有：if,unless,aslongas等，而原因状语的连接词有because,since,as,nowthat(既然)。目的、结果、方式、比较、地点等状语从句的连接词有：sothat,so…that,such…that,as…as,than,where…它们在句子与文章中几乎无处不见。具体用法见下表。连词用法一览表种类功用例句并列连词连接具有并列关系的词HeknowsneitherEnglishnorFrench.短语Areyougoingbybusoronfoot?分句Marywasagoodgirl,butshehadoneshortcoming.-213-\n从属连词引导：状语从句I'lldoitasyoutoldme.Youwillbelateunlessyouhurry.连接代词和连接副词主语从句Whathesaidprovedtrue.Whenwe'llstarthasnotbeendecidedyet.表语从句Thisiswhyhedidn'tcomeyesterday.Thatiswherehelives.宾语从句ThemanaskedmewhichIlikedbest.Ican'tunderstandwhysheissolate.关系代词和关系副词定语从句Nicotineisadrugthatgetsoneintothehabitofsmoking.HecamelastnightwhenIwasout.(二)正误辨析［误］Bothmyparentsarenothere.Theywenttotheconcertjustnow.［正］Neitherofmyparentsishere.Theywenttotheconcertjustnow.［析］在英语中both一般用于肯定句中，如用于否定句中，其意义也不同于汉语，如：Bothofusarenotright.在英语中应被理解为"我们俩不都对。"而Neitherofusisright。才能被理解为"我们俩无一正确"。［误］Heorhisparentshassometicketsforthefilm.［正］Heorhisparentshavesometicketsforthefilm.［析］由or连接两主语时，谓语动词应与相临近的那一个主语保持一致。［误］Youshouldstudyhard,andyouwon'tpasstheexam.［正］Youshouldstudyhard,oryouwon'tpasstheexam.［析］or作为连词，这里的意思为"否则"。又如：Hurryup,oryou'llbelateforschool.［误］Thoughheispoor,butheisreadytohelpothers.［正］Thoughheispoor,heisreadytohelpothers.［正］Heispoor,butheisreadytohelpothers.［析］"虽然……但是"是中文中的常用结构，但在英文中用了"虽然"则不要用"但是"，用了"但是"则不能再用"虽然"，二者只可用其一。［误］EitheryouorIareonduty.［正］EitheryouorIamonduty.［析］either…or连接两个主语时，其谓语动词与相临近的一个主语相呼应，这也叫作就近原则。类似的用法还有or,neither…nor,notonly…butalso等。［误］TomisourEnglishteacherandteachingEnglishinourschoolnow.［正］TomisourEnglishteacherandisteachingEnglishinourschoolnow.［析］并列句中常常在后面的句子中作一些省略，以免重复，但不是所有词都可作任意的省略的。当你连接的是两个系动词时，后面的那个系动词不可省略，也就是讲连接的部分不可省略。［误］Myfatherlikesswimmingandtocollectstamps.-213-\n［正］Myfatherlikesswimmingandcollectingstamps.［析］由并列连词连接的两个部分要保持相等的语法结构。如是动名词则都用动名词，如用不定式则都应用不定式，这是初学者要注意的一点。［误］Myfatherisreadinganewspaper,Iamdoingmyhomework.［正］MyfatherisreadinganewspaperwhileIamdoingmyhomework.［析］两个并列句中间不可用逗号连接，要用并列连词来连接。［误］MyfatheraskedmethatifIwantedtolearnhowtodrive.［正］MyfatheraskedmeifIwantedtolearnhowtodrive.［析］宾语从句的连接词只能有一个不能重复使用。［误］WewillgobothtoBeijingandShanghai.［正］WewillgotobothBeijingandShanghai.［析］用both…and…作连接词时，其相连接的部分结构也要相同。［误］NotonlyMarybutalsoherbrothersisgoingtodance.［正］NotonlyMarybutalsoherbrothersaregoingtodance.［析］由notonly…butalso…连接两个主语时，其重点在其后面的那一个主语，所以谓语形式应采用就近原则。［误］Theteacheraswellashisstudentsarecoming.［正］Theteacheraswellashisstudentsiscoming.［析］由aswellas连接两个主语时，谓语动词与aswellas后面的名词无关，而与前面的名词相一致。［误］Tomdoesnotswimnorplayfootball.［正］Tomdoesnotswimorplayfootball.［析］nor主要用于连接句子的对等连词，如在否定句中连接某一部分时要用or,但要注意句子的含意，如：Thisanimaldoesnotlikeacoworahorse.这个动物既不像牛也不像马。Thisanimaldoesnotlikeacowbutahorse.这个动物不像牛而像马。［误］Forthereisnolightintheclassroom.Thestudentsmusthavegonehome.［正］Thestudentsmusthavegonehome,forthereisnolightintheclassroom.［析］由for引出的原因状语从句在使用时要注意不能将该从句置于句首，而应置于主句之后，并在主句与从句之间加一逗号。更要注意的是because,as,since与for4个表示原因的连词中because是因果关系，是最强的一个，而for是最弱的一个。有些语法书中干脆把for叫做并列连词［误］MybrotherwillpasstheEnglishexamisnoquestion.［正］ThatmybrotherwillpasstheEnglishexamisnoquestion.［析］主语从句的引导词that是不可省略的。这一点不要和宾语从句的引导词相提并论。［误］Thismapwillshowyouhowwillyougettothehotel.［正］Thismapwillshowyouhowyouwillgettothehotel.［析］-213-\n名词性从句作宾语从句使用时，最重要的一点是要用陈述语句。特别要注意的是那些使用双宾语的动词，如：tell,ask,show…［误］Whiletheclockstruchten,allthelightswentout.［正］Whentheclockstruckten,allthelightswentout.［析］while是强调两个动作在同时进行中，如：WhileIamdoingmyhomework,myfatherisreadinganewspaper.而这里的when是"正当某某时刻"，"就在这一时间点上"，其重点强调在某一特定时刻某动作的发生。［误］WhileIwaswalkingalongthestreetyesterday,Imetanoldfriend.［正］WhenIwaswalkingalongthestreetyesterday,Imetanoldfriend.［析］这里用when表达在一个动作的进行中，另一个动作突然发生了。正在进行的动作用一进行时态，而突然发生的动作用一般时态。［误］WhileIheardthebadnewsIfeltsad.［正］WhenIheardthebadnews,Ifeltsad.［析］while不能表达一点儿的时间，即瞬时某一时间点。［误］Afterschoolsomestudentsplayfootball,orothersgotothelibrary.［正］Afterschoolsomestudentsplayfootball,whileothersgotothelibrary.［析］while在此处意为"而，然而"。［误］Shesangwhenshewalkedalongthedarkstreet.［正］Shesangasshewalkedalongthedarkstreet.［析］as用于句中时，其要点是强调两个动作的同时进行。这里用when虽然不能讲是语法上的错误，但则看不出来小女孩因独自走黑暗的街道因害怕而唱歌的心情。［误］Ifinishedmyhomeworkuntiltwelveo'clocklastnight.［正］Ididn'tfinishedmyhomeworkuntiltwelveo'clocklastnight.［正］Ididmyhomeworkuntiltwelveo'clocklastnight.［析］until用在句中时其含义是某一动作一直持续到某时结束，那么句中的动词则一定要用持续性动词，如果要用瞬间，或截止性动词时一定要用否定句式。因截止性动作的否定式应看作是持续性的动作。如离开leave是瞬间动作，因一出门即为离开了，而不离开则是长时间的。［误］IhavestudiedEnglishwhenIwastwelve.［正］IhavestudiedEnglishsinceIwastwelve.［析］since引出的时间状语从句是表达了一个时间点，而这个时间点是主句动作的启始点，所以主句一般要用完成时态。［误］Becausehedidn'tstudyhard,sohedidn'tpasstheexam.［正］Hedidn'tpasstheexambecausehedidn'tstudyhard.［析］because与so在英文中两者不能并用的，只能在句中用其一。［误］Hewassuchexcitedthathecouldnotspeak.［正］Hewassoexcitedthathecouldnotspeak.［析］so与such的用法可以分为四种情况，①用于单数可数名词之前，其格式是such+不定冠词+形容词+单数可数名词，如：Itissuchabeautifulbookthat-213-\neverychildlikesit.也可以用so,其格式是so+形容词+不定冠词+单数可数名词，如：Itwassobeautifulabookthateverychildlikesit.②在不可数名词前或可数名词复数前这时只能用such,如：Itissuchgoodweatherthatwewanttoswim.又如：Theyaresuchgoodstudentsthattheycanpasstheexameasily.③在few,little，much,many这4个字前只能用so而不能用such,如：IhavesomuchmoneythatIcanbuyeverythingIwant.④当that前只有形容词或副词时，这时只能用so,如：Sheissobeautifulthateveryonelikesher.HeransofastthatIcouldn'tkeepupwithhim.［误］Hegotupearlierthismorningsoastothathecouldcatchthefirstbus.［正］Hegotupearlierthismorningsoastocatchthefirstbus.［正］Hegotupsoearlierthathecouldcatchthefirstbus.［析］so…that与sothat的用法有相同之处，那就是其后接从句，而soasto其后要接不定式，即动词原形。这样的词组还有：inorderto。［误］Iwanttobuysamestampthatyouhave.［正］Iwanttobuythesamestampasyouhave.［析］thesame…as(that)这是个固定用法，在same前的定冠词是不能少的。而thesame…that意为"我要的就是那一个"。而thesame…as为"要的是和……一样的东西"。［误］BeforeIdonotgiveyoutheanswer,I'llaskyousomequestions.［正］BeforeIgiveyoutheanswer,I'llaskyousomequestions.［析］这种错误是由于受中文的影响。在中文中可以讲"我没给你答案前"。而英文用了before就不要再用否定句了。(三)例题解析1WeboughtGrannyapresent,＿＿＿shedidn'tlikeit.A.butB.andC.orD.so［答案］A.［析］由于句意的原因，应选择转折连词。2Runquickly,＿＿＿we'llmisstheearlytrain.A.andB.butC.soD.or［答案］D.［析］or这里应译为：否则。3I'llgivethebooktohim＿＿＿hecomesback.A.sinceB.assoonasC.beforeD.until［答案］B.［析］assoonas引出的时间状语从句应用一般现在时表示将来要发生的动作。-213-\n4Don'tcrosstheroad＿＿＿thelightturnsgreen.A.whenB.whileC.untilD.as［答案］C.［析］until应译为"直到……才"，因为前面的祈使句为否定句。又如：Shedidnotgotobeduntilhermothercameback.应译为"直到她妈妈回来她才睡觉"。5MissGaohasbeenateacher＿＿＿1990.A.beforeB.afterC.sinceD.in［答案］C.［析］因为主句为完成时，所以应用since表示该动作的启始点。6-Whichwouldyoulikebetter,tea＿＿＿milk?-Tea,please.A.butB.andC.orD.with［答案］C.［析］在疑问句与否定句中应用or来表示一种选择。7Welovespring＿＿＿there'sbeautifulflowerseverywhere.A.thoughB.butC.orD.because［答案］D.［析］因为这里表示的是因果关系。8Pleaseleave＿＿＿7∶００,thenyou'llbeabletoget＿＿＿thereearlier.A.till,inB.from,/C.before,/D.behind,to［答案］C.［析］before为在７∶００之前离开。9Theteacherdidn'tbeginthelesson＿＿＿allthestudentsstoppedtalking.A.untilB.afterC.ifD.because［答案］A.［析］这句应译为"直到所有的学生都停止讲话老师才开始上课"。因begin为瞬间动词，所以应用否定句。10Bettydidn'tgotoseethefilmyesterday＿＿＿shewasill.A.butB.untilC.ifD.because［答案］D.［析］这里是表示因果关系，所以应用because。因为她病了所以未去看电影。11Youmuststartrightnow,＿＿＿you'llmissthetrain.-213-\nA.forB.andC.soD.or［答案］D.［析］or译为"否则"。本句句意为：你必须马上走了，否则要赶不上火车了。12＿＿＿heisachildofsix,hecanreadandwrite.A.WhoseB.IfC.ThoughD.Because［答案］C.［析］这种状语从句在英语中称为让步状语从句，应译为：虽然他才是个6岁的孩子，他却可以读书和写字。13Ilikefish,＿＿＿chicken,＿＿＿eggs.A.and,andB.and,withC./,andD.and,/［答案］C.［析］在有若干个名词或动词出现时，每一个词之间只用逗号连接，只在最后两个词之间加and。如：Theoldmanpassedthestreet,wentintoashopandboughtsomefood。14Takethisdictionarywithyou＿＿＿youmayuseitinclass.A.whenB.inordertoC.butD.sothat［答案］D.［析］sothat应译为"为的是"。本句句义为：带上字典，为的是在上课时可能有用。而inorderto其后应接动词不定式，如：Takethisdictionarywithyouinordertouseitinclass。15Ihope＿＿＿willbefinetomorrow.A.itB.whatC.whetherD.when［答案］A.［析］hope后接的是宾语从句，而且宾语从句中少主语，应用it来代替天气。16＿＿＿shewasnotwell,Idecidedtogowithouther.A.ThoughB.AsC.WhenD.Becauseof［答案］B.［析］as这里应译为"由于"。全句意为：由于她不舒服，我决定不带她去了。而becauseof其后不能接从句只能接宾语。如：Becauseoftheheavyrain,wedecidednottogo。17Myauntboughtme＿＿＿manystorybooksthatIspentalotoftimethem.A.such…onB.such…inC.too…inDso…on-213-\n［答案］D.［析］因many前只能用so来修饰，所以只能选择D选项。而spend…onsomething为在某事上花费时间或钱。如：Shespentalotofmoneyonherclothes。18Motherwascooking＿＿＿she＿＿＿aknockatthedoor.A.when,listentoB.while,listenedtoC.while,heardD.when,heard［答案］D.［析］when在这里应译为：就在那时，那一刻，那一瞬间。19Speakslowly,＿＿＿wecanunderstandyou.A.andB.orC.ifD.because［答案］A.［析］and这里是并列连词，应译为：请讲慢些这样我们就会明白你的意思。20You'lllearnEnglishwell＿＿＿youputyourheartintoit.A.ifB.soC.untilD.or［答案］A.［析］本句译为：如果你将心放在学习上，你就会将英语学好。这里的语法现象是从句中用一般现在时表示将来。21Iwon'tletyouin＿＿＿youshowmeyourpass.A.untilB.forC.sinceD.because［答案］A.22Shedidn'tgotoschool＿＿＿shewasill.A.whyB.becauseC.whereD.but［答案］B.六、介词(一)知识概要介词在英语中用法很活，也无一定规律可循。在初中范围内还应学一个记住一个，特别是那些和动词的特殊搭配。这样长期下去不断学习自然会总结出一套自己的规律来。下面是一般的规律，可帮助学习时参考，千万不要作为定律去背诵，照搬。介词表示时间表示地点方位表示原因方式其他-213-\nabout大约在……时间aboutfiveo'clock在周围，大约多远aboutfivekilometres关于、涉及talkaboutyouabove高出某一平面abovesealevelacross横过walkacrossthestreet对面acrossthestreetafter在……之后aftersupper跟……后面oneafteranother追赶runafteryouagainst背靠逆风againstthewall,againstthewind反对beagainstyouamong三者以上的中间amongthetreesat在某时刻atten在小地点attheschoolgate表示速度athighspeed向着，对着atmebefore在……之前beforelunch位于……之前sitbeforemebehind位于……之后behindthetreebelow低于……水平belowzero-213-\n不合格belowthestandardby到……时刻，在……时刻之前byfiveo'clock紧挨着sitebysite乘坐交通工具byair,bybick被由wasmadebyusduring在……期间duringtheholidaysfor延续多长时间forfiveyears向……去leaveforShanghai为了，对于begoodforyoufrom从某时到……某时frommorningtillnight来自何方fromNewYork由某原料制成bemadefrom来自何处whereareyoufromin在年、月、周较长时间内inaweek在里面intheroom用某种语言inEnglish穿着inredinto进入……里面walkinto除分divideinto变动turnintowaternear接近某时nearfiveyears在……附近neartheparkof用某种原料制成bemadeof属于……性质amapofU.S.A-213-\non某日、某日的上下午onSundayafternoon在……上面onthedesk靠吃……为生liveonrice关于abookonPhysicsover渡过一整段时间workovernight在上方overthedesk超过，高于overfivepairspast超过某一时刻tenpastfive经过某地walkpasttheparksince从某时以来since1980原因Sinceyouwereillthrough经过某一时期throughhislife通过、穿过某地throughtheforesttilluntil直到某时为止tillfiveo'clockto差多少时间fivetoten问，到，去往toShanghai面对面facetoface给予giveabooktomeunder在……下面underthedesk少于underten在……管制之下undertherulewith用某种工具withapen带着，具有withmewithout没有withoutair(二)正误辨析［误］Wegottothetopofthemountainindaybreak.［正］Wegottothetopofthemountainatdaybreak.［析］at用于具体时刻之前，如：sunrise,midday,noon,sunset,midnight,night。［误］Don'tsleepatdaytime-213-\n［正］Don'tsleepindaytime.［析］in要用于较长的一段时间之内，如：inthemorning/afternoon,或intheweek/month/year.或inspring/supper/autumn/winter等等。［误］WevisitedtheoldmaninSundayafternoon.［正］WevisitedtheoldmanonSundayafternoon.［析］inthemorning,intheafternoon如果在这两个短语中加入任何修饰词其前面的介词都要改为on,如：onacoldmorning,onthemorningofJuly14th［误］Hebecameawritterathistwenties［正］Hebecameawritterinhistwenties［析］这句话应译为：他在20多岁时就成了作家。在某人的一段生活时间段中要用介词in来表示，而在具体岁数时用at来表示。［误］HewenttoNewYorktofindajobinsixteenyearsold.［正］HewenttoNewYorktofindajobatsixteen.［析］在具体年岁前用at,如：attheageof12，atyourage，等等。［误］Wewenttoswimintheriverinaveryhotday.［正］Wewenttoswimintheriveronaveryhotday.［析］具体某一天要用介词on,又如：onNewYear'sDay［误］I'mlookingforwardtoseeingyouonChristmas.［正］I'mlookingforwardtoseeingyouatChristmas.［析］在节日的当天用on，而全部节日期间用at,Christmas是圣诞节期间，一般要有两周或更长的时间。［误］Ihaven'tseeyouduringthesummerholidays.［正］Ihaven'tseenyousincethebeginningofthesummerholidays.［析］during表示在某一段时间之内，所以一般不与完成时搭配，如：Ivisitedalotofmuseumsduringtheholiday.而for表示一段时间，可以用于完成时，如：Ihaven'tseeyouforalongtime.而through用来表示时间时则为"整整，全部的时间"。如：Itrainedthroughthenight.而since则是表达主句动作的起始时间，一般要与完成时连用。［误］Atenteringtheclassroom,Iheardthegoodnews.［正］Onenteringtheclassroom,Iheardthegoodnews.［析］On加动名词表示"一……就"。本句的译文应是：我一进入教室就听见这个好消息了。又如：onhearing…一听见，onarrival一到达就……(on表示动作的名词)［误］Inthebeginningofthebook,therearesomeinterestingstories.［正］Atthebeginningofthebook,therearesomeinterestingstories.［析］atthebegining与attheend都是指某事物的开始与结束部分，均不指时间范围，而inthebeginning则是指开始一段时间。intheend＝atlast是指"最终，终于"之意。［误］Tilltheendofnextweek.Iwillhavefinishedthiswork.-213-\n［正］Bytheendofnextweek.Iwillhavefinishedthiswork.［析］by引起的时间状语表示了动作的截止点，其意思为"不迟于某一时刻将工作做完"，所以主句一般是完成时态。当然可以有将来时态，如：I'llbetherebyfiveo'clock.而till则表达其一动作一直持续到某一时刻，但句中的动词一定要用持续性动词，而瞬间的截止性动词应用其否定句式，如：Iwon'tfinishthisworktill(until)nextweekend.［误］HecametoLondonbeforelastweekend.［正］HehadcometoLondonbeforelastweekend.［正］HecametoLondontwoweeksago.［析］before一般要与完成时连用，而ago则与一般过去时连用。［误］IhavestudiedEnglishforthreeyearsginceIhadcomehere.［正］IhavestudiedEnglishforthreeyearssinceIcamehere.［析］since用来表达主句动作的开始时间，所以其引出的从句中应为过去时，而不能用完成时态［误］Icanhelpyourepairthisbike.Youwillgetitaftertwohours.［正］Icanhelpyourepairthisbike.Youwillgetitintwohours.［析］中文经常讲两小时之后来取，两天内会修好，而这个介词在英文中要用in而不要用after。其原因有二，①after多用于过去时，如：IarrivedinNewYork.Afterthreedays,Ifoundajobinthebank.②after加时间是表达一个不确定的时间范围，如：afterthreedays,即三天之后的哪一天都可以。所以在许诺若干时间内会完成某事时，一定要用介词in。［误］Threedaysafterhedied.［正］Afterthreedayshedied.［正］Threedayslaterhedied.［析］after与later都可以用来表达一段时间之后，但它们所处的位置不同，after在时间词前，而later在时间词后。［误］Shehidherselfafterthetree.［正］Shehidherselfbehindthetree.［析］after多用来表达某动作之后，所以有的语法书中称它为动态介词，如：Irunafterhim.Afterfinishingmyhomework,Iwenttoseeafilm.而behind则多用于静态事物之后。［误］Thereisabeautifulbirdonthetree.［正］Thereisabeautifulbirdinthetree.［析］树上长出的果实，树叶要用on,而其他外来的人、物体均要用inthetree.［误］ShanghaiisontheeastofChina.［正］ShanghaiisintheeastofChina.［析］在表达地理位置时有3个介词：in,on,to。in表示在某范围之内;on表示与某地区接壤；to则表示不相接。如：JapanistotheeastofChina.-213-\n［误］IarrivedatNewYorkonJuly2nd.［正］IarrivedinNewYorkonJuly2nd.［析］at用来表达较小的地方，而in用来表达较大的地方。at常用于attheschoolgate,athome,atabusstop,atthestation,atthecinema,atasmallvillage。［误］HelivedinNo.3BeijingRoad.［正］HelivedatNo.3BeijingRoad.［析］在门牌号码前要用at,并要注意它的惯用法：attheendofthestreet,atthefootofthemountain,atthetopofthepage。［误］ThereisacolourTVsetatthecornerofthehall.［正］ThereisacolourTVsetinthecornerofthehall.［析］在屋内的角落应用in，而墙的外角用at，如：Thereisatreeatthecornerofthestreet.［误］ThisweekendI'llstayinUncleWang's.［正］ThisweekendI'llstayatUncleWang's.［析］要注意英文的特殊表达法，如：atatailor'sshop(裁缝店)＝atatailor's,atthedoctor's(去看病)atthebookseller's(在书店)atuncleWang's(在王叔叔家)［误］Doyouknowthereissomegoodnewsontoday'snewspaper?［正］Doyouknowthereissomegoodnewsintoday'snewspaper?［析］在报纸上的新闻要用in,而在具体某一版上，或某一页上则要用on。［误］TheschoolwillbeginonSeptember1st.［正］SchoolwillbeginonSeptember1st.［析］这里的school应看作不可数名词泛指学校的课程，即开学之意。要注意，有些活动场所当表达正在从事该种活动时不要加冠词，如：attable(吃饭)，WhenIcametoTom'shome,theywereattable.还有：atdesk(学习)，atwork(工作)atschool(上学)，inhospital(住医院)atchurch作礼拜如加上定冠词则另有他意，如：attheschool即在学校工作或办事，inthehospital即在医院工作或去看望病人。［误］Inmywaytothestation,Iboughtanewspapertokilltime.［正］Onmywaytothestation,Iboughtanewspapertokilltime.［析］译文为：在去车站的路上我买了份报纸，为的是消磨时光"在……的路上"应用onone'sway…。而intheway有挡道之意，如：Pleasemovethechairitisintheway。［误］Look,thedoorisopen,Maybesomeonebrokeinto.［正］Look,thedoorisopen,Maybesomeonebrokein.［正］Look,thedoorisopen,Maybesomeonebrokeintotheoffice.［析］in是表达一个静止状态，在与break连用时其后不加介词宾语，而into则是动态介词，与break连用时要加介词宾语。［误］I'llleaveBeijingtoShanghaitomorrow.［正］I'llleaveBeijingforShanghai.-213-\n［正］I'llleaveforShanghai.［析］leavefor是离开某地去某处的固定搭配，不可将for改为别的介词。这样的搭配还有：startfor动身前往某处，setoutfor，sailfor。［误］I'msorry.Ihavetogetoutthebusatnextstop.［正］I'msorry.Ihavetogetoutofthebusatnextstop.［析］getin,与getout是两个相反的词组。getin为上车，而getout为下车，但语法家认为这里的in与out为副词，所以其后不能接名词，我们可以讲We'dbettergetin.或We'dbettergetout.还有一组词组有关上下车：geton／off(atrain,aship,astruck)getinto／outof(acar,taxi…)［误］BecarefulThetemperatureofthewaterisninetydegreesoverzero.［正］Becareful.Thetemperatureofthewaterisninetydegreesabovezero.［析］over与above在作为比某物高的意思时有时可以互换。但在垂直方向上的高矮时，即正上方时则要用above.而泛指上方时用over.［误］Thereisanoldstonebridgeabovetheriver.［正］Thereisanoldstonebridgeovertheriver.［析］over还有一意为"跨越，横跨"。［误］TheDeadSeaisunderthesealevel.［正］TheDeadSeaisbelowthesealevel.［析］在垂直下方要用below.也就是讲above与below互为反意词，over与under也是反意词。［误］Thereisabigtreeinthefrontofthehouse.［正］Thereisabigtreeinfrontofthehouse.［析］infrontof是在物体外部的前面，而inthefrontof是在物体内部的前面，如：Thedriversitsinthefrontofthebus.［误］Ittookthemtwodaystowalkacrosstheforest.［正］Ittookthemtwodaystowalkthroughtheforest.［析］across作为介词有两个主要意思：①横过，如：Iwanttowalkacrossthestreet.②对面，如：Thereisapostofficeacrossthestreet,而through多用于三维空间中的穿越。across则多用于平面上的横过。如：Thelittlegirlranacrosstheroomtomeethermother.［误］Thesunsetstowardthewest.［正］Thesunsetsinthewest.［析］towards也可用作toward，它主要表达朝向某方向运动，但不一定到达，如：Herantoward(s)themountain.而在表示方位east,west,north,south时，其前面要用in。要注意的是这4个词可以用作副词，如：Iwentsouth.也可用作名词，如：Iwenttothesouth.也可用作形容词，如：IwenttothesouthpartofChina.［误］Doyouhavenootherclothesexceptthose?［正］Doyouhavenootherclothesbesidesthose?-213-\n［析］beside是"在……旁边"，如：Thestudentsstoodbesidetheirteachers.而besides是"除……之外，不仅……而且……，除了……以外还有……"，如：IstudiedEnglishbesidesFrench,whenIwasincollege.而except则是从同一类物体中去掉某一部分，如：IcomehereeverydayexceptSunday.而exceptfor是指去掉不同种类的事物，如：Theroomiscleanexceptfortwochairs.而exceptthat则要加从句。［误］CanIwritetheexampaperwithink?［正］CanIwritetheexampaperwithapen?［正］CanIwritetheexampaperinink?［析］with后要加拿得起来放得下的工具，而墨水、颜料等原料则要用in。［误］I'mearliertoday.Icameherebyhiscar.［正］I'mearliertoday.Icamehereinhiscar.［析］在交通工具前加介词by，但不能再有任何指示代词或冠词，否则要改换相应的介词。bytaxi=inataxibytrain=inatrainbybicycle=onabicyclebyship=onashipbyboat=inaboatbybus=onabusbyplane=onaplanebyair空运byland陆运bysea海运onfootonhorsebackbyphonebyletterbyradiobyairmailbyhand［误］AlotofFrenchwinesaremadeofgrape.［正］AlotofFrenchwinesaremadefromgrape.［析］madeof是指由原材料到成品过程中原材料未发生质地的变化，而发生了某种变化则要用from,如：Thedeskwasmadeofhardwood.［误］ThisisagooddictionaryinEnglishgrammar.［正］ThisisagooddictionaryonEnglishgrammar.［析］关于某方面的书籍、报告等有两个介词，其中on表示某专业用书，about则为某方面的普通读物，如：Thisisabookaboutphysics.即物理科普知识。［误］Doyouhavethekeyofthedoor.［正］Doyouhavethekeytothedoor.［析］keytothedoor门的钥匙。相同用法还有answertothequestion,entrancetothehighway,dangertohealth.千万不要用of。［误］TodayalotofChinesepeoplehaveinterestofcollectingstamps.-213-\n［正］TodayalotofChinesepeoplehaveinterestincollectingstamps.［析］haveinterestin是在某方面有兴趣。［误］Ididn'tdomyhomework,sotheteacherwasangrytome.［正］Ididn'tdomyhomework,sotheteacherwasangrywithme.［析］beangrywith其后接人，而beangryat其后接事。如：Hewasangryatwhatshesaid.［误］Hewasgoodforskating.［正］Hewasgoodatskating.［析］begoodat为"擅长某事"，而begoodforsomebody为对某人很好。［误］Itwasgoodtoyoutohelpmylittleboy.［正］Itwasgoodofyoutohelpmylittleboy.［析］这句话应译为：你真太好了，帮助了我的小孩。而begoodtosomebody是对某人态度好。如：Hermotherisgoodtoeveryone.［误］Myparentswereverypleasedatme.［正］Myparentswereverypleasedwithme.［正］Myparentswereverypleasedatmystudying.［析］bepleasedwith后加somebody,而bepleasedat后加something。［误］Heisagreewithme.［正］Heagreeswithme.［误］Heagainstsme.［正］Heisagainstme.［析］同意agree为动词，而反对against则为介词。在使用中一定要注意。［误］Ihaven'theardlettersfromhim.［正］Ihaven'theardfromhim.［析］hearfrom即为：从某人处得到信件。不要再加letter了。［误］Teacher.MayIcallatyouthisweekend?［正］Teacher.MayIcallonyouthisweekend?［析］作为"拜访"讲callat其后接地点，如：MayIcallatyourhomethisweekend?而callon其后接人。［误］Doyouknowthegirlonwhite?［正］Doyouknowthegirlinwhite?［析］inwhite为穿一身白。与in有关的词组有：inbed(睡觉)，inhospital(住院)，inahurry(匆匆忙忙)，indanger(危险中),injoy(高兴)，ingoodhealth(身体好)，inlove(恋爱)，introuble(困境)，与之相反的是outof,如：outoftrouble(摆脱困境)，outofdate(过时了)，outoforder(出故障)［误］Helookedatmeatsurprise.［正］Helookedatmeinsurprise.［析］surprise的用法一般有三种。①用于句首，Toone'ssurprise,如：Tomysurprisehesucceeded.②besurprisedat,如：Iwassurprisedatthenews.③-213-\n用于句尾insurprise.［误］Shedidn'tcometoschoolbecauseofshewasill.［正］Shedidn'tcometoschoolbecauseshewasill.［析］becauseof后接名词，如：Thegamewasputoffbecauseoftherain.(三)例题解析1-Thankyou＿＿＿thebeautifulflowers!-Notatall.AinBonCatDfor［答案］D.［析］由于某事向某人道谢应用for。2Canyouanswerthisquestion＿＿＿English?AbyBinCwithDfrom［答案］B.［析］in表示用语言、声音、或材料，如：Heansweredthequestioninalowvoice.3Look＿＿＿themap＿＿＿China＿＿＿thewall,please.Aafter,of,inBat,of,inCafter,in,onDat,of,on［答案］D.［析］lookat为"看"，而onthewall为"在墙表面挂着"，而inthewall则是"在墙内"，如：Thereisholeinthewall.墙上有个洞。4-WhendidMrGreenarriveinLondon?-Hearrivedthere＿＿＿theeveningofDecember6th.AatBinConDto［答案］C.［析］intheevening/afternoon这两个词组不论是在其前或后加上任何修饰词都应将介词换为on,如：onacoldmorning,onaspringmorning等。5Wewontherelayrace.Andtherewasabigsmile＿＿＿ourteacher'sface.AoffBnearConDbetween［答案］C.6Thetwinsgotonwell＿＿＿theirclassmates.AtoBinCwithDabout［答案］C.［析］getonwellwith与人相处很好。7-Pleaseremembertocometomybirthdayparty.-Isee.I'llcome＿＿＿Saturdayevening.-213-\nAinBatConDfor［答案］C.8　Let'shurry，orwe'llbelate＿＿＿schoolA　toB　atC　withD　for［答案］D.［析］belatefor，而comelateto，如：Don'tcomelatetoschool9　Theywillhaveamathstest＿＿＿twodaysA　forB　atC　inD　after［答案］C.［析］三天之内应用in，而不要受中文影响用after，afterthreedays是个不定的时间范围，即没有一个准确的时间。5天、6天、10天全是afterthreedays。10　Mybrotherjoinedthearmy＿＿＿A　1989，MarchB　inMarch，1989C　March，1989D　1989，inMarch［答案］B.［析］在月份、年、前用介词in，而日子前用on。11　Hecouldn'tworkoutthemathsproblem＿＿＿yourhelpA　withoutB　underC　forD　with［答案］A.［析］在某人帮助下应用with，如：WiththehelpoftheteacherIpassedtheexameasily　而要是没有你的帮助则用withoutyourhelp12　Grannytookonelookatus＿＿＿herglassesA　byB　throughC　onD　in［答案］B.［析］through为穿过……。13　Wehadourbreakfast＿＿＿aquarter＿＿＿sevenA　/，toB　in，toC　at，toD　on，to［答案］C.［析］具体时间点前用at，而差几分几点用to，这里应译为：我在差一刻七点吃的早饭。14　IlearnFrench＿＿＿theradioeverydayA　onB　inC　fromD　at-213-\n［答案］A.［析］从收音机中听到某事应用词组ontheradio。15　It'sgoodmannerstowait＿＿＿lineA　inB　onC　atD　with［答案］A.［析］inline为排队。16　HowmanyEnglishwordshadyoulearnt＿＿＿lastterm?A　bytheendofB　attheendofC　totheendofD　tilltheendof［答案］A.［析］bytheendof为动作的截止时间，与完成时态相配合17　Themanagerwasverysatisfied＿＿＿hisworkA　inB　onC　aboutD　with［答案］D.［析］besatisfiedwith为固定搭配。18　JohnhitJack＿＿＿faceA　ontheB　intheC　onhisD　inhis［答案］B.［析］英文中的某些动词其后要接人，然后加介词＋the＋身体部位，如：Hecaughttheboybythearm。19　Iwasborn＿＿＿thenight＿＿＿September15，1978A　in，onB　at，onC　at，inD　on，of［答案］D.［析］在时间前加介词时应以最小的时间单位为准。20　It'sabadmannertolaugh＿＿＿peoplewhentheyare＿＿＿troubleA　over，inB　at，inC　in，atD　at，for［答案］B.［析］laughat嘲笑某人，laughover笑着谈论某人或某事，introuble陷入困境。21　Ican'tdothisworkwell＿＿＿Tom'shelpA　underB　forC　withoutD　from［答案］C.22　Don'tshout＿＿＿theoldwoman。　Youshouldbemorepolite＿＿＿-213-\nherA　to，atB　at，toC　in，forD　from，for［答案］B.［析］shoutat为"冲某人喊叫"，而bepolitetosomebody为"对某人和气。"23　Wemustbestrict＿＿＿ourselves＿＿＿everythingA　with，inB　in，withC　with，toD　to，of［答案］A.［析］bestrictwith对某人严格要求。24　Hewenttothefootballmatch＿＿＿lunchlastSundayA　toB　withoutC　behindD　between［答案］B.［析］withoutlunch未吃午饭。25　Thepeople'sRepublicofChinawasfounded＿＿＿1949A　withB　onC　sinceD　in［答案］D.［析］在年代前用in。因句子是过去时而不是完成时，所以不能用since。26　MrBlackgottoHangzhou＿＿＿afewdaysA　inB　afterC　onD　at［答案］B.［析］这句话应译为：几天之后Mr　Black到达了杭州。而不是在几天之内一定要做完某事，所以选B。27　-Hastheteachergivenyouanyadvice＿＿＿yourEnglishstudy?-Yes，hehasA　fromB　withC　onD　in［答案］C.［析］给予某一方面问题的忠告其介词用on。28　Youmaydepend＿＿＿him　Heis＿＿＿honestmanA　on，aB　in，anC　on，anD　at，the［答案］C.［析］dependon为"依靠某人或某事"，而honest的首字母h不发音。29　＿＿＿myjoy，IcananswerthisquestionA　WithB　ToC　ByD　For-213-\n［答案］B.［析］Toone'sjoy意为"使我高兴的是。"30　Theteacheraskedthestudentstolook＿＿＿thewordinthedictionaryA　forB　atC　upD　after［答案］C.［析］lookfor寻找，lookat看，lookafter照顾，lookup查字典。31　Alittlemonkeyisplaying＿＿＿atreeandtherearealotofbananas＿＿＿itA　on，onB　in，onC　on，inD　in，in［答案］B.［析］树上长出的果实为onthetree　而其他外来之物要用inthetree，表达在树上。32Igotoschool＿＿＿buseverymorning.A.inB.byC.onD.at［答案］B.［析］by后直接加交通工具，表示乘某种交通工具去某地。33Noonelikesaperson＿＿＿badmanners.A.withoutB.onC.outofD.with［答案］D.［析］withbadmanners有不良习惯的人。34Thepolicemanwassurprised＿＿＿thenews.A.intoB.forC.atD.outof［答案］C.［析］besurprisedat对某事吃惊。35Hehadtosellnewspapers＿＿＿seven.A.atanageofB.attheagesofC.attheageofD.atageof［答案］C.［析］attheageof在几岁时。36Thelittlegirlcouldn'thelp＿＿＿whenshesawalargedog.A.criedB.tocryC.cryingD.cries［答案］C.［析］couldn'thelp＋动名词表示情不自禁地去做某事，或禁不住做某事。37Jackwasborn＿＿＿March1st,1978.A.onB.inC.atD.of［答案］A.［析］日期，时间前的介词按其表达语中的最小单位计算。-213-\n38Edisonwasveryinterested＿＿＿sciencewhenhewasaboy.A.toB.onC.inD.about［答案］C.［析］beinterestedinsomething对某事感兴趣。39Theteacherwasverysatisfied＿＿＿heranswer.A.inB.onC.forD.with［答案］D.40Thestoryhappened＿＿＿Beijing.A.inB.withC.forD.on［答案］A.七、数词(一)知识概要数词用来表示人或物的数目多少和顺序。所以数词主要有两种：基数词，用于计数，如：one,two…而序数词用于表示位置先后或次序，台：firstsecond…其构成法如下：阿拉伯数字基数词序数词简写序数词1onefirst1st2twosecond2nd3threethird3rd4fourfourth4th5fivefifth5th6sixsixth6th7sevenseventh7th8eighteighth8th9nineninth9th10tententh10th11eleveneleventh11th12twelvetwelfth12th13thirteenthirteenth13th14fourteenfourteenth14th15fifteenfifteenth15th16sixteensixteenth16th17seventeenseventeenth17th18eighteeneighteenth18yh19nineteennineteenth19th20twentytwentieth20th21twenty-onetwenty-first21st-213-\n30thirtythirtieth30th40fortyfortieth40th50fiftyfiftieth50th60sixtysixtieth60th70seventyseventieth70th80eightyeightieth80th90ninetyninetieth90th100a(one)hundredhundredth100th104onehundredandfourhundredandfourth104th1000a(one)thounsandthounsandth1000th10000tenthounsandtenthounsandth10000th1000000onemillionmillionth1000000th基数词与序数词都有一定的构成方法，但都有特殊例外的几个字，所以除了要学会一般构成法之外，还要特别记熟一些例外。因它们在考试中出现的频率很高。1基数词构成结构21～99的两位数字，在10位和个位之间加连字符构成，如89-eighty-nine.１０１～９９９的三位数字，由hundred加and再加二位数或未位数字，如：101-onehundredandone,223-twohundredandtwenty-three.四位以上数字，应从个位起向前数三位加逗号，读作thousand,再数三位加第二个逗号，读作million,再数三位加逗号，读作billion，其读法如下：1001-onethousandandone５３８６-fivethousand,threehundredandeighty－six要注意的是hundred,thousand,million与billion的用法。①前面有别的基数词时，即若干个百、千、百万、十亿时，其本身都不要加s，如：threehundredstudents。②若表示成百，成千或数百，数千时，前面不能有基数词，但其本身要用复数形式，然后+of+名词复数。如：thousandsandthousandsof。(成千上万)2序数词的构成法序数词除first,second,third以外，其余一般在词尾加th构成，除一般略有差异的各别数词外，很容易掌握。其二位数或多位数只将后面的个位数字改为序数词，其前面各位数字均不改变，都用基数词。3其他数字表示法小数的小数点读作point，零读作o［ｕ］或zero,小数点后面的数字按个位基数词依次读出。分数分子用基数词，分母用序数词，当分子大于1时，分数要在序数词上加s，但１／２用onehalf,14用aquarter.１３读作onethird而２３读作twothirds。百分数(%)，读作percent(percent),但不论是多少均用作单数形式不能加s。表示日期有两种说法和四种写法，如：2月1号英语表达法为：thefirstofFebruary而美语为February(the)first,但其书写上可有四种写法①　February1②February1st③1stFebruary④1/2。倍数的讲法有所不同。两倍用twice,而三倍以上用序数词加times,如：Hehasthreetimesas-213-\nmanybooksasIhave.(二)正误辨析［误］1107shouldbereadasathousandahundredasseven.［正］1107shouldbereadasonethousandonehundredandseven.［析］在读数字时，如：and前只有百或千时，用onehundred/onethousand还是ahundred/athousand全是可以的。但如果文有百又有千时，则只能用one不要用a。如果没有and时，如：1100也只能读作onethousandonehundred或elevenhundred.［误］Idroveabouthalfmile.［正］Idroveabouthalfamile.［析］半小时为halfanhour,半天为halfaday,半镑为halfapound,尽量避免用halfayear,halfamonth,要用sixmonths,twoweeks或fifteendays要注意的是HalfoftheworkisdoneHalfofthebooksaresold.当Half作名词时，其谓语动词要看of后面的名词而定。如名词是不可数名词则用单数谓语动词，如是复数名词时，则要用复数谓语动词。要注意的是一个半的表达法，如：Oneandahalfapplesisleftonthetable.其名词要用复数，但谓语动词则要用单数。［误］60studentsareplayingontheground.［正］Sixtystudentsareplayingontheground.［析］在句首的数字要用文字而不要用阿拉伯数字，如数字过大则应放于句中，用阿拉伯数字。如：Thereare166studentsplayingontheground.［误］Hebecamefamousaroundfiftyyearsold.［正］Hebecamefamousinhisfifties.［析］inhisfifties50多岁时，而inthefiflies在50年代。［误］Thereareabouttwothousandsworkersinourfactory.［正］Thereareabouttwothousandworkersinourfactory［析］几千，几百的表达法是基数词加thousand或加hundred,而且均不要加s。这样的单位还有dozen(打)，score(20年)等。［误］Inthemorningtherearehundredofoldpeoplewalkinginthepark.［正］Inthemorningtherearehundredsofoldpeoplewalkinginthepark.［析］当表达数百，数千时，要用hundredsof和thousandsof这一结构。［误］Theclassbeginsateighta.m.［正］Theclassbeginsat8a.m.［析］与符号或与缩写的字母连用时一定要用数字，如：43%，67,No.2…［误］Twofifthofthebooksaresoldout.［正］Twofifthsofthebooksaresoldout.［析］分数表示法，分子用基数词，分母用序数词，但分子大于1时，分母要在序数词后加s。［误］TomwasbornonJulyeighteen.-213-\n［正］TomwasbornonJulyeighteenth.［析］月日的表达法有美语和英语两种。美语July18读作Julyeighteenth英语July18th读作Julytheeighteenth［误］I'llgotoschoolat7∶３０a.m.inthemorning.［正］I'llgotoschoolat7∶３０a.m/at7∶３０inthemorning.［析］a.m即表达在早上之意，不要再用inthemorning.［误］Thefilmwillbeginatthreequarterspastone.［正］Thefilmwillbeginatonequartertotwo.［析］大于30分钟时不要使用past，而要用差多少不到几点的to来表达。［误］Threetimethreeisnine.［正］Threetimesthreeisnine.［析］times此处作为"乘"讲一定要加s。英语中乘除法表达式如下：算法种类例句加法一般Fiveandsixiseleven.正式Fiveplussixis(equals)eleven.减法一般Eighttakeawayfourleaves(is)four.FourfromEightleaves(is)four.正式Eightminusfourequals(is)four.乘法一般Threefoursaretwelve3×4=12正式Threetimesfourequals(is)twelve.一般Twointofouristwo.正式Fourdividedbytwoequalstwo.(三)例题解析1-Howmanystudentsarethereinyourschool,Mike?-Thereareover＿＿＿studentsinourschool.A.twothousandsB.twothousandsofC.twothousandD.twothousandof［答案］C.［析］有基数词在前面时thousand，hundred等词不能加s，也不能加of结构，只有在thousandsof时才可以使用。2Johnliveson＿＿＿floor.Hedoesn'tusealifttogoupanddown.A.nineB.theninthC.ninthD.aninth［答案］B.［析］序数词前加定冠词，nine与ninth的拼写上有一个e字母相差别。3WuDongwonthegirls'＿＿＿raceintheschoolsportsmeetinglastweek.-213-\nA.100metresB.100metresC.100metreD.100metre［答案］D.［析］数词、名词、形容词等词用连字符连接成的形容词中，名词都不要加s，如：Ihavetowriteatwothousandwordreport.而且由连字符组成的形容词只能放于名词前，不能放于名词后，作后置定语，或用在be动词后作表语。4Thereare＿＿＿studentsinourschool.A.fourhundredtwentyB.fourhundredandtwentyC.fourhundredstwentyD.fourhundredsandtwenty［答案］B.5-Howmanydaysarethereinayear?-Thereare＿＿＿.A.threehundredsandsixtyfiveB.threehundredssixtyfiveC.threehundredandsixtyfiveD.threehundredsixtyfive［答案］C.6Wehavelearnedabout＿＿＿Englishwords.A.ninehundredsB.ninehundredC.ninehundredofD.ninehundredsof［答案］B.7Autumnis＿＿＿seasonoftheyear.A.thirdB.thethreeC.thirdsD.thethird［答案］D.8Theyarelearning＿＿＿now.A.LessonEightB.theeightlessonC.LessonEiththD.Eighthlesson［答案］A.［析］第几课，第几个门……，在英语中有两种说法，①LessonTwo,Gate-213-\nTwo但要注意每一单词的首字母要大写。②thesecondlesson,thesecondgate首字母不要大写，并要注意有些缩写的读法。如:p.8-第8页(pageeight)$8.50-8.5美元(fivedollarsandfifty)电话号码66164532－(six,six,one,six,fourfive,three,two)9Theboywassohungrythatheate＿＿＿.A.threebowlsofricesB.threebowlofriceC.threebowlofricesD.threebowlsofrice［答案］D.［析］rice是不可数物质名词，而bowl是可数名词。10Thereare＿＿＿monthsinayear.A.twelveB.twelfC.twelvethD.twelfth［答案］A.八、动词(一)知识概要动词在语言中是必不可少的一部分。它的语法现象也较多，但在初中范围主要有以下几方面问题。①时态：初中范围主要有一般现在时，一般过去时，现在完成时，过去完成时，将来时与过去将来时六种时态。②语态：主动语态与被动语态。③助动词和情态动词。④非谓语动词，也就是不定式，动名词及现在分词的用法。时态主要掌握以下几种时态的应用要点和习惯用法。1一般现在时：主要有以下三方面，①用来表示状态，特征或不受时间限制的客观存在和真理。如：Matterexistsinthreestates物质有三态。又如：Theearthmovesaroundthesun②表示习惯性和经常发生的动作，如：Ioftengotobedat9∶３０③在时间、条件等状语从句中表示将来要发生的动作，如：AssoonasIgetthereI'lltelephoneyou.2一般过去时：①　主要用于表达过去时间内发生的动作或存在的状态，如：Iwasilllastweek②过去经常发生的动作或习惯性动作，如：Iusedtogetupatsix.3一般将来时：用于表示将要发生的动作，其构成方式①用ｗill(shall)+动词原形来表达将来在某一时间内要发生，或经常、将要发生的动作或状态，如：SchoolwillbeginonSepember1st②用begoing-213-\nto+动词原形，用来表示不久将要发生或打算去作的动作。如：I'mgoingtoswimthisafternoon③be+现在分词，也就是用某些动词的现在进行时表示将来，如：I'mcoming。这些动词只限于：go,come,leave,start,move,sail,arrive,reach,getto等动词。④在状语从句中用一般现在时表示将来。4现在进行时：用于表示现在正在进行的动作，如：Whatareyoudoingnow?要注意的是表示状态，情感的某些词没有现在进行时，这些动词有：like,have(有)，love,know,understand,remember,forget,see,hear,smell,taste,feel,wishhope,expect…5过去将来时：用来表达从过去某时间点上看将要发生的动作，如：Hetoldmehewouldcometomyparty6现在完成时与过去完成时：现在完成时的两个用处是：①　用来表达在过去开始的动作持续到现在，如：I'vestudiedEnglishfortwoyears②用来表达过去发生的事但它影响到现在，如：Ihaven'thadmybreakfast.soI'mhungrynow现在完成时与过去完成时的区别在于动作的截止时间，现在完成时所表达的动作截止于现在，而过去完成时所表达的动作截止于过去。如：Ihaven'tseenmyoldteacherforalongtime我好久未见到我过去的老师了。是指到目前截止。如果加上一句话，则将变为过去完成时，如：YesterdayIsawmyoldteacher.Ihadn'tseenhimforalongtime.因为我好久未见他这一情况截止于昨天。还要注意的一个问题是截止性动词可以有完成时，但不能与表示一段时间的状语连用，如：WhenIgottoschool,theclasshadbegun如果一定要讲开始几分钟了则要换用表示状态，或延续性动词，如：WhenIgottoschool,theclasshadbeenonforfiveminutes语态：英语中只有主动语态与被动语态之分。主动语态，句子中的主语是动作的执行者，如：Ibrokethewindow而被动语态句子中的主语是主动语态句子中的宾语，如：Thewindowwasbrokenbyme被动语态主要用于，动作的执行者不明确，或没有必要说出来，如：TheNewbuildingwasbuiltlastweek关键要注意的是在主动语态中有省略不定式符号to的动词，在被动语态要还原，如：主动语态Isawhimcomein.被动语态Hewasseentocomein.助动词和情态动词：助动词本身没有词义，它只不过与实义动词一起构成谓语动词，形成了时态、语态、构成了疑问句，否定句，以及用来加强语气。而情态动词则表达一种可能、必要、允许、愿望、猜测……的意图、倾向。也用来表示语气的委婉和祝愿。初中阶段主要有：can,could,may,might,will,would,must(haveto),shall,should。最后要谈论的是非谓语动词，非谓语动词分为不定式，和动词的ing形式，(即现在分词和动名词)。虽然在初中范围，这一项不是语法重点，但还是要花一定时间去学习，为的是打下良好的基础。为进一步学习提供良好的条件。不定式在句中可以作主语、宾语、表语。如：Toseeistobelieve.(百闻不如一见)Hewanttoseeafilm还可以作补足语，如：Hewantsmetoleave.也可以作状语，如：IcomeheretolearnEnglish.动名词也可以起到上述作用，如：Seeingisbelieving.Ilikeswimmingverymuch.而现在分词多用于作定语、补足语、状语，如：Thegirldrivingacar-213-\nishersister.(定语)Didyounoticehishandshaking?(宾语补足语)Hearingthenoise,westoppedtalking.(状语)(二)正误辨析［误］Shelaiddownandsoonfellasleep.［正］Shelaydownandsoonfellasleep.［析］考试中常出现的是易混动词lay放，lie躺，lie说谎。它们的过去时、过去分词和现在分词变化如下：lay(放)laid，laid，laying(及物动词)lie(躺)lay，lain，lying(不及物动词)lie(说谎)lied，lied，lying［误］Pleaseriseyourhand.［正］Pleaseraiseyourhand.［析］rise是不及物动词，其后不能接宾语，如：Thesunrisesintheeast.而raise是及物动词。［误］Iliketoswimverymuch,butIdon'tlikeswimmingthisafternoon.［正］Ilikeswimmingverymuch,butIdon'tliketoswimthisafternoon.［析］like作为"喜欢"讲时，可以接动名词也可以接不定式，但接动名词时多表达一种习惯性动作。而接不定式则侧重于表达一次性、特殊性的动作。但要注意的是like与would连用时则一定要接不定式，如：Wouldyouliketogowithme?再有一点要注意的是，like作为介词"像"讲时，只能用分词作其宾语。［误］Stop!Didyoulistentoastrangevoice?［正］Stop!Didyouhearastrangevoice?［析］hear的侧重点是听到、听见什么，而listento的侧重点为听的倾向，如：listen!Doyouhearsomeonecallinghelp?这样的词还有look与see。它们的侧重点也不同，look重于"看"的倾向，而see重于看见没看见。［误］Didyouwatchsomefilmrecently?［正］Didyouseesomefilmrecently?［析］英语中see与watch各有不同的用处，see用于看电影、剧目，而watch用作看电视和看球赛。［误］Look.Abeautifullamphangedfromtheceiling.［正］Look.Abeautifullamphungfromtheceiling.［析］hang有两个含义，①"挂"，它的过去时与过去分词是hung，hung;②"绞刑"，这时它是规则动词，其过去式与过去分词则为hanged，hanged。［误］HowlongcanIborrowthisbook?［正］HowlongcanIkeepthisbook?［析］"借"在英文中有三个词，①借入，即borrow,如：MayIborrowsomebooksfromthelibrary?②借出，如：Icanlendmybiketoyou.③借多久要用keep,因为borrow与lend都是截止性动词，而keep是延续性动词。如Howlong-213-\ncanIkeepit?［误］Wehavewonyourclass.［正］Wehavebeatenyourclass.［析］win是及物动词，其后面的宾语应是比赛、战争、奖品、奖金。而beat的宾语，应是人、队、班级等等，如：Wewonthegame.［误］Ileftmykey.［正］Iforgotmykey.［正］Ileftmykeyathome.［析］leave是"丢下"，其后一定要接地点状语，而forget其后不要接地点状语。［误］Oh!It'srainingoutside.Pleasebringtheraincoatwithyou.［正］Oh!It'srainingoutside.Pleasetakethisraincoatwithyou.［析］bring为"带来"如：Nexttimebringyourlittlesisterhere.而take为"带走"，fetch为"去某处取什么回来"，如：Pleasefetchsomecoffeeforus要熟记的是在初中课文中与take有关的词组，如：takeaway拿走takeback收回takedown取下takeoff脱下take…out拿出takeplace发生takeholdof拿住takepartin参加takeaseat坐下takeone'splace替代takealook看看takeone'sturn轮流takeamessage捎信takecareof照看takeiteasy别着急takeone'stime慢慢来takeone'stemperature测量体温［误］Thepolicemanreachedhisgun.［正］Thepolicemanreachedforhisgun.［析］reach作"到达"讲时是及物动词，如：Ireachedthehotelat8∶30但作"伸手去拿"，则要用reachforsomething。作为"到达"讲时还有arrive(in+大地方)(at＋较小的地方)和getto.要注意的是与get有关的词组有：getback回来getin收割getinto进入getoff下车geton上车getout出去getup起床getto到达getreadyfor=bereadyforgetonwellwith与人相处融洽get加比较级为变得如何，例如：getcolderandcolder.［误］Thisdictionaryspentmefivedollars.［正］Thisdictionarycostmefivedollars.［析］英文中的"花费"有4个spend,cost,take和pay,其中spend与pay所在句中的主语应为人，如：Ispenttwohoursindoingmyhomework.Ipaidfivedallarsforthebook.而cost与take的主语则是事物，如：Ittakesmetwoyearstofinishthisbook.［误］InsummerIalwayssleepwiththewindowsopened.［正］InsummerIalwayssleepwiththewindowsopen.［正］Ialwayssleepwiththewindowsclosed.［析］要注意open是动词也是形容词，而close则要用其过去分词作形容词。［误］Pleasewaitaminute.I'mhavingonmyclothes.-213-\n［正］Pleasewaitaminute.I'mputtingonmyclothes.［析］英语中的穿衣服要分状态，是什么样的穿着打扮，还是穿衣服的动作两类动词。表示穿着状态的词有haveon,wear,在用法上haveon不宜用进行时态，它多用一般时态，如：Shehasonanewschooldress.而wear则多用进行时来表示状态，如：Sheiswearinganewsweater.在表示动作的词中puton是常用的一词。dress用作动词当"穿衣"讲时其后宾语不应接衣物，而要接人，如：Mychildrenwereveryyoungtheycouldn'tdressthemselves.在表示穿着状态时用其过去分词当形容词，如：Heisdressedinwhite.［误］Mycomputercan'tbegin.Couldyoufindsomeonetohelpme?［正］Mycomputercan'tstart.Couldyoufindsomeonetohelpme?［析］begin与start均可指"开始"，而且常常可以互换，如：Schoolbegins(starts)at8a.m.但是在两种情况下不宜用begin而要用start,①当作机器开动、发动讲，如：Mycarcan'tstart.Theremustbesomethingwrongwithit.②作为"旅途开始"讲，如：Weshouldhavetostartearly.Therewasalotoftrafficontheroad.［误］I'mverygladbecauseIhavefoundedmylostkey.［正］I'mverygladbecauseIhavefoundmylostkey.［析］find是不规则动词，它的过去式和过去分词是found,found，而found又是另外一词"建立"，它是规则动词，其过去式与过去分词是foundedfounded,如：ThePeople'sRepublicofChinawasfoundedin1949.［误］Please.Let'sspeakinEnglish.［正］Please.Let'sspeakEnglish.［正］Please.Let'stalkinEnglish.［误］CanyouspeakitEnglish?［正］CanyousayitinEnglish?［析］英文中"说"有4个常用词say,tell,speak,talk.其中不及物动词有speak和talk，如：Iwanttotalkwithyou.Wearetalkingaboutthenewfilm.而speak其后接语言时是及物动词，其他情况是不及物动词。say与tell是及物动词，其中tell常用双宾语，如：Tellusastory.但用于讲实话或谎话时也用单宾语。如：Tellthetruth.［误］CanyousayJapanesefromChinese?［正］CanyoutellJapanesefromChinese?［析］tell…from为固定词组，即分辨两者的不同。［误］Excuseme,didIsteponyourfoot?［正］Oh,sorry,didIsteponyourfoot?［析］excuseme用于未打扰对方前，以提醒对方注意的用语，而sorry则是由于自己已做的事向对方道歉。［误］Wouldyoucarefortoswimwithus?［正］Wouldyoucaretoswimwithus?-213-\n［析］carefor后接不定式时，要省略for,或换用名词，如：Wouldyoucareforacupoftea.carefor作"照顾"讲时与lookafter相同。在初中阶段学习与for有关的词组有：askfor请求callfor接人，请人carefor关心goinfor从事answerfor负责lookfor寻找waitfor等待sendfor请人payfor付款searchfor寻找leavefor去某地preparefor准备thanksomebodyforsomething为某事向某人道谢。［误］Areyouunderstandingit?Yes,Igottoit.［正］Doyouunderstandit?Yes,Igotit.［析］understand这一词没有进行时态，如同感观动词love、hate…Igotit是美语，即Iunderstoodit。要记住get作为"到达"讲时是不及物动词，如：I'llgettotheschoolat8a.m.初中范围常用与to有关的动词词组如下：belongto属于cometo苏醒pointto(at)指着getto到达referto谈到stickto坚持leadto导致turnto翻到lookforwardto期望agreeto同意［误］Themeathasgonebadly.［正］Themeathasgonebad.［析］英语中go,get,become,turn作为转变时，其后接形容词，这时这些动词应被看作系动词。［误］Theteachersaidtheearthmovedaroundthesun.［正］Theteachersaidtheearthmovesaroundthesun.［析］如果主句的谓语动词是现在时，其宾语从句可以是任何时态。如果是过去时，则宾语从句中的时态应与之呼应。但地球围绕太阳转是不随时间而变化的客观事实，所以还应用一般现在时态来表达。［误］I'llcometoseeyouassoonasI'llbeback.［正］I'llcometoseeyouassoonasIamback.［析］在状语从句中要用一般时来表示将来，如：Ishouldtellhimwhenhecameback.［误］Iwanttoknowwhetheryoucometomypartytomorrowornot.［正］Iwanttoknowwhetheryouwillcometomypartytomorrowornot.［析］在宾语从句中则要用将来时表示将来的动作。要注意的是如果宾语从句中仍有状语从句时，依然要用一般现在时表示将来，如：Iwanttoknowifitrainstomorrowyou'llcomehereornot.［误］Whatdidyoudoateightlastnight?［正］Whatwereyoudoingateightlastnight?［析］在描述过去某一具体时刻的动作或从某时到某时一段时间内正在进行的动作要用过去进行时，如：IwaswashingclothesfromeighttillnoonlastSunday［误］Myclassmatescametoseeafilmyesterday.Ididn'tgowiththem,-213-\nbecauseIhaveseenitbefore.［正］Myclassmatescametoseeafilmyesterday.Ididn'tgowiththembecauseIhadseenitbefore.［析］现在完成时与过去完成时的相同之处是其动作均开始于过去的某一点，它的差别在于该动作是截止到什么时候。如动作截止到现在用现在完成时；如动作截止到过去，用过去完成时。例如：I'velearntEnglishforthreeyears.(到现在为止)又如：BeforeIwenttocollege,IhadlearntEnglishforthreeyears.(动作截止到上大学那时，即截止于过去)［误］I'mfeelingwellnow.［正］Ifeelwellnow.［析］瞬间动词有些无进行时态，它们是：表示思维状态的词：believe,feel,forget,imagine,know,mean,need,prefer,remember,understand,want表示感情的动词：care,like,dolike,love,mind,hate,fear表示状态的词：belong,own感观动词：feel,hear,see，smell,taste［误］Whenhaveyoudonethiswork?［正］Whendidyoudothiswork?［析］when提问的是一个时间点不可用于完成时态的问句中。［误］ThisisournewEnglishteacher.Hehasgonetomanyforeigncountries.［正］ThisisournewEnglishteacher.Hehasbeentomanyforeigncountries.［析］havegoneto是到某地去了，此人现在不在这里。havebeento是到过某地，现在此人在说话现场。［误］Ihaveborrowedthisbookfortwoweeks.［正］Ihavekeptthisbookfortwoweeks.［析］截止性动词有完成时态，但不可和与表达一段时间的时间状语连用。如：WhenIgottothecinemathefilmhadbegun.但要讲WhenIgottothecinemathefilmhadbeonforfiveminutes这样的用法还有buy,join,die,如：Iboughtthisbookyesterday.我昨天买的这本书。Ihavehadthisbookfortwodays.这本书我已买了两天了。Ijoinedtheclubtwoyearsago.两年前我加入了这个俱乐部。Ihavebeeninthisclubfortwoyears.我加入这个俱乐部已两年了。Myfatherdiedfiveyearsago.我父亲是5年前去世的。Myfatherhasbeendeadforfiveyears.我父亲已去世5年了。［误］Haveyouunderstoodthelessons?［正］Doyouunderstandthelessons?［析］有些动词不易用完成时态，它们是understand,think,believe,know(知道)［误］ItwassaidthattheSecondWorldWarhadbrokenoutin1939.［误］ItwassaidthattheSecondWorldWarwasbrokenoutin1939.［析］-213-\n在讲述过去的历史事件时，总要用过去时而不要用完成时，而且happen,breakout,takeplace作为发生讲时均没有被动语态。［误］WhenIwalkedalongthestreet.Ihappenedtomeetanoldfriend.［正］WhenIwaswalkingalongthestreetIhappenedtomeetanoldfriend.［析］在一个长动作发生或进行的过程中，某一突然事件发生，这时长动作应用进行时(现在进行时或过去进行时)，而突发性动作用一般时(一般现在时或一般过去时)，如：Whenmyfatherisreadinganewspaperthetelephonerings.［误］Pleasebuyabookforme.［正］Pleasebuymeabook.［正］Pleasebuyabooktome.［析］在接双宾语的动词后面的两个宾语，一个是直接宾语，一个是间接宾语，如：Buymeabook中me是间接宾语，而abook是直接宾语。如果将直接宾语前置，其后应加to，如：Tellmeastory.Tellastorytome.Givemeabook.Giveabooktome.［误］Hewasseencomeintothebookstore.［正］Hewasseentocomeintothebookstore.［析］在主动语态中，有时可以加不带to的不定式作宾语，如：Isawhimcomeintothebookstore.但如果变为被动语态时，则要将省略的to还原。当然这些动词还可以加动名词作宾语，如：Isawhimcomingintothebookstore,如变为被动语态时，则没有变化。如：Hewasseencomingintothebookstore.［误］Hownicethebookis!Isitsoldwell?［正］Hownicethebookis!Doesitsellwell?［析］有些动词可以表示一种动作，但也可以用来表示某种性质，表示动作时可用被动语态，在表示性质时则不可用被动语态。如：Thisbooksellswell.这本书畅销。Thiscardriveseasily.这车容易驾驶。Theseclotheswasheasily.这些衣服好洗。在作上述表达时，不要用被动语态。而要讲：Thiskindofbookwassoldout.(这种书卖完了)Theseclotheswerewashedbythewashingmachine.这时要用被动语态，因为它描述的是具体动作。［误］MustIdoitnow?No.youmustn't.［正］MustIdoitnow?No,youneedn't.［析］need用在疑问句和否定句中常用作情态动词，其后接不带to的不定式。由must提问的问句作答语时，如是肯定的要用must,否定的要用needn't，即为没有必要。在肯定句中常用作实意动词，如：Ineedtowaitformyboy.［误］Isthisbookyours?Yes,It's.［正］Isthisbookyours?-213-\nYes,Itis.［析］在肯定的回答中不要用缩写形式，而在否定的回答中可以用缩写形式，如：No.Itisn't.［误］I'llhavemybikerepairtomorrow.［正］I'llhavemybikerepairedtomorrow.［析］have+人+动词原形或现在分词意为：让某人作某事，如：Myfatherhadmetolearnhowtodrive，或Myfatherhadmedoingmyhomeworkfrommorningtillmighthave+物+动词的过去分词为某件事被别人完成。如：Ihavemyhaircut.我去理发。而不是自己理发。如果讲我想自己作某事，则用Iwanttorepairmybikemyself.［误］I'llgetmybrotherrepairthebikeforyou.［正］I'llgetmybrothertorepairthebikeforyou.［析］have与get的用法有相同之处，也有不同之处。相同之处，如：havesomethingdone,也可用getsomethingdone,或have(get)somebodydoingsomething但不同之处在于havesomebodydosomething在用get时则要用getsomebodytodosomething。［误］IhavetostudyonSaturdaybutIhaven'ttostudyafullday［正］IhavetostudyonSaturday，butIdon'thavetostudyafullday.［析］haveto不得不，而don'thaveto为其否定式。［误］IsTomintheclassroom?No.Hemustn'tbeintheclassroom,becauseIsawhimtalkingwithourteacherintheofficejustnow.［正］IsTomintheclassroom?No.Hecan'tbeintheclassroombecauseIsawhimtalkingwithourteacherintheofficejustnow.［析］must加动词原形表达一种比较肯定的推测，而表示否定的推测则要用can't。［误］Mygrandpaisovereightybutheisabletoreadwithoutglasses.［正］Mygrandpaisovereighty，buthecanreadwithoutglasses.［析］can(could)多用于表达客观的事实，主观能力，而beableto则多用于表达主观的意愿。［误］Shedoesn'tanswerthedoorbell.Sheshouldbeasleep.［正］Shedoesn'tanswerthedoorbell.Shemustbeasleep［析］should用于现在时态的句子中应译为"应该"，如：Youshoulddoyourhomeworkrightaway.而must加动词原形表示一种推测。［误］Doyouliketogowithus?［正］Wouldyouliketogowithus?［析］Doyoulike…问的是习惯，如：Doyoulikeswimming?而wouldyoulike是一次性的邀请。［误］Iamusedtogetupearlyinthemorning.［正］Iamusedtogettingupearlyinthemorning.-213-\n［析］usedto共有三种用法，①表示过去的习惯，如：Iusedtolivewithmyparents.②表示过去的习惯延续到现在，如：Iamusedtoswimmingintheriver.③用于被动语态，如：　Oilisusedtocook［误］Toplaywiththechildrenareveryinteresting.［正］Toplaywiththechildrenisveryinteresting.［析］不定式作主语时，应视为单数主语，特别是两个不定式用and作连词作主语时，如指的是一件事也应用单数谓语动词。如：Togetupearlyandtogotosleepearlyisgoodforyourhealth.［误］Heaskedmedomyhomeworkalone.［正］Heaskedmetodomyhomeworkalone.［析］某些动词要求不定式作其宾语或宾语补足语，它们是：asksomebodytodosomething要求某人做某事。tellsomebodytodosomething告诉某人做某事还有prepare准备，decide决定，happento碰巧，seem似乎。［误］hetoldmetodriveacar.［正］Hetoldmehowtodriveacar.［析］要学会疑问词加不定式的用法，特别要注意的是what是疑问代词，而how是疑问副词。如：Iwanttoknowwhattodo.(我想知道干什么)。Iwanttoknowhowtodoit.(我想知道如何去作)。要注意的是howtodoit中的it是不可少的，因how是疑问副词，不能作及物动词的宾语，而what是疑问代词，可做do的宾语，所以whattodo后不要加it。［误］Iamverygladmeetingyou.［正］Iamverygladtomeetyou.［析］许多形容词后加不定式，这样用时形容词多是用来描述人物的感情、态度，如：glad,happy,pleased,lucky,sorry,sad,upset,ready,careful,surprised。［误］I'mtoogladforseeingyou.［正］I'mtoogladtoseeyou.［析］这句话不能按照too…to的句型翻译为：我太高兴了以至于不想见你。而应译为：见到你太高兴了。又如：Sheistoohonesttotellthetruth应译为：她很诚实，不会不讲实话。［误］Tomistooyoungnottojointhearmy.［正］Tomistooyoungtojointhearmy.［析］这是too…to的正常用法，太如何如何以至于不能如何。［误］Iwenttothehospitalforseeingmyoldfriend.Hewasillinhospital.［正］Iwenttothehospitaltoseemyoldfriend.Hewasillinhospital.［析］在句中表示某动作的目的时，要用不定式而不能用for加动名词。［误］Couldyouhelpmetofindachairtosit.［正］Couldyouhelpmetofindachairtositon.［析］当不定式作后置定语时，将不定式放于名词之后。如果不定式中的动词是不及物动词，则其后面的介词不要省略。如：Isatonthechair.-213-\n这样的用法还有：Iwanttofindaroomtolivein.Iwanttofindapentowritewith.［误］Whenmotherwasaboutleavingthebabycriedsuddenly.［正］Whenmotherwasabouttoleavethebabycriedsuddenly.［析］beaboutto是表达较近的即将发生的动作，可用来表示将来时，或按计划、安排的事。［误］Thisworkisdifficulttobedone.［正］Thisworkisdifficulttodo.［析］在不定式作宾语时，下列情况常用主动语态表示被动。①句子的主语即是不定式动作的执行者，如：Ihavealotofletterstowrite.②句中的宾语是不定式中动作的执行者，如：Couldyoufindmeajobtodo?③在形容词之后的不定式，如：Englishisdifficulttolearn.［误］Wouldyouliketoseeafilmwithus?Yes,I'dlove.［正］Wouldyouliketoseeafilmwithus?Yes,I'dloveto.［析］在口语简答语中要将不定式符号保留，如：Ihadto(不得不作)I'mgoingto(打算作)Iusedto(过去习惯作)I'dloveto(喜欢作)Ihopeto(希望作某事)I'llbegladto(高兴作)［误］Didyouseesomeonetodothisworkforme?［正］Didyouseesomeonedothisworkforme?［析］在感观动词之后常接不带to的不定式。这些词是see,lookat,watch,hear,listento,feel,notice。［误］Hewasseenpreparethiscar.［正］Hewasseentopreparethiscar.［析］在被动语态中要将主动语态句中省去的不定式还原回来。［误］PleaseLetmychildtotryitagain.［正］PleaseLetmychildtryitagain.［析］在make,have,let后加不带to的不定式作宾语补足语。［误］Whynottodoitagain?［正］Whynotdoitagain?［析］Whynot,you'dbetter后接不带to的不定式，如：You'dbettergo.但要注意的是它的否定式是You'dbetternotgo.［误］Whenheheardthenewshecouldn'thelptocry.［正］Whenheheardthenewshecouldn'thelpcrying.［析］can'thelp+现在分词表示情不自禁作某事。［误］Inautumn,thestreetisalwayscoveredwithfallingleaves.［正］Inautumn,thestreetisalwayscoveredwithfallenleaves.［析］现在分词作定语有正在的含义，如：fallingleave正下落的叶子。而过去分词作定语fallenleaves是落地的叶子。过去分词含有已经完成的意思。［误］Doyouhearsomeonesingintheoffice?［正］Doyouhearsomeonesingingintheoffice?-213-\n［析］感观动词可用不带to的不定式来作宾语补足语，表达一个动作的全过程或已结束的动作，而用现在分词表示一个正在进行中的动作。［误］Iwanttoshopsomefoodforsupper.［正］Iwanttobuysomefoodforsupper.［正］Iwanttogoshopping.［析］shop作买东西讲时，要用goshopping,其后不要加所购买的东西。这样的用法还有：goboating划船gosailing航海goskating滑冰goshooting射击godancing去跳舞gofishing钓鱼goswimming去游泳……不要用错，也不要改为其他式，因为这是习惯用法。［误］Whentheteachercameintotheclassroom,thestudentsstoppedtotalk.［正］Whentheteachercameintotheclassroom.thestudentsstoppedtalking.［析］stoptodosomething是停下来去做某事，而stopdoingsomething则是停止做某事。［误］Ididn'trememberclosingthedoor,sothethiefcameintotheroomdirectly.［正］Ididn'tremembertoclosethedoor,sothethiefcameintotheroomdirectly.［析］remember后接不定式是记着去做某事，即该动作并没有完成。而remember后接动名词则表明该动作已经作完了。如：Doremembertoturnoffthelight,beforeyouleave.即在你离开前记着去关灯。而关灯的动作并没有做。Iremembermeetingyousomewhere.我记得在某处见过你。而相见一事已经作完了。相同用法还有forget。［误］WhenIfinishedtodothisworkIwouldgotoplayfootball.［正］WhenIfinisheddoingthisworkIwouldgotoplayfootball.［析］在英语中有些动词后要接动名词作宾语。在初中范围主要有两个动词finish和enjoy,千万不要与like相比。因为like作动词"喜欢"用时，其后接动名词表示习惯性动作，接不定式表示一次性特殊的动作，而wouldyoulike后面则一定要用不定式。［误］Whenhefinishedhishomework,hewentonplayingthefootball.［正］Whenhefinishedhishomework,hewentontoplayfootball.［析］goontodosomething是做完一件事紧跟着做另一件事。而goondoingsomething是在做一件事的过程中被打断后接着再继续做这件事。［误］He'sbusytopreparehislessons.［正］He'sbusypreparinghislessons.［析］bebusy后加doing而不能接不定式。(三)例题解析1MrZhangaskedme＿＿＿thewordsagain.A.readB.reads-213-\nC.toreadD.reading［答案］C.［析］asksomebodytodosomething要求某人作某事。2You＿＿＿playontheroad.It'sdangerous.A.mustn'tB.mayC.canD.must［答案］A.［析］must用于否定句表示禁止做某事。3MrBrown＿＿＿inBeijingsince1993.A.workB.worksC.workedD.hasworked［答案］D.［析］句中有since引导的时间状语，因此句中要用完成时态。4I＿＿＿aletterwhenmymothercamein.A.writeB.amwritingC.waswritingD.willwrite［答案］C.［析］当母亲进来时是一个瞬时的动作，而写信是一个长动作，所以写信这个动作应用过去进行时态，表示在写信过程中发生的另一个短动作。5It'snotanimportantparty,youneedn't＿＿＿.A.payforitB.wearitoutC.tryitoutD.dressupforit［答案］D.［析］payfor-为某物，某人付款，wearout-穿坏，磨破，tryout-选拔，挑选，而dressup-梳妆打扮。6CanI＿＿＿abikefromhim?A.lendB.returnC.giveD.borrow［答案］D.［析］borrowsomethingfrom…为向某人某处借某物。而lend,return,give后面的介词应用to。-213-\n7-MustIstayathome?-No,you＿＿＿.A.mustn'tB.needn'tC.maynotD.cannot［答案］B.［析］needn't为"没有必要必须做某事"，而mustn't为"禁止做"，cannot为"不能做"。根据题意是：你不一定待在家里。8-Howlonghaveyou＿＿＿here?-Abouttwomonths.A.beenB.goneC.comeD.arrived［答案］A.［析］havebeenhere是个状态，可以与后面的长时间状语连接，而其他三个动词都是瞬间动词。9Stamps＿＿＿bypeopleforsendingletters.A.useB.usingC.usedD.areused［答案］D.［析］这里是被动语态，意为邮票被人们用来发信。10TheradiosaysTianjinwillbe＿＿＿tomorrow.A.rainsB.rainC.rainedD.rainy［答案］D.［析］rainy为形容词作表语。11Ifyoudon'tknowthisword,＿＿＿inthedictionary.A.lookforitB.lookatitC.lookafteritD.lookitup［答案］D.［析］lookup查字典，与look有关的词组有：lookabout四周环视lookafter照顾-213-\nlookaround周围，四处看lookat看lookback回顾lookfor寻找lookforwardto期待lookout当心looklike看上去像12Myfathertoldme＿＿＿playonthestreet.A.notB.tonotC.nottoD.didnot［答案］C.［析］不定式的否定式是nottodosomething.13Thereisgoingto＿＿＿anEnglishpartythisevening.A.beB.hasC.haveD.is［答案］A.［析］这里是therebe无生命的"有"加助动词的句型，即therewillbe,而没有therehave的句型。14There＿＿＿nobusstopherelastyear.A.isB.wasC.areD.were［答案］B.［析］lastyear为去年，所以用过去时。而therebe句型的单复数要看be动词之后离之最近的名词是单数还是复数。如：Thereisapenandtwopencilsonthedesk.15Ourschoolwillholdasportsmeetingifit＿＿＿tomorrow.A.isn'trainB.rainsC.won'trainD.doesn'train［答案］D.［析］在状语从句中应用一般时态来表示将来。16Bikesmustn't＿＿＿everywhere.A.beput-213-\nB.beputtedC.putD.putting［答案］A.［析］这里是被动语态。与put有关的词组如下：putaway放好putoff推迟puton穿上putout扑灭putdown放下17NeitherLiLeinorHanMeimei＿＿＿Harbin.A.havebeentoB.hasbeentoC.havegonetoD.hasgoneto［答案］B.［析］hasbeento是去过某处。18It'scoldtodayyou'dbetter＿＿＿morecoats.A.putonB.takeoffC.toputonD.totakeoff［答案］A.［析］'dbetter其后加不带to的不定式，而puton为"穿上"。19Henry＿＿＿abirthdaycardforSamyesterday.A.hasboughtB.buysC.boughtD.willbuy［答案］C.［析］因句中的yesterday为表达过去的时间状语，所以应用过去时态。20WhenIgottothefactory,theworkers＿＿＿aboutthefilim.A.aretalkingB.talkedC.weretalkingD.havetalked［答案］C.［析］状语从句中所用的动词为过去时，则主句中也要与之呼应。而工人们在谈论电影为一长时间的动作，所以要用过去进行时。21Nohurry,please＿＿＿yourtime.A.takeB.bringC.carryD.catch［答案］A.-213-\n［析］takeone'stime慢慢来别着急。22Ienjoy＿＿＿thelightmusic.A.tolistentoB.listeningtoC.hearingD.tohear［答案］B.［析］enjoy与finish其后只能接动名词作宾语补足语。23Please＿＿＿assoonasyougetthere.A.ringmeupB.ringupmeC.wakemeupD.wakeupme［答案］A.［析］ringup打电话，而wakeup唤醒。英文中有很多动词词组如其宾语是代词时，一定要放在动词与介词之间。24WhenI＿＿＿,Iwanttobeateacher.A.growsupB.growupC.shallgrowD.grewup［答案］B.［析］growup长大。而状语从句要用现在时表示将来，即使主句也用的是一般现在时，但它含有将来之意。25Icalledhimandhe＿＿＿tohaveatalkwithme.A.stopB.stopsC.stopedD.stopped［答案］D.［析］这是由and连接的两个并列句，所以时态应保持一致。26-Wouldyouplease＿＿＿meanevaser,Lucy?-Certainly.Hereyouare.A.borrowB.lendC.borrowedD.lent［答案］B.［析］wouldyouplease其后接不带to的不定式即动词原形，而borrow为"借入"而lend为"借出"。27Trees＿＿＿inspring.-213-\nA.plantB.wereplantedC.shouldbeplantedD.shouldplant［答案］C.［析］should用于一般现在时态中表示应该，而此句又是被动语态。28-Where'syourfather?-He＿＿＿toParis.A.goB.goesC.wentD.hasgone［答案］D.［析］hasgone是已去某处了，不在这里了。所以强调过去的动作影响到现在。29-MustIfinishmyhomeworkinclassnow?-No,you＿＿＿.Youcandoitathome.A.mustn'tB.maynotC.needn'tD.can［答案］C.［析］needn't表示没有必要一定要这样做。由must提问，肯定句用must，否定句用needn't.30Thankyouverymuchfor＿＿＿yourbook＿＿＿me.A.lending,toB.lent,toC.borrow,fromD.borrowing,from［答案］A.［析］for是介词，要用动名词作介词宾语。31TheGreatGreenWallwillstopthewindfrom＿＿＿theearthaway.A.blowingB.blowC.blowsD.toblow［答案］A.［析］stop…fromdoingsomething.阻止某人或某物作某事。32ThestudentswillgototheWestHillFarmbybike,ifit＿＿＿finetomorrow.A.willbe-213-\nB.isC.shallbeD.was［答案］B.33Ourteacheralwaystellsus＿＿＿inthestreet.It'stoodangerous.A.don'tplayB.nottoplayC.toplayD.notplay［答案］B.［析］不定式的否定式为nottodo。34Englishisausefullanguage.It＿＿＿widelyintheworld.A.isspokenB.wasspokenC.canspeakD.willspeak［答案］A.［析］本句为被动语态。35Thekiteisflyinghighinthesky.It＿＿＿abird.A.looksatB.lookslikeC.looksforD.looksafter［答案］B.［析］looklike像……，其中like为介词。36-Look!What'sWangPingdoingoverthere?-She＿＿＿underabigtree.A.singsB.sangC.hassungD.issinging［答案］D.37You＿＿＿seeadoctor.You'vegotabadcold.A.willB.aregoingtoC.hadbetterD.could［答案］C.［析］hadbetter最好，意为一种真心的劝告。38Yourradioistooloud.Wouldyouplease＿＿＿?A.turndownit-213-\nB.turnitdownC.toturndownitD.toturnitdown［答案］B.［析］wouldyouplease后面加动词原形。39Couldyoutellmeifit＿＿＿tomorrow?A.rainsB.israiningC.willrainD.rain［答案］C.［析］if从句是宾语从句，而不是状语从句。所以还是要用将来时，而不能用一般现在时表示将来。40Suddenlyoneofthebags＿＿＿thetruckandlandedinthemiddleoftheroad.A.felloutB.felldownC.felloffD.willbe［答案］C.［析］falloff掉落，与off有关的词组有seeoff送行giveoff散发shutoff关闭kickoff踢掉turnoff关闭getoff下车jumpoff跳下showof炫耀takeoff脱下payoff付清41He＿＿＿atthisschoolsincetwoyearsago.A.wasB.hasbeenC.isD.willbe［答案］B.［析］since引导的时间状语应与完成时相呼应。42Shedoesn'tknow＿＿＿.A.whentodoB.whattodoC.howtodoD.wheretodo［答案］B.［析］when,how,where均为疑问副词，而what为疑问代词，又因do是及物动词需要宾语。如用疑问副词时应为whentodoit,howtodoit,wheretodoit.43Mustolderpeople＿＿＿topolitely.A.speak-213-\nB.spokenC.bespokeD.bespoken［答案］D.［析］这句话的主动语态应为Peoplemustspeakpolitelytoolderpeople对年龄较大的人讲话应有礼貌。44Teachersusuallyasktheirstudents＿＿＿loudlyinclass.A.tospeakB.speakC.speaksD.spoke［答案］A.［析］asksomebodytodosomething要求某人作某事。45-WhereisMrZhang?-Look!He＿＿＿onabigmachineoverthere.A.worksB.workedC.isworkingD.hasworked［答案］C.［析］由look,liston等词开始的句子一般要用现在进行时态。46There'safootballmatch.Please＿＿＿theTVatonce.Let'swatchtogether.A.turnonB.takeoffC.turnoffD.goon［答案］A.［析］turnon打开。与turn有关的词组有：turnagainst背叛turnon打开turn+颜色变为某种颜色turnoff关闭turnover翻转turnto翻到某页turninto变为turnup向上翻47Pleasetellmewhere＿＿＿haveourpicnictomorrow.A.wewillB.willweC.willD.willyou［答案］A.［析］where引导的从句是宾语从句，而不是状语从句。48We＿＿＿Englishforthreeyearsalready.AndwecanspeakalittleEnglishnow.A.learnB.havelearned-213-\nC.haslearnedD.willlearn［答案］B.［析］for+表示一段长度的时间词，应与完成时相呼应。49Atlast,LinFengmadethebaby＿＿＿andbegintolaugh.A.stoptocryB.stopcryingC.tostoptocryD.tostopcrying［答案］B.［析］makesomebodydo(ordoing)something,stopdoing意为停止做某事。50Ourclassroommust＿＿＿cleaneveryday.A.keepB.tokeepC.bekeptD.tobekept［答案］C.［析］应为被动语态。51Ihearthere＿＿＿asportsmeetinginourschoolnextweek.A.isgoingtohaveB.willhaveC.isgoingtobeD.aregoingtobe［答案］C.［析］这是hear的宾语从句是therebe句型。而且是用了begoingto形式。52It'sgettingcolder,Peter.You'dbetter＿＿＿thiscoatwithyou.A.bringB.carryC.takeD.get［答案］C.［析］bring带来，take带走。53Ourclassroomiscleanandtidy.It＿＿＿everyday.A.cleansB.iscleaningC.cleanedD.iscleaned［答案］D.［析］这里表达的是经常的一种状态，所以应用一般现在时的被动语态。54Ifyouarenotcarefulinthestreet,acarmay＿＿＿you.A.hurt-213-\nB.hitC.runD.catch［答案］B.［析］hit撞上，碰上，击中55Thefarmerswerebusy＿＿＿readyforthenextyear.A.gotB.gettingC.togetD.get［答案］B.［析］bebusy后应用动词的ing形式。第二篇句法一、主要句式(一)知识概要初中所学的句型一般要分为陈述句、疑问句、祈使句和感叹句。陈述句中有肯定句与否定句之分。其中可以分为以下五种：①主语+不及物动词。如：Iarrivedatsixlastnight.②主语+及物动词+宾语，如：IboughtagoodEnglishChineseDictionaryyesterday.③主语+及物动词+间接宾语+直接宾语，如：PleasetellmeastorybeforeIgotobed.这样可加双宾语的句子有buy,tell,give,ask,pass,teach.④主语+及物动词+宾语+宾语补足语，如：Ifounditimpossibletodoit.Pleasekeeptheclassroomcleanandtidy.⑤主语+系动词+表语，如：TomisanAmericanboy.Thegrassturnedgreeninspring.在初中常见的句型中有Therebe…句型，表示存在某种事物，如：Thereisamaponthewall其be动词的形式要与其后面相近的那个名词相一致。要注意的是这种句型加入助动词后，也要保持be动词，不要换用have,如：Thereisgoingtobeameetingtomorrow.在句子结构中要注意主谓一致的问题，即句子的主语与谓语动词要相呼应。要注意的有如下几点：①用and连接两个主语时一般应视为复数，但如一人身兼两职时则要用单数谓语动词形式，如：Asingeranddanceriscomingtoourparty.asingeranddancer既歌唱又可舞的演员。而asingerandadancer则要译为：一位歌唱家和一位舞蹈家。②有些以s结尾的名词谓语动词要用单数，如：Thenewsis-213-\ngood(news为不可数名词)。③有量词时应按量词的数量计算；如：ThispairofglassesisgoodMyglassesarebroken.④有些形单却意为复数的名词，如：Peoplearecominghere这样的词还有Police，如果要讲一个警察时，应讲apoliceman。两个警察为twopolicemen。又如apolicewoman,twopolicewomen⑤　所有不定代词each，either，neither，one，theother，nobody，nothing，anyone，anything，someone，something…要作为单数如：Someoneiswaitingforyou在并列句中表示联合关系的连词有：andnotonly…butalso，　neither…nor，　either…or如:Mysisterandmyparentsaregoingtothecinema。表示转折关系的并列连词有：but和yet，如：Sheisagoodstudent,butshedidn'tpassthefinalexam.又如：Ithinkthenewsisstrange,yetitistrue表示选择关系的连词有：or，either…or，如：Hurryup,oryouwillbelateforschool表示因果关系的并列连词有：for，so如：Theystudiedveryhard，sotheyallpassedtheexam在初中范围复合句中主要有状语从句和宾语从句(名词性从句)两种，而定语从句(形容词性从句)要在高中讲述，为了使同学阅读文章方便，我们将在下面另一章予以介绍。我们首先来看宾语从句。①　在及物动词的后面可以接一个名词来充当宾语，如：Iknewtheman,而这时也可以用一个句子来充当宾语，如：Iknewthathewasagoodman这时宾语从句的连接词有that,(that只在从句中起联接作用，不在句中充当语法成分，既不是主语也不是宾语，所以在口语中常常被省略。如：Iamsure(that)shehaspassedtheexam②if,whether它们在宾语从句中只起连接作用，不起语法作用，当作是否讲。从句中有ornot结构时，要用whether,如：Iaskhimif(whether)hehashadhislunchIaskshimwhetherhehashadhislunchornot　③　what它在宾语从句中除了作连接词外，还要作主语或宾语成份，如：Idon'tunderstandwhatyousaid(what作said的宾语)。又如：Iaskedhimwhatmadehimsick(what在宾语从句中作主语)。④　who，它也和what一样，在句中除作连接词外，可以充当句中的成份，如：Iknowwhosheislookingfor?⑤　whose如：Iwanttoknowwhosebookthisis?⑥　which如：Doyouknowwhichbookismine?在连接词中还有4个常用的连接副词，①　how它的应用最广，如：howmuch,howmany,howlong,howsoon,howold…。如：Howmuchdoesitcost?②　when它只是连接时间状语，如：Pleasetellmewhenthemeetingwillbegin?③　where它连接地点状语，如：Whereareyoufrom?④　why它要连接的是原因状语从句，如：TheteacheraskedwhyTomdidn'tcometoschool.在考试中常见到的考点是：宾语从句的时态与主句时态的呼应问题。①　主句谓语动词如果是现在时或将来时，宾语从句的时态可以是任何所需要的时态，如：Iknowhedidn'tcome.我知道他没来。Iknowhewillcometomorrow我知道他明天来。IknowhehasgonetoLondon我知道他已去伦敦了。　②　主句中的谓语动词若是过去时，宾语从句也要用过去时态中的某一种。比如：一般过去时，过去进行时，过去将来时，过去完成时。除了在表达宇宙中的客观真理时，不能用现在时态。如：Iwantedtoknowwhen-213-\nhewouldcomeTheteachertoldmetheearthmovesaroundthesun状语从句主要有时间状语从句，其连接词有：after，before，when，as，assoonas，until(till)，while，since，by其中较难掌握的有以下几点：①　until(till)直到，在用until表达时间状语的句子中，主句中的动词是要十分小心去选择。如动词是持续性动词，它要用肯定句，如：Istudiedharduntil12o'clocklastnight.如果动词是瞬间截止性动词，则要用否定句，如：Hedidn'tgotobeduntilhismothercameback②　由since，for，by，before来引导的时间状语从句。since引导的时间状语是动作的开始时间，如：IhavestudiedEnglishsince１９９０而由by引导的时间状语通常是动作的结束时间，如：Ihadlearned25Englishsongsbytheendoflastterm而before则多用于完成时，ago则多用于一般过去时，如：HehadfinishedhisworkbeforetwelveyesterdayIleftmyhometowntwoyearsago③　在状语从句中用一般现在时或一般过去时表示将来。它们可能是主句用一般将来时，从句用一般现在时，如：Ifitrains,theywon'tgotothepark　onSunday也可以主句是一般过去时，从句用一般过去进行时，如：Hesaidifitrainedthenextdayhewouldnotgotothepark考试中常见的考点有：要学生区别是条件、时间状语从句还是宾语从句，因在宾语从句中该用什么时态用什么时态，如：Iwanttoknowifhewillcomeheretomorrow在宾语从句中的条件状语从句与主句的关系，如：Iwanttoknowifitrainshewillcomeheretomorrow在原因状语从句中主要是①　because，应译为"因为"。它表达的因果关系最强，如：Hedidn'tpasstheexambecausehedidn'tstudyhard②　since应译为"既然"，如：SinceyouwereillyesterdayIleftsomenotesonyourdesk③　as应译为"由于"，如：Asitistoohotwe'dbettergoswimmingsince与as所表达的因果关系远比because弱得多。而for表达的因果关系最弱。它不能用于句首，如：Hestudieshard,forhewantstogotocollege在比较状语从句中有同级比较as…as，如：Thisbookisasgoodasthatone要注意的有两点：①　as…as中间要用原级而不是比较级。②　用形容词还是副词，如：MarywritesascarefullyasTom而其否定句为notas(so)…as，如：Theydidn'tworksohardaswedid,而不同级比较用比较级加than,如：HeisyoungerthanIam要注意的是表示"越来越"这一概念时有两个句型：①　比较级＋and＋比较级，如：ThedaysaregettinglongerandlongerThelittlegirlisbecomingmoreandmorebeautiful②　定冠词the＋比较级＋the＋比较级，如：Theharderyoustudy,themoreyoucanlearn方式状语中要注意的是as(连词)与like(介词)的区别。as作为连词其后接从句，如：PleasedoitasIdidit但后面的句子常作省略，如：PleasedoitasI而like是介词，其后要接的是宾语，如：Pleasedoitlikeme结果和目的状语从句主要有so…that，sothat，inorderthat等几种用法。①　so…that用在单数可数名词前，so＋形容词＋a＋名词＋that，如：Sheissobeautifulagirlthateveryonelikesher或用such＋a＋形容词＋名词＋that,如：Sheissuchabeautifulgirlthateveryonelikesher②-213-\n　在不可数名词或可数名词复数前只能用such，如：Itissuchgoodweatherwewanttogoforapicnic又如：Theyaresuchgoodplayersthattheyshouldwinthegame.　③　在much，many，few，little之前只能用so，如：IhavesolittlemoneythatIcan'tbuyit④　so…that之间只有形容词时，则不能用such，如：ItissogoodthatIwanttobuy⑤　sothat其后接从句，如：IgotupearliersothatIcouldcatchthefirstbus（二）　正误辨析［误］Thestoriesinthatbookwaswrittenmanyyearsago［正］Thestoriesinthatbookwerewrittenmanyyearsago.［析］作主语的名词、代词或不定式、动名词，它们往往要带有修饰词，这些词可能是形容词，也可能是短语，但谓语动词还是要取决于这个主语的数，要记住的是一个名词不可能在同一句中作两个不同的语法成份，如：book作了of的介词宾语则不可能再作主语了。［误］Toreadmanybooksaregoodforyou［正］Toreadmanybooksisgoodforyou［析］不定式作主语应该看作单数主语。［误］Whathesaidareright［正］Whathesaidisright［析］从句作主语一定要按单数主语看待。［正］Therichisnotalwayshappy［误］Thericharenotalwayshappy［析］形容词＋定冠词表示一类人，谓语动词应用复数，如：Theyoungareveryinterestedinstudyandsports［误］Theschoolmasterandwriterarecoming［正］Theschoolmasterandwriteriscoming［析］本句应译为：校长兼作家就要来了。而Theschoolmasterandthewriterarecoming则要译为：校长和一个作家要来了。在英语表达法中确实有Thegirlandboyareplayingonthegrass这应译为：一个女孩，一个男孩在操场上玩。因为不可能这样两个概念作用在一个人身上。又如：thehusbandandwife夫妻二人。［误］Youorshegotogetsomewaterforus［正］Youorshegoestogetsomewaterforus［析］由or连接的两个主语应以离谓语动词近的那一个计算其数。这样的用法还有either…or，neither…nor，notonly…butalso也有人称作"就近原则"。［误］Theteacherwithalotofstudentscomeintotheclassroom［正］Theteacherwithalotofstudentscomesintotheclassroom［析］真正的主语是theteacher，而with短语是伴随状态，不影响主语的数。-213-\n［误］Myglassesisbroken［正］Myglassesarebroken［误］Thispairofglassesaregood［正］Thispairofglassesisgood［误］Thesekindsofbutterisgood.［正］Thesekindsofbutteraregood［析］英语中有些名词只有复数形式，如：glasses眼镜，shorts短裤等。如没有量词在前时，要用复数谓语动词，但有了量词之后则要按量词的单复数计算。［误］Oneoftheboysaregoingtotakepartinthematch［正］Oneoftheboysisgoingtotakepartinthematch［析］Oneof结构应以one来计算主语的数。［误］Halfoftheworkaredone［正］Halfoftheworkisdone［误］Halfofthebooksisread［正］Halfofthebooksareread［析］在小于1的数量词作主语时，如：２３，８０％，０．３５…＋of＋名词，这时主语的数应按of后面的名词计算。如果名词是不可数名词或可数名词单数，则谓语动词要用单数，如名词是复数则要用复数谓语动词。［误］Eachsidesarefulloftrees［正］Eachsideisfulloftrees［误］Bothsideisfulloftrees［正］Bothsidesarefulloftrees［析］each，either其后都要加单数名词，而both后要加复数名词。如：each，either，another，little，alittle，much等作主语时，谓语动词全部要用单数形式。［误］Theboyseachhasanapple［正］Theboyseachhaveanapple［析］each作同位语时，不影响句子的主语。［误］Everyoneofushasaticketfortheconcert［正］Everyoneofushasaticketfortheconcert［析］everyone，someone，everybody…在作主语时都不能加of结构。［误］Girlslikedancingverymuch，butfewlikesplayingfootball［正］Girlslikedancingverymuch，butfewlikeplayingfootball［析］few虽然含意上是"几乎没有"，但作主语时仍要当作复数。［误］Thenumberoftheworkersinthatfactoryaretwohundred［正］Thenumberoftheworkersinthatfactoryistwohundred［析］thenumberof意为：某某的数字是……如：thenumberofstudents学生人数，thenumberofplayers运动员人数。不论数字如何都应看作单数。而a-213-\nnumberof与many意思相同，其后加可数名词复数，谓语动词用复数形式。如：Anumberofstudentsareplayingonthegrass［误］Therestofthestudentsishere［正］Therestofthestudentsarehere［误］Therestoftheworkaredone［正］Therestoftheworkisdone［析］therestof的用法与２／３，一半，８０％＋of的结构一致，of后面为可数名词复数时用复数谓语动词，为不可数名词或可数名词单数时用单数谓语动词。这样用法还有lotsof，alotof，plentyof。［误］Thenewsintoday'snewspaperarenotbad［正］Thenewsintoday'snewspaperisnotbad［析］有些以s结尾的名词要用作不可数名词，它们是：news，physics，mathematics，thanks，…［误］TheChineseiskindandfriendly［正］TheChinesearekindandfriendly［析］Chinese作为中文来讲是单数名词，但作为中国人讲是单复同形的名词。如：oneChinese，twoChinese…而TheChinese＝ThepeopleofChina要用复数谓语动词。［误］ThisdictionaryistooexpensiveformeTendollarsareabigsumforme［正］ThisdictionaryistooexpensiveformeTendollarsisabigsumforme［析］表示一段时间，一笔金钱，一段距离，都应看作单数名词。［误］Whoaregoingtotakepartinourfootballmatch?［正］Whoisgoingtotakepartinourfootballmatch?［析］用who提问时，习惯上用单数谓语动词，但which则要视其情况而定，如：whicharebettertheseshoesesorthoseshoes?又如：whichisbetterthisoneorthatone?［误］Whatahotweatheritis!［误］Howhottheweatheritis!［正］Whathotweatheritis!［正］Howhottheweatheris!［析］感叹句是用来表达说话人的喜怒哀乐的感情。它由what与how作句子的开始，判定是用what还是用how的最好办法是将它们换为陈述句，比如：Whatthehotweatheritis!应转换为：Itisthehotweather那么句子的起点是单词it。再来看感叹句中it前有不可数名词weather，则只能用what。再看第二句Howhottheweatheris!转为陈述句时为：Theweatherishot这时句子的开始单词为theweather，再来看感叹句在theweather前只有形容词，所以应用how。至于是用whata还是what要看名词的具体情况而定，单数可数名词加whata其余的加用what。［误］Wehavetosingthis，havewe?-213-\n［误］Wehavetosingthis，haven'twe?［正］Wehavetosingthis,don'twe?［析］在反意疑问句中除了标准的一些常规外，有一些例外：Let'sgohome，shallwe?Letusgohome，willyou?Shehadtoleave，didn'tshe?Doyourhomeworkatonce，willyou?Thereisnotmuchgoodnewsintoday'snewspaper，isthere?Neitherofthemareright，arethey?Ithinkhewillcometothepartywon'the?think后的宾语从句，与其他宾语从句不一样，在初中只有这样一个较特殊的词。这样的句子的反意疑问句的主语要用宾语从句中的主语，其助动词要用宾语从句的助动词，而肯定还是否定要看主句谓语动词而定，如：Idon'tthinkheiscomingtoourparty，ishe?［误］Iwanttoknowwheredoeshelive［正］Iwanttoknowwherehelives［析］宾语从句中一律要用陈述语序，而不用疑问语序。［误］-Ihaven'tgotaticketforthefootballmatch-NorIhave［正］-Ihaven'tgotaticketforthefootballmatch-Nor(Neither)haveI［析］nor，neither用在简答否定句中时要采用倒装语序。在肯定句的简答句中则要用so，如：Idomyhomeworkveryquickly，SodoesMary［误］Look!Herethebuscomes!［正］Look!Herecomesthebus!［误］Look!Herecomeshe!［正］Look!Herehecomes［析］在there，here打头的句子中，如果主语是名词，则要采用倒装语序；如果是人称代词则用一般语序。［误］DoyouwantMarytogotothecinemawithus?No，Idon'thopeso［正］DoyouwantMarytogotothecinemawithus?No，Ihopenot［析］我不这样想，可用Idon'tthinkso但hope的否定简答句只能用Ihopenot这是习惯用法。但这两个词的肯定简答句形是一样的，如：Ithinkso.Ihopeso［误］ThatisdifficultforustolearnEnglishwell［正］ItisdifficultforustolearnEnglishwell［析］It-213-\n这里的语法作用是形式主语，而真正的主语是后面的不定式。形式主语和形式宾语都要用it而不能用that，如：IthinkitdifficulttolearnEnglishwellit在这句中是think的形式宾语。（三）　例题解析1　There＿＿＿apencilboxonthedesk．A.isB.　areC.hasD.have［答案］A.［析］Therebe句形中的be动词要看其后面离它最近的名词而定，如：Therearetwobooksandapencilonthedesk但却可以讲Thereisapencilandtwobooksonthedesk2　Couldyoutellme＿＿＿?A　MrsKingwherelivesB　wheredoesMrsKingliveC　whereMrsKinglivesD　MrsKingliveswhere［答案］C.［析］宾语从句中的疑问句要用陈述语序。3　Yourbrothercametoseeyou，＿＿＿?A　doesheB　doesn'theC　didheD　didn'the［答案］D.［析］前句是肯定句，后面反意疑问句要用否定句，同时came为过去时态，所以应用didn'the4　It'sgettingcloudy，＿＿＿?A　does'itB　doesn'titC　isitD　isn'tit［答案］D.［析］要区分's是has还是is，这里由getting得出's是is。5　＿＿＿keepmewaitingsolong．A　NotB　Won'tC　Don'tD　Notto［答案］C.［析］Don't＋动词原形为祈始句的否定句。6　MrGreenhasn'tbeentoBeijing,＿＿＿?A　hasheB　hasn'theC　didheD　didn'the［答案］A.［析］此句has是助动词与过去分词构成现在完成时态。7　Youhaveyourlunchatschool,＿＿＿?A　haveyouB　haven'tyouC　doyouD　don'tyou［答案］D.［析］这里的have是实意动词"吃"，而不是助动词。8　＿＿＿sunnyday!Let'sgooutforawalk．A　HowaB　HowC　WhataD　What［答案］C.［析］这个感叹句是个省略句，其真实的句子应为Whatasunnydayitis!-213-\n9　-Canyoutellme＿＿＿?-SureShe'sanurseA　whereisyoursisterB　whereyoursisterisC　whatisyoursisterD　whatyoursisteris［答案］D.［析］who问的是姓名，如：Whoishe?HeisSmith或HeismyfatherWhat问的是职业，如：Whatishe?Heisateacher10　Johnlikeslisteningtotheradio，＿＿＿?A　doesheB　doesn'theC　doesn'tJohnD　doesJohe［答案］B.［析］当名词作主语时，反意疑问句应用代词。11　NeitheryounorI＿＿＿ontheteam．A　areB　wereC　amD　is［答案］C.［析］由neither…nor…作连接词作主语时，其谓语动词要与相临近的那个主语相呼应。12　＿＿＿deliciousfood!I'dlikesomemore．A　whataB　HowaC　WhatD　How［答案］C.［析］因food为不可数名词。13　＿＿＿thereacatunderthechair?A　AreB　IsC　HasD　Have［答案］B.［析］这是therebe句型的疑问句。14　Couldyoutellme＿＿＿?A　whenthetrainwillarriveB　whenthetrainarrivedC　whendidthetrainarriveD　whendoesthetrainarrives［答案］A.［析］could用于现在时疑问句表达了口气的委婉，并不是过去时态。且宾语从句要用陈述语句。15　-＿＿＿badweather!-Yes，Butit'sgoingtobefinesoon，IthinkA　HowB　WhataC　WhatanD　What［答案］D.［析］weather为不可数名词。16　-Couldyoutellme＿＿＿?-Yes，They＿＿＿tothelibraryA　wherearethetwins，havebeenB　wherewerethetwins，havebeenC　wherethetwinsare，havegone-213-\nD　wherethetwinswere，havegone［答案］C.［析］havebeento是去过什么地方，而现在回来了。havegoneto是到某地去了，人现在不在这里。17　Goand＿＿＿theTVquicklyThevolleyballmatchwillbeginrightaway．A　turnoffB　turndownC　turnupD　turnon［答案］D.［析］这是个祈使句，它由and连接两个动词。注意词组搭配的不同含义。18　Let'sgoforsometea，＿＿＿?A　shallweB　willweC　doweD　don'twe［答案］A.［析］Let'sgo…，shallwe?Letusgo…，willyou?这是两个特殊的反意疑问句。19　Joan'sshort，＿＿＿?A　wasn'tsheB　hasn'tsheC　isn'tsheD　doesn'tshe［答案］C.［析］在此句中应视's为is，而不是has或was。20　Idon'tknow＿＿＿toreadtheword．A　whichB　whatC　whoseD　how［答案］D.［析］因不定式toread中的read是及物动词，已有自己的宾语theword，所以应用疑问副词how。21　Hedidn'tgotoschool，＿＿＿hewasill．A　forB　butC　andD　so［答案］A.［析］这里是表示因果的关系，从句表示原因，所以用for，放于句尾，且常常前面有一个逗号。so引起的是结果状语从句，如：Hewasonlytwelve，sohecouldn'tjointhearmy22　Theyoungwomancanhardlyrideabike，＿＿＿she?A　doesn'tB　doesC　can'tD　can［答案］D.［析］hardly为否定词，所以应视此句为否定句。其后的反意疑问句应用肯定句。23　TomnevergoestothecinemaonSundays，＿＿＿?A　doesheB　doesn'theC　isn'theD　ishe［答案］A.［析］never也是否定词，所以应将句子看作否定句。24　Mothersaidtohim，"Don't＿＿＿onfootball．"-213-\nA　spendtoomuchtimeB　tospendtoomuchtimeC　spendtoomanytimeD　tospendtoomanytime［答案］A.［析］time作为"时间"讲为不可数名词，应用much来修饰。当作"次数"讲是可数名词，如threetimes三次，而Don't…这一句是祈使句的否定句。25　MrWhite，togetherwithsomeJapanesefriends，＿＿＿visitourschoolthisafternoon．A　aregoingtoB　isgoingtoC　haveD　has［答案］B.［析］句子的主语是MrWhite，而togetherwith…是伴随状况，不影响句子的主语。26　Thereislittlewaterintheglass，＿＿＿?A　isitB　isthereC　isn'titD　isn'tthere［答案］B.［析］这是therebe句型的反意疑问句。27　Amperewasthinkingaboutamathsproblem，＿＿＿?A　didn'theB　wasn'theC　didheD　ishe［答案］B.［析］这是进行时态的反意疑问句。28　Shehadagoodtimeyesterday，＿＿＿she?A　wasn'tB　didn'tC　hasn'tD　isn't［答案］B.［析］had这里是实意动词而不是助动词。29　We'llmake＿＿＿foryouinthefrontofthecar．A　aroomB　roomC　roomsD　somerooms［答案］B.［析］room此处为不可数名词，意为"地方，空间"。30　NeithershenorI＿＿＿totheGreatwallbefore．A　hasgoneB　havegoneC　havebeenD　hasbeen［答案］C.［析］由neither…nor连接两个主语时，其谓语动词应与相临近的那个主语相呼应。31　Helpmecollectthesebooks，＿＿＿?A　areyouB　willyouC　doyouD　shallyou［答案］B.［析］祈使句的反意疑问句应用willyou，而Let'sgo例外，其反意疑问句为shallwe?32　Thenumberofdeer，mountainlionsandwildroses＿＿＿changemuchifpeopleleavethingsastheyare．-213-\nA　don'tB　doesn'tC　isn'tD　didn't［答案］B.［析］thenumberof为"……的数量、数目"，所以谓语动词用单数形式。而anumberof要加复数名词，其谓语动词也用复数。33　She'shadbreakfast，＿＿＿?A　issheB　isn'tsheC　hasn'tsheD　hasshe［答案］C.［析］这里的's应视为has34　Iwonder＿＿＿．A　whosebicycleisitB　itiswhosebicycleC　isitwhosebicycleD　whosebicycleitis［答案］D.［析］wonder后的宾语从句应用陈述语序。35　Itisgoodforus＿＿＿morningexercises．A　doB　todoC　didD　done［答案］B.［析］这里的it是形式主语，而真正的主语是不定式todo…36　Peterhassportsveryoften，＿＿＿?A　does，PeterB　doesn'theC　doesn'tPeterD　doeshe［答案］B.［析］has这里是实意动词，而主语为名词时其反意疑问句中的主语要用代词。37　MrBlacksaid，"Jenny，don'tbelatetomorrow"MrBlacktoldJenny＿＿＿．A　don'tbelatetomorrowB　didn'tbelatetomorrowC　notbelatenextmorningD　nottobelatethenextday［答案］D.［析］tell一般要加双宾语，其间接宾语是Jenny，直接宾语是不定式。而这里用的是不定式的否定形式。38　LiMeireadthenewspapertothegranny，＿＿＿?A　doessheB　didn'tsheC　didsheD　wasn'tshe［答案］B.［析］read这里是过去时态，因其主语是第三人称单数，而read并未加s所以是过去时态。(read的过去时与过去分词都是read，只不过读音不同)二、定语从句-213-\n（一）知识概要定语从句并不属于中考范围，但由于作者在多年的教学中体会到，这一语法现象影响了许多学生自学英语。这些学生一般是成绩较好的学生，想进行大量阅读来提高自己的英语水平，但总是碰到一些问题，百思不得其解。苦于自己的水平只限于初中水平，无法提高，但各种补习班又都是为一些水平较差的学生开设的，所以又投师无门。为了解决这部分学生的学习困难，也为那些有志青年铺平学习上的道路，特用这一节讲述定语从句，不是从语法上讲述，而是从阅读理解方面去讲述。可供同学们在学习时参考。这会对你的英语学习起到事半功倍的作用。对于形容词我们已十分熟悉了，如：agoodbook，形容词good用来修饰书book。我们也可以用一个句子来修饰名词，这种句子叫做形容词性从句，它起修饰名词的作用，又被叫做定语从句(Theattributiveclause)。但有一点不同的是这个从句不是像形容词那样放于名词前，而是放在名词之后。它所修饰的名词又被叫作先行词，如：Doyouknowthescientistwhogaveusthetalkthisafternoon?这句中的主句是Doyouknowthescientist?(你知道那位科学家吗?)而whogaveusthetalkthisafternoon(他今天下午给我们作的报告。)是定语从句。所以这两句话合为一体即是：你认识今天下午给我们作报告的那位科学家吗?这里scientist叫作先行词，而who叫作定语从句的引导词。who在定语从句中起主语的作用，who的数与它的先行词相同。又如：YoumustdoeverythingthatIdo这里先行词是everything，而thatIdo是定语从句，此句应译为：你必须作我所作的一切。that叫作定语从句的引导词，在句中作do的宾语。引导定语从句的引导词有关系代词：that，which，who，whom，whose和关系副词when，where，why，how。不论关系代词还是关系副词，都应放于先行词和定语从句之间，起联系作用，但它们都要在定语从句中起语法作用，充当一个成份。如关系代词在定语从句中不是作主语便是作宾语，而关系副词则是作状语。我们先来看关系代词的用法。①　that的先行词可以是人也可以是物。如：Aplaneisamachinethatcanfly这里先行词是machine而that是关系代词，在定语从句中作主语。这句译为：飞机是一种会飞的机器。又如：Ilikethebook(that)youlentmeyesterday这里先行词是book，关系代词用that，它在定语从句中作lend(借)的宾语。要注意的是关系代词在定语从句中作宾语时可以省略，即：Ilikethebookyoulentmeyesterday②　which关系代词的先行词只能是物。它在定语从句中作主语或宾语，如：Thebookshopisashopwhichsellsbooks这里shop是先行词，which在从句中作主语。又如：Thebook(which)Ireadlastnightwaswonderful这里主句是Thebookwaswonderful而定语从句是修饰主句的主语book，即我昨晚读的那本书，which在定语从句中作read的宾语，可以省略。③　who，whom，whosewho在定语从句中作主语，whom是who的宾格，在定语从句中作宾语，而whose则是形容词性物主代词，在从句中作定语，如：ThemanwhovisitedourschoolyesterdayisanAmericanfriend昨天参观我们学校的人是一位美国朋友。Who在定语从句中作主语。又如：Who'sthat-213-\nwoman(whom)youjusttalkedto?你刚才与之谈话的那个女人是谁?而whom作定语从句中介词to的宾语，可以省略，而在现代英语中，句首的whom也常常可用who代替。Thisisourclassmate，Mary，whosehomeisnotfarfromourschool这是我们的同学玛丽，她的家离我们学校不远。为了便于理解，我们来看看是如何将两句话并为一句话的。１．　Isawtheman.HeclosedthedoorIsawthemanwho(that)closedthedoor2．　ThegirlishappyShewontheraceThegirlwhowontheraceishappy3．　ThestudentsarefromChinaTheysitinthefrontrowThestudentswhositinthefrontrowarefromChina(要注意的是先行词是students则who的数也应看作复数。)4．　WearestudyingsentencesTheycontainadjectivedauseWearestudyingsentencesthat(which)containadjectivedause5．　ThetaxidriverwasfriendlyHetookmetotheairportThetaxidriverwhotookmetotheairportwasfriendly6．　ThebookwasgoodIreaditThebookthatIreadwasgoodThebookIreadwasgood7．　ThepeoplewereveryniceWevisitedthemyesterdayThepeoplewevisitedyesterdaywereverynice8．　ThemancalledthepoliceHiswalletwasstolenThemanwhosewalletwasstolencalledthepolice9．　IcomefromacountryItshistorygoesbackthousandsofyearsIcomefromacountrywhosehistorygoesbackthousandsofyears10．　IhavetocallthemanIpickeduphisumbrellaafterthemeetingIhavetocallthemanwhoseumbrellaIpickedupafterthemeeting关系代词whom，which在定语从句中作介词宾语时，可以和介词一起放于先行词与定语从句之间，有时为了关系紧凑也可以将whom与which与先行词紧挨着书写，而将介词置于定语从句的后面，如：Thatwastheroominwhichwehadlivedfortenyears或可以写作：ThatwastheroomwhichwehadlivedinfortenyearsHewasthemanwhom(who)youwerelookingfor要注意的是此句的关系代词whom可以用主格取代，而lookfor是短语动词也不可将for放于定语从句之前。that作关系代词作介词宾语时，不能紧跟介词，而只能将介词置于定语从句的后面。如：Themanthatweweretalkingabouthascometoourschool这时不可用aboutthat…请看下面例句：1．　ThemeetingwasinterestingIwenttoitThemeetingthatIwenttowasinteresting-213-\n2．　ThemanwasverykindItalkedtohimyesterdayThemanwhoItalkedtoyesterdaywasverykind3．　ImustthankthepeopleIgotapresentfromhimImustthankthepeoplewhoIgotapresentfrom4．　ThepicturewasbeautifulShewaslookingatitThepicturethat(which)shewaslookingatwasbeautiful5．　ThemanisstandingoverthereItoldyouabouthimThemanwhoItoldyouaboutisstandingoverthere除关系代词外，还有关系副词，when，where，why，其中when用来指时间，在定语从句中作时间状语。如：IneverforgetthedaywhenIfirstcametotheGreatWall而where则指地点，如：Thisisthehousewheretheoldmanlives请看下面例句：1．　ThecitywasbeautifulWespentourvacationthereThecitywherewespentourvacationwasbeautiful2．　ThatistherestaurantIwillmeetyouthereThatistherestaurantwhereIwillmeetyou3．　ThetownissmallIgrewupthereThetownwhereIgrewupissmall4．　ThatisthedrawerIkeepmynewpapersthereThatisthedrawerwhereIkeepmynewspapers5．　MondayisthedayWewillcomethenMondayisthedayWhenwewillcame6．　７∶０５isthetimeMyplanearrivesthen７∶０５isthetimewhenmyplanearrives7．　１９６０istheyearTherevolutiontookplacethen１９６０istheyearwhentherevolutiontookplace8．　JulyisthemonthTheweatherisusuallythehottestthenJulyisthemonthwhentheweatherisusuallythehottest在定语从句中又可分为两大类定语从句，即限制性定语从句和非限制性定语从句。①-213-\n　限制性定语从句是先行词在意义上不可缺少的定语，如果去掉的话，主句的意思就不完整，意义就表述不明。这种句型一般定语从句紧接先行词，如：Iwastheonlypersoninmyofficewhowasinvited②　非限制性定语从句。它与主句的关系不十分密切，只是对其附加说明，也就是讲即便去掉定语从句，句意也不受影响，仍然清晰明了。这样的定语从句要在它和主句之间加一逗号分开。且关系代词不引导这种非限制性定语从句，如：AbrahamLincoln，wholedtheUnitedStatesthroughtheseyears，wasshotonApril１４，　１８６５atatheatreinwashingtonＤ．　Ｃ．　又如：GalileolivedinthecityofPisa，wherethereisaleaningtowerabout180feethigh（二）正误辨析［误］Iwon'ttellyouthenameofthepersonwhoteachmeEnglish［正］Iwon'ttellyouthenameofthepersonwhoteachesmeEnglish［析］在定语从句中，关系代词作主语时，从它本身看不出其数的形式，这时要由它的先行词决定。这里who应由theperson单数决定，应该用单数谓语动词。又如：Iwhoamastudentwanttofindasparetimejob这里的who应与I是一致的，所以其谓语动词应该用am。 ［误］WetalkedaboutthethingsandthepeoplewhowemetduringtheSecondWorldWar［正］WetalkedaboutthethingsandthepeoplethatwemetduringtheSecondWorldWar［析］这里的关系代词不要用who，因为其先行词有两个一个是things(物)，而另一个是people(人)，这时既不可用who，又不可用which，因前者只能用于先行词是人的情况下，而后者则用于先行词是物的情况下，所以只能用that，因为它的先行词既可以是人又可以是物。［误］Thebook，thatIboughtyesterday，wasverygood［正］Thebook，whichIboughtyesterday，wasverygood［析］先行词与定语从句被逗号分割开来时，即作为非限制性定语从句。在非限制性定语从句中which，when，who，whom，where，when，whose等都可以和限制性定语从句中的作用一样，而独有that不易用于非限制性定语从句。［误］ThedictionarywhichIlentityesterdayisaveryusefultool［正］ThedictionarywhichIlentyesterdayisaveryusefultool［析］关系代词在定语从句中是要起语法作用的，它不是作主语就是作宾语。虽然在作宾语时它的位置由原来的宾语位置移到了句首，但它的作用依然存在，而且在原宾语位置上不能再出现宾语。［误］TheteacherIwanttolearnEnglishfromistheonewhichcomesfromAmerica［正］TheteacherIwanttolearnEnglishfromistheonewhocomesfromAmerica-213-\n［析］theone，anyone，those作代词并且是指某人、物时，其关系代词不能用which应用who。［误］Thisistheroominthattheoldmanlives［正］Thisistheroominwhichtheoldmanlives［正］Thisistheroomwhichtheoldmanlivesin［正］Thisistheroomthattheoldmanlivesin［析］that不能紧跟在介词后作介词宾语，但如果介词不前置仍放于句尾，则可用that作引导词，而且可以省略。如：Thisistheroomtheoldmanlivesin［误］Icandoeverythingwhichisgoodforyou［正］Icandoeverythingthatisgoodforyou［析］在先行词是all，much，little，something，everything，anything，nothing，none，theone等不定代词时，虽然它们指的是物体，但不要用which而用that作定语从句的引导词。［误］Theonlythingwhichthestudentscandoisstudyinghard［正］Theonlythingthatthestudentscandoisstudyinghard［析］在先行词前有only，any，few，little，no，all，oneof等词修饰时，虽然先行词指的是物，也不要用which作关系代词，而要用that。［误］ThisisthefirstAmericanfilmwhichI'veeverseen［正］ThisisthefirstAmericanfilmthatI'veeverseen［析］在先行词是序数词，或由序数词修饰时，其关系代词不可用which这样的用法还有在形容词最高级修饰的先行词之后，如：ThisisthebestbookthatIhaveeverseen［误］HeisfromAfrica,thatwecanseefromthecolouroftheskin［正］HeisfromAfrica,aswecanseefromthecolouroftheskin［析］当as或which引导非限制性定语从句时，它可能没有明确的先行词，它们所指代的是前面整个句子。如例题应译为他是从非洲来这个事情是可以从其肤色上看出的。三、常见习惯用语（一）　知识概要由于英语国家的语言习惯与中国的语言习惯有许多不同之处，所以造成了许多同学在做选择或书写，或与人交谈中造成误用中国方式来对英语的问句作解答。例如一个小女孩十分好看，可爱，外国人见到时会讲：Youaresobeautiful这时的答语应该是Thankyou如果外国人发现你的英语不错，他们会讲：YourEnglishisverygood这时中国人常常会说：不，我说的不好。这纯是一种礼貌的答语，但是不符合英语习惯。它正确的答语应是Thankyou-213-\n虽然交际英语有一些规律可讲，但更重要的是学习外国的生活习惯，了解他们的文化背景，历史渊源，这样才能真正的学好一门外语。（二）　正误辨析［误］-WhatcanIdoforyou?-Yes，pleasehelpme［正］-WhatcanIdoforyou?-I'dliketobuyasweater［析］WhatcanIdoforyou?这一问语实际上用于的情景很多，要根据具体情况而定。如在商店中售货员讲这句话应译为：您想要点什么?在其他场合也可以被译为：我能为您做些什么?它的答语应是直接讲出想让对方提供的帮助。［误］-Whichcolourdoyoulike?-Sorry，Idon'tlike［正］-Whichcolourdoyoulike?-Ipreferblue［析］由which来提问的问句是要回答具体的选择，而不能泛指，泛泛的回答。如Yes，Ilikeit［误］Doyouliketocomewithustonight?［正］Wouldyouliketocomewithustonight?［析］Doyoulike…问的是对方的习惯，如：Doyoulikeswimming?Doyoulikecollectingstamps?而wouldyoulike…则是一次性的邀请、提议。邀请的英语表达法还有如下几种：Shallwego?我们走吧!Let'sgo?让我们走吧!Howabouthavingacupoftea?喝杯茶如何?Whataboutacupofcoffee喝杯咖啡如何?Whynotbuyit?为什么不买呢?其肯定答语一般为Certainly，Yes，O．Ｋ．　Allright，Withpleasure［误］Sorry，I'vekeptyouwaitingNotatall［正］Sorry，I'vekeptyouwaitingNevermind［析］"介意不介意"这一问法与答语在中英文中有所不同。如：-Doyoumindmysmokinghere?-＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿Ａ．　Yes，doitpleaseＢ．　No，ofcoursenotＣ．　Yes，takeitpleaseＤ．　No，youcan'ttakeit这时正确的选择应是B。-213-\n其意为：不介意，当然不。而A选项则自相矛盾了，它应译为：是的我介意，请抽吧。而D选项是：不介意，你不能抽。当向对方争求意见时，可以有以下问法：DoyoumindifIopenthedoor?Wouldyoumindmailingtheletterforme其答语如果是同意应为：Certainlynot，notatall而不同意时应为Yes，或I'msorry［误］What'sthatman?HeisMike［正］What'sthatman?Heisateacher［正］Who'sthatman?HeisMike(HeisMike'sfather)［析］由what提问是问的职业，由who提问问的是姓名或身份。［误］-Howmucharethey?-Halfakilo，please［正］-Howmanybananasdoyouwant?-HalfakiloPlease［析］Howmucharethey?问的是价格而不是实际物品的多少。［误］I'msorry，butisthisthewaytothepark?［正］Excuseme，butisthisthewaytothepark?［析］I'msorry是对已经做错了的事向对方道歉时的开始语。而Excuseme是在打扰对方之前表达歉意的话。［误］-Haveagoodtimetonight!-Youarethesame［正］-Haveagoodtimetonight!-Thesametoyou［析］Thesametoyou是表达我也祝您有个愉快的夜晚，它是美语中的习惯用法。［误］-What'stheproblem?-I'vegotaheadache［正］What'swrongwithyou?I'vegotaheadache［析］What'swrongwithyou?是询问对方身体状态如何，而What'stheproblem?是问对方遇到了什么麻烦。［误］-Now，I'mbackCanIplay?-PerhapsYou'dbetterdoyourhomeworkfirst［正］-Now，I'mbackCanIplay?-I'mafraidnotYou'dbetterdoyourhomeworkfirst［析］Perhaps是表示对一种拿不准的事态的推论，如：AmIright?Perhaps而I'mafraidnot则表达一种不同意的态度。beafraid的几种用法有：-213-\nI'mafraidthatyouareright其后直接加宾语从句。-Willyoucometomybirthdayparty?-I'mafraidnotIhavetogotoseemyfatherHeisinhospital其后＋not，表示否定。-Sorry，Idon'twanttogotherealone，I'mafraidofthedog其后＋名词，表示对某人，某物的害怕。Maryisafraidofmakingmistakesintheexam其后＋of＋动名词，表示害怕做某事。Maryisafraidtoseetheteacherbecauseshedidn'tdowellintheexam其后＋不定式，表示不敢去做某事。［误］-Howsoonwillyoubeready?-Twodays［正］-Howsoonwillyoubeready?-Intwodays［析］此题关键是要根据情景，身临其境，要注意的是对方问了什么，就应答什么。或答了什么就应问什么。Howsoon问的是"还有多久才能作完"，这时要用intwodays，即在两小时之内即可以作完。如用Howlong提问，则答语可以用twodays。［误］-WouldyoumindifIhavesometimeoff?-Idon'tmind-MondayandTuesdayofnextweek［正］-WouldyoumindifIhavesometimeoff?-Whenexactly-MondayandTuesdayofnextweek［析］有的对话是复杂的，稍有不慎就有可能选错，而且英语中如选错了答案是不容易找出错来的。Idon'tmind是可以用来回答Wouldyoumind…这一提问的，但如仔细看一看则会发现我们要选用的不是陈述句而是疑问句。根据下面一句的答语来判定要用whenexactly?什么时间，这样才能与下句中具体的时间相符合。［误］SupposeyournameisTomThephoneringsandyoupickitupThefirstwordyousaywillprobablybe"Whoareyou?"［正］SupposeyournameisTomThephoneringsandyoupickitupThefirstwordyousaywillprobablybe"Hello?ThisisTomspeaking?"［析］在英语学习中，习惯用法实际上在某种情况，或某种意义上讲比语法更为重要。如果只从句子的角度上去分析，它们可能都是对的。比如，当你拿起电话时，如果你想知道对方是谁，可以问"Who'sthat(speaking)?"但不要讲"Whoareyou?"如果你想先介绍一下自己可以讲"Thisis××××speaking"而不要讲"I'm　××××"也不要讲"Mynameis×××××．"　就语法而论，"Whoare-213-\nyou?""I'm××××""Mynameis×××××"并不错，也是英语中可用的句子，但就打电话这一场合，就不宜用了。［误］-Doyouthinkit'sgoingtorainovertheweekend?-Idon'thopeso［正］-Doyouthinkit'sgoingtorainovertheweekend?-Ihopenot［析］由于初学者对实际英语口语中表达感情意愿的答语不熟悉，如在肯定答语中IthinksoIhopesoIbelieveso是相同的，但在否定句中却常用Idon'tthinkso但Idon'tbelieveso和Idon'thopeso则意为：我不信此事和我不希望此事发生。而Ibelievenot和Ihopenot则为：我想可能不会发生吧!［误］-Isanybodythere?-No，BobandTomhaveaskedforleave［正］-Iseverybodythere?-No，BobandTomhaveaskedforleave［析］许多学生在写作和选择答语或问句时总要语法在前，而不是习惯用语在先。所以总是要拘泥疑问句中的不定代词，用anybody。但是Isanybodythere?在英语中为：这里有人吗?而Iseverybodythere?为：全都到齐了吗?所以首先要考虑的是其答语。No，BobandTomhaveaskedforleave［误］-Yourhandwritingisverygood!-No，myhandwritingisverypoor［正］-Yourhandwritingisverygood!-Thankyou［析］中国人遇到别人称赞，总是以谦逊为美德。但英美人则往往认为自信是美德。所以当别人夸奖你或赞美你时，就应说：Thankyou又比如中国人见面时常讲Whereareyougoing?或Haveyouhadyourbreakfastyet?而英美人则认为你过多的干预别人的私生活了。而他们见面时往往问一些无关紧要的话，如：Hello!Howareyougoing?(你过得怎样)Morning!等。而goodmorning和Howdoyoudo则被认为是较正规的问候语，在日常生活中则十分少见。［误］WhenyouhavehaddinnerwithanAmericanfriendandwanttoleaveyoumaysay："ExcusemeI'llgofirst"［正］WhenyouhavehaddinnerwithanAmericanfriendandwanttoleaveyoumaysay："ExcusemeIhavetogo"［析］这两句答语都是正确的，其关键不是语法，而是习惯问题。如果在这样的场合你讲I'llgofirst朋友们会迷惑不解，而Ihavetogo则表示由于外界的特殊原因而造成的你要离去，而你本人则十分不愿做此事。［误］-Wouldyouliketocometodinnertonight?-I'dliketo，andI'mtoobusy［正］-Wouldyouliketocometodinnertonight?-213-\n-I'dliketo，butI'mtoobusy［析］I'mtoobusy与I'dliketo在意义上正好相反。所以要用转折连词。这里考查了对词义合乎逻辑的表达能力。所以要强调语言环境，更要强调在语言的基础上的词语辨析。［误］-Where'sDeter?-Deterwillcomewithustonightbutheisn'tverysureyet［正］-Where'sDeter?-Determaycomewithustonightbutheisn'tverysureyet［析］由于but所引出的句子可以看出Deter的来与不来是十分不确定的，所以应用may来表达一个不肯定的事件。［误］-Hi，haven'tseenyouforages!Youlookfine!-GreatYoulookwelltoo［正］-Hi，haven'tseenyouforages!Youlookfine!-ThanksYoulookwelltoo［析］要注意的是Great在口语中多表示惊叹，而Thanks则表示感谢对方的称赞。所以对情景谈话要有准确的判定，要根据情景，身临其境，上下对照，周密思考，弄清场合，注意英美人的风俗习惯，注重语义上的词语辨析，并要进行大量的语言实践练习，扩大实际交际能力。（三）　例题解析1　-Wouldyouliketohavesomerice?-＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿．A　Yes，IlikeB　Yes，pleaseC　ofcourseD　Yes，Ihave［答案］B.［析］当对方对你发出邀请的问语时，如果你想接受则讲Yes，please如不想接受则用No，thanks2　-Nicetoseeyou-＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿．A　GoodmorningB　Happytomeetyou，tooC　Nicetoseeyou，tooD　Pleasedtomeetyou，too［答案］C.［析］虽然A、B、D三个选项都可以作为某种问候语的答语，但英语中问候语的答语多用重复对方的话，以表达同样的心情。3　-Wouldyoupleasegivemesomewater?-＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿．A　Yes，IwouldB　CertainlyC　No，thanksD　Yes，please［答案］B.-213-\n［析］当对方发出十分礼貌的请求帮助的问语时，一般的回答是肯定的。而Yes，please为"是的，您请做某事吧"。这一含意显然不对。4　-Thankyouverymuchforhelpingme-＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿．A　You'rewelcomeB　Itdoesn'tmatterC　NoneedD　Don'tsaythat［答案］A.［析］You'rewelcome译为中文为：不用谢。而Itdoesn'tmatter则为：没关系。5　-Hello，LucyHowareyou?-＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿Andyou?A　Fine，thanksB　Yes，IamC　GladtomeetyouD　Goodafternoon［答案］A.［析］在正常交往中一定要避免所问非所答。所以对Howareyou?的答语应为"很好，谢谢!"6　-Helpyourselftosomemeat-＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿A　Itsoundsnice．B　Yes，please．C　Yes，Let'shelpeachother．D　Thankyou．［答案］D.［析］Helpyourselftosomemeat．你自己拿些肉吃吧。其意为主人劝客人不要客气，像在家里一样。7　-Oh，IamnotfeelingwellI'vegotacold-＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿A　Fine，Howareyou?B　NevermindTakecareC　Well，I'msuretogetweelsoon．D　I'msorrytohearthat［答案］D.［析］这是美国、英国的习惯用语，而B、C则是中国人常讲的答语。8　-MeimeiyouspeakEnglishverywell-＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿．A　No，Idon'tthinksoB　ThankyouverymuchC　NotgoodenoughD　That'sallright［答案］B.-213-\n9　-"Kate，couldyouanswerthetelephone，please?"-＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿,MumI'llgetit．A　Yes，IcouldB　No，thanksC　OKD　Yes，butIhavenotime［答案］C.［析］要注意could用于口语中是为了讲话的口气委婉，但它不是过去时态，也不是助动词，而应看作情态动词。所以在答语中则不应这样用。10　-CouldyoulookafterPollyformewhilewe'reaway?-＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿A　No，thanks．B　Withpleasure．C　I'mnotafraid．D　I'msureyouwill．［答案］B.［析］Withpleasure是英语中的一句十分客气的答语，用在当对方因你的帮助或你的许诺向你道谢时，表达自己十分乐意为对方效力的口气。11　-Hello!CouldIspeaktotheheadmaster，please?-＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿A　Holdon，please．B　That'stheheadmaster，please．C　Whoareyou?please．D　SorryI'mnottheheadmaster．［答案］A.［析］holdon，please是指请对方等一等不要将电话放下的用语。如果要讲我就是的话不能用that，而要用this，在电话用语中that指对方，this指自己。12　-Happybirthday!-＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿A　Thankyou．B　Thesametoyou．C　Goodluck．D　Congratulations．［答案］A.［析］thesametoyou是同样祝贺对方的意思，不能用于生日这一祝贺语，除非两人的生日在同一天。13　-I'msorryIdon'tknowtheway，eitherYou'dbetteraskthatpolicemanforhelp-＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿A　Goodnight．B　That'snothing．C　Verywell．D　Thankyouallthesame．-213-\n［答案］D.［析］当向对方求助时，对方无能为力，这时的感谢语则为Thankyouallthesame意为不管如何还是要谢谢你。14　-Ifellandhurtmyleglastweek，SoIcan'tdoanything-＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿．A　I'msorryB　Don'tworryC　GoodluckD　Badluck［答案］D.［析］如果用A则要用I'msorrytohearthat而不能单用I'msorry因I'msorry是向对方道歉。而badluck为真是不幸啊。15　-＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿-IhavegotacoughA　What'syourtrouble?B　Whathaveyougot?C　Whydidyoucomehere?D　Haveyougotacough?［答案］A.［析］What'syourtrouble?多用于问对方有什么问题、麻烦或得了什么病。这种用语还有What'swrongwithyou?16　-Wouldyouliketogoshoppingwithme?-＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿A　Yes，I'dloveto．B　That'sright．C　Yes，please．D　Quitewell．［答案］A.［析］表示愿意作某事应讲：I'dlovetoI'dliketo17　-What'stheweatherliketoday!-＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿A　It'sniceforawalk．B　Ilikeautumnbestofall．C　Itwillbefinetomorrow．D　It'srathercoldtoday．［答案］D.［析］本题要注意问的是什么，不要所问非所答。因问题是今天的天气怎样，所以只能选D18　-IsJanein，please?Iwanttospeaktoher-Sorry，sheisoutYou'dbetter＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿．A　visitherintheofficeB　callherlaterC　seeherthisafternoonD　speaktoheryourself-213-\n［答案］B.［析］callherlater晚些时候再来电话。19　-＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿-Verywell，thankyou，andyou?A　Howdoyoudo?B　GoodmorningC　Howareyouthesedays?D　HowdoyoulikeEnglish?［答案］C.［析］本题是由答语来推断问话，所以应熟悉英语的问答习惯：Howdoyoudo?的答语应为Howdoyoudo?20　-Howisyourmother?-＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿A　Sheisold．B　Sheisnobetterthanshewas．C　Sheiskindhearted．D　Sheisinherforties．［答案］B.［析］Howisyourmother?问的是你妈身体如何，而B选项则是"她不比以前强"。而其他三个选项则是所问非所答。21　-Thankyouverymuchforyourhelp-＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿．A　You'rewelcomeB　Pleasedon'tC　There'snotroubleD　No，no［答案］A.22　YourunclehastakenyoutothecinemaAfterwardsyouthankhimHesays"＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿．"A　ItwasnothingB　I'mgladyouenjoyeditC　Don'tsayitD　No，needn't［答案］B.［析］这是英语的答语，千万不要选A，因它是中文习惯的答语。23　-Thankyouforyourgoodpresent-＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿．A　It'snotgoodB　No，noC　MypleasureD　Nevermind［答案］C.24　Whensomeonedidagooddeedforyou，youshouldsay＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿．-213-\nA.youaretoogoodB.It'sverykindofyouC.youareverykindD.I'llthankyou［答案］B.25　-IamverysorryIamlatefordinner-＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿．A.No，youaren'tB.That'sallrightC.Yes，youareD.No，youdon't［答案］B.［析］That'sallright没关系。26　-I'msorryifIhurtyou-＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿．A　I'msorryB　It'snottrueC　Itdoesn'tmatterD　Don'tsaysorry［答案］C.27　-Ishouldhavegonetoseetheexhibitionwithyou-＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿．A　I'msorryB　WhatapityC　Itdoesn'tmattertomeD　That'sterrible［答案］B.［析］Whatapity.真遗憾。第一句应为我真该和你一起去展览会。28　-Helpyourselftosomefish-＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿．A　YouareverykindB　Yes，I'mhelpingmyselfC　ThankyouD　Yes，don'tworryaboutme［答案］C.29　-Areyouready?-______．A　I'mverysorryB　TrytobepatientC　Notyet，waitaminuteD　Doyouhavethetime，please?［答案］C.［析］notyet意为还没有完成。30　-Mum，Ihavepassedtheexam-＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿．A　That'sallrightB　CongratulationsC　YouareluckD　Goodlucktoyou［答案］B.31　-IthinkIhavetoleaveIhopewecangettogetheragain-＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿．A　AllrightB　That'sallrightC　OKD　Ihopeso，too［答案］D.-213-\n32　MustIwaittillhecomesback?．A　No，youneedn'tB　No，youmustn'tC　No，youmaynotD　No，youcan't［答案］A.［析］must提问表示必须这样做吗?而肯定句要用must，表示必须做，而否定句则要用needn't表示没有必要做。33　-＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿Ipayyouthehouserentrightaway?-Yes，youhavetodoitA　ShallB　WayC　MustD　Have［答案］C.34　-Don'tyouthinkthiscolouristoobright?-＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿A　Yes，Iagree．B　Yes，butIdon'tthinkso．C　Yes，ofcoursenot．D　Yes，what'swrong?［答案］A.35　-Itwascoldyesterday-＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿．A　SowasitB　SoitwasC　IbelievenotsoD　Ibelievenot［答案］B.［析］当答语只是重复对方讲的话时，则不用倒装。因soitwas即为：是的，天气昨天很冷。而当讲前面讲的动作也适合于另一个人时，则要倒装。如：IwenttothecinemayesterdaySodidI表示对方去了电影院，我也去了。36　-Whatdoyouthinkofthesong?-＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿．A　IlikemusicverymuchB　IlikeittooC　WithpleasureD　Itsoundssweet［答案］D.［析］sound在这里是系动词，为听起来很甜美。系动词后要用形容词，而不要用被动语态。37　Doyouliketeaorcoffee?＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿．A　Yes，IdoB　ThankyouC　That'sfineD　Eitherwilldo［答案］D.［析］eitherwilldo为两者哪个都可以。38　Ilikeyoursweaterverymuch＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿．A　No，it'suglyB　SorryC　ThankyouD　You'rewelcome［答案］C.-213-\n［析］这是英美语言的习惯。39　Helikestravellingbytrain＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿．A　SodoIB　IdosC　IlikesoD　Ilikeit，neither［答案］A.40　-Howdoyoulikeyourschool?-＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿．A　IlikeitverymuchB　It'sverybeautifulC　Idoesn'tlikeitD　Verywell［答案］B.［析］Howdoyoulike…是问你们学校是怎样值得你热爱的。也就是为什么你热爱你的学校。41　Whataniceday!＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿A　You'reright．B　No，isn'tit?C　Yes，isn'tit?D　Really?［答案］C.［析］Yes，isn'tit是的，难道不是个好天气吗?42　-Hello，＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿?-ThisisDellaspeakingA　WhoareyouB　AreyouTomC　WhoisthatD　Pleasetellmewhoareyou［答案］C.［析］电话用语中that指对方，而this指自己。43　-What'shelike?-＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿．A　HelikesEnglishB　HeisoldC　HeislikeafarmerD　Heistallandthis［答案］D.［析］要区分What'shelike?如Whatdoeshelike?前者为：他长得什么样?而后者是：他喜欢什么。44　Howdidyoudoyourjob?Notverywell，＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿．A　I'msureB　IamafraidC　ThankyouD　I'msorry［答案］B.［析］Iamafraid我恐怕是，我想是。45　-＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿youraunt?-SheisaprincipalofamiddleschoolA　WhatdoesB　Wheredoes-213-\nC　WhatisD　Whomis［答案］C.46　-＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿-HeismybossA　What'stheman?B　Whoistheman?C　Howistheman?D　Whatdoesthemando?［答案］B.47　-MayIhaveyourname?-＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿．A　No，noB　You'repoliteC　CallmeJohnD　It'skindofyou［答案］C.48　-ShallImakecoffeeforyou?-＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿．A　Yes，thankyouB　No，don'ttroubleC　Don'ttroublethis，thankyouD　No，don'tmakeit［答案］A.49　-CouldyoushowmethewaytoMrBuown'soffice?-＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿．A　NotatallB　I'msureC　AllrightD　Icandoit［答案］C.50　-Shallwegoswimmingtomorrowafternoon?-＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿．A　It'sverykindofyouB　YouaresothoughtfulC　That'sagoodideaD　Yes，we'llgo［答案］C.四、完形填空与阅读（一）　知识概要-213-\n完形填空是一种在语意封闭的情况下考察学生阅读能力及掌握语言基础知识能力的综合性题目。学生应根据语义完整、语法正确的原则进行通篇阅读。借助文章的现成文字，通过逻辑思维，联系上下文，推断出可能的答案。然后再从所给选择答案中逐空选出在通读全文时脑海中已出现的答案填入空内。试推想在小学五六年级时去读"西游记"，"水浒传"，你也并非每个字都认得，每句话都能真正理解。但你还是可以明了全文的意思，读得有滋有味。这就是语言能力。所以完形填空考查的就是你能否在缺字，不认得字、词语的情况下，能否全面理解文章的正确意思，然后选入适当的词语。在选择后还要前后彼此呼应反复验证所选答案。有时答案一时不易验证，不要急于顺序填写，可能在填出后面答案时，而得到前面的答案。有时则需运用所学的词法、句法、时态和固定搭配等知识对4个选项进行分析，比较、排除干扰项，确定正确的答案。待答案全部选定后，一定要复读全文以验证：①　所选答案是否能使全文流畅，逻辑推理是否正确。②　具体实事是否成立，前后关系是否理顺。③　语法是否正确，其中包括时态的选择、词汇选择、固定搭配等。在通读全文时最好在可能的条件下将所选答案填入文章中，反复阅读。而不要在文章空中只写选项的代号，这样影响全文的理解，不易找出错误之处。在做完形填空时，应注意以下几点：（１）　重视首句，首段的开篇启示作用，读懂了第一句，或第一段有可能预测到全篇大意。（２）　一定要顾及上下文间的语意联系。在完形填空的设计中，一般是以语义为第一要素同时兼顾语法。有的4个选项单独填入这个单句中全是正确的，但拿到文中从下文联系起来看，则文理不通。为此要通篇考虑，顾及上下文的联系是十分重要的。（３）　要坚持语意第一的原则，而语法应放于第二位。完形填空形式上是一种单项选择式的考察。但实质上也是一种阅读能力和学生重建文意能力的考察。它一般是利用语法的正确性与内容排斥性的矛盾而命题的。所给答案大都是离开上下文均可说得通的。但语意上辩析、排斥才能找到答案。例如：IttookCharlieMuiseveralmonthstosaveupsevendollarsHewantedto______amodelplaneandwenttotheshopwiththemoneyA　sellB　buyC　holdD　bring这里肯定需要一个动词，所给答案也都是动词，但只能从意义上考虑而选B项。（４）　要认真注意细节，做到语法正确。一些答案在意义上讲都是正确的，但从线索上看要找出语法正确的答案。如：ＭrEvansisanoldmanofaboutsixtyHiswifediedafewyearsagoHischildren______himbythen．A　leftB　wouldleaveC　haveleftD　hadleft答案应为D。这句话正确的语意都是"离开"，但仔细发现有bythen之说，由此可得出这是个动作的截止时间，应选为hadleft过去完成时态。下面再看一些例子。-213-\n（１）　语意第一原则AyoungfatherwasvisitinganoldneighbourTheywerestandingintheoldman'sgardenandtalkingabout______．A　treesB　flowersC　childrenD　oldpeople那么他们谈论的中心是什么呢?可能是树、花，由于他们是在花园里谈论。但如果前后的段落配合看，则其谈论的也可能是孩子和老年人。这就是要求我们切勿望文生义。（２）　语法正确，注意细节的原则在语意正确的前题下，还要根据学过的语法知识，及词语的固定搭配，选择正确答案。如：OnenightthedogbegantobarksuddenlyItmadeMrErens______①______tosleepHehadtogetupandtriedhis______②______tostopit，butthebeastwouldn'tstop，andkepton______③______①　A　gonotB　notgoC　nottogoD　tonotgo②　A　wellB　goodC　betterD　best③　A　barkB　tobarkC　barkingD　barked以上3个小题中所给答案从语意上都是正确的，这就要求选择语法正确的那一个。第一空中根据句子结构，要填一个宾语补足语。而动词make后面的定语补足语应省去不定式符号to，且其否定式＋not，即不定式的否定式为nottodo，而省去to后则应为notdo．在动词前直接＋not故应选B。而第二个空显然是一个固定搭配。语意上为：MrErens尽力地阻止狗叫，所以应选D。tryone'sbest是尽力而为之意。第三个空显然是keepondoingsomething连续不断之意，应选ing的动词形式。其答案为C。（３）　根据所给答案的不同词类，从不同角度分别考虑选择完形填空所给的词往往是不同类的，这就要求对不同词类作不同考虑。如果所缺的是动词，那么首先在选择语意正确的前提下，考虑动词的时态、语态和是否是要填入非谓语动词。若是介词或副词则要考虑是否固定搭配，以及介词、副词在结构和意义上的选择。若是连词，则应更多地从句子结构和上下文的连接上选择。若是代词，则应考虑性、数、格等方面，以及形容词和副词的比较级和最高级等。例如：AmanandhiswifehadasmallbarnearastationTheyoftenworkedlateintothenight，______①______peoplecametodrinktherewhiletheywere______②______trainsAttwoo'clockonemorning，onemanwasstillatatableinthesmallbarHewasasleepThebarman'swifewantedtoleaveShelooked______③______thebarseveraltimes，andeachtimethemanwas______④______thereThenatlastshewenttoherhusbandandsaidtohim，"You______⑤______thatmansixtimes，George，______⑥______heisn'tdrinkinganything"①　A　assoonasB　becauseC　soD　though-213-\n②　A　catchingupwithB　gettingonC　lookingafterD　waitingfor③　A　atB　forC　intoD　outof④　A　alwaysB　oftenC　stillD　already⑤　A　havewokenB　wakeC　hadwokenD　willwake⑥　A　andB　butC　yetD　too从文中看，第一选项，由于给了不同的连词，从意义选择应为B。第二选项均为分词形式，也应从语意上选择，其答案是D。第三选项给了四个介词，而into则是从外向里观看，所以应选C。第四项是副词still意为仍然，从意义上应选择C。而第五项所给的是同个动词，只是时态不同。从故事情景看，只能选完成时态A。而最后一个选项是连词，由于句意则只能用but转折连词。从目前完形填空初中阶段的考察看，除语意第一外，更多地选择了单词的用法及意义，动词的时态，短语和惯用法等。为此，要做好完形填空题目，除有较好的阅读能力外，更要有扎实的语言基础知识及日常生活的逻辑推理能力。阅读理解能力在教学大纲中有明确的要求。它是目前条件下考查学生英语运用能力的常规题型之一，也是分值最高的题型之一。学生的阅读理解能力如何，标志着学生继续深入学习的潜力有多大，它是集语法，词汇，逻辑推理背景知识于一体的综合语言能力的测试。它除对学生的阅读理解的正确性进行测试外，同时从阅读速度、技巧、文化背景常识等方面对学生进行测试。从近年各地中考题分析看，阅读类测试除为一般常规测试题型外，在试题中所占分值较大，为此应引起学生特别注意。如何做好阅读理解题呢?首先要求考生有足够的基础知识和较好的阅读速度以及技巧方面的训练。同时还要注意以下几个方面的问题。1　要了解阅读测试的重点如上所述，阅读过程是一个综合作用的过程，为此阅读的测试就不能仅将着眼点放在语言结构的测试上，而是通过看，通过阅读获取信息的能力。在阅读一篇文章时，我们首先会想到：①　文章说的是什么事情(即中心思想是什么)。②　事情发生的时间、地点、人物是什么。③　作者所持态度如何。④　结论是什么。有些说明性信息在文章中容易获取，如：时间、数字、地点、人物等。有些信息如作者的态度，事件的结论，中心思想，文章的标题，则需通过文中线索，说明信息等等去分析推断才能获取。而这些说明性及内隐性的信息正是阅读理解的测试重点内容。而其难点在于理解、推断、得出结论时，应从英语国家的风俗习惯、语言习惯、宗教信仰、民族问题等方面来考虑，而不是仅从中国人的语言习惯来作推论。这也是这方面的难点之一。例：JohndroveataxithroughthebusystreetsofBostoneverydayJohnwas____________A　amanagerB　adriverC　apolicemanD　adustman由此我们应能由driveataxi来得出结论约翰是位出租车司机而不是别的什么人。-213-\n例：MrsBarker'ssisterwasill　ShehadsomeonetolookafterherfromMondaytoFriday，butnotattheweekend，soeveryFridayeveningMrsBakerusedtogoofftospendtheweekendatherhomeinaneighboringtown…ThismeantthatMr　Baker…Firsthehadtodrivehomefromthestation　ThenhehadtodrivehiswifetothestationtocatchhertrainWhowasill?____________A　MrBakerB　MrsBakerC　Mr　Baker'ssisterD　MrsBaker'ssister从这些只言片语中可以看出有三个人物出场，而问题的设计是表浅的，只要细心即可。［答案］D.从中考阅读命题中，由于考虑到考生的能力有限，和大部分学生毕业的要求，语言结构的测试占很大一部分比重。但对于要考入重点中学的学生来讲，仅仅几分较高要求的题目可能会决定他们的升学命运。因为这一部分分值是往往使学生棘手的那些隐性问题的测试。如：Likemanyotherfamiliesin1870，KatieOlsonandherfamilyhadcometothegrassyplainsofKansas　Katielikedtheprairieandtheirnewsoldhouse　Butwithnofriendstoplaywith，shewasverylonely　Besideshermotherandfather，shehadonlyherlittlebrother，Matt，forcompany　ShemissedtheiroldhomeinWisconsir　Thenonedayherfatherhadexcitingnews　SomesettlershadboughtthefarmneartheOlson'sland　Katiebecamesoexcitedonhearingthenewsthatshethoughtshemightburst　ShebeggedherfathertoletherrideoverwithhimtogreettheirnewneighborsThetworodeacrosstheprairie　TheyfoundMr　andMrsLaskiwerehardatworkingbuildingtheirsodhome　Katiewasdisappointed　Shehadhopedtherewouldbesomechildrentoplaywith　ButsoonMrLaskicalledout"Anna，andCarl,　comeoutofthewagon"Aboyandagirl　jumpeddownandcameovertoKatie　Katiedidn'tbelieveit　Herwishhadcometrue1　Whowasthemostimportantpersoninthestory?A　MattB　KatieC　MrLaskiD　AnnaandCarl2　WhatwasKatie'sprobleminthestory?A　Shehadnofriend.B　Shedidn'tlikeKansas.C　Shecouldn'trideahorse.D　Shedidn'tlikeAnnaandCarl.从上文中看，信息的获得不是直接的，而是必须通过整个文章的阅读，理清人物关系，掌握中心思想，才能作出正确的判定。如第一问故事中人物众多，但一直到读完才知，故事讲述了一个女孩Katie的事情。则她是故事的中心，所以应选择B　第二问是测试通过阅读是否了解了人物的心理情绪。这些信息必须通过线索，综合判定，从而其结论是A。2　阅读理解的解题思路和方法-213-\n阅读理解的测试点是在通过由于阅读所能够获取信息的能力上，所以解题思路的重点应放在：(1)通读全文，了解文章的主题和大意；了解作者的写作目的、对事件的态度上。Peoplesometimeschangetheirwayofdoingbusiness　InavillageinAfrica，peopleareusingmoneyforthefirsttime　They'redoingbusinesswiththeworldBeforethistribe(部落)usedmoney，peoplecametothemarketinthevillagetotrade(交易)thingstheyhadforthingstheyneeded　NowpeoplemustusemoneytobuywhattheywantBeforeusingmoney，peoplehelpedoneanother　Theirfatherwhowasheadofthefamily，gavefood，andclothingtohissonsandtheirfamilies　Inreturn，thesonsworkedfortheirfather　Nowpeoplenolongerworkforoneanotherfree　Instead，theyarepaidfortheworktheydoWhenanewroadwasneeded.Everyoneinthevillagehelpedbuildit,　Nowpeoplemustpaymoneytothevillagechief(首领)forroadsandschools　Thechiefhiresworkerstobuildthesenewprojects　MoreandbetterroadsandschoolsarebeingbuiltItisnoteasyforpeopletochangeawayofdoingbusiness　Tochangefromtradinggoodstousingmoneytakestime①　Thestorydoesn'tsayso，butitmakesyouthinkthat____________.A　familymembersoftenquarrel(争吵)aboutmoneyB　AfricansdonotchangetheirwayofdoingbusinessC　AfricansrefusetousemoneyD　familiesdonothelponeanotherinthesamewaynow［答案］D.②　Onthewholethisstoryisabout____________A　thelifeofsomeAfricansB　changingfromgoodstousingmoneyC　peoplehelpsoneanotherD　buildingroadsacrossAfrica［答案］B.从以上的问题看，所设提问均不是对某个具体事实。而是真对整篇文章，由此可见通读全文，掌握中心和作者的态度的重要性。(2)要注重文句间的相互关系。既注重主要情节又不可忽视细节。中考中阅读命题很多情况下是对事件的某个细节而进行测试的。例：…onSaturdayafternoontheybeganwiththebackofthehouse　ThenextSaturdayTomwenttoafootballmatchwhilehiswifepaintedthefrontofthehouse　Thenextdaytheyfoundtheycouldn'topenanyofthefrontwindows　Theygetthemopenatlast，buttheybrokethreeofthesevenandtheywereveryexpensivetorepair①　Theylastedforabout______daysA　twoB　three-213-\nC　morethansevenD　Lessthanseven［答案］A.②　Theyhadtogetsomeonetomakerepairfor______windowsA　sevenB　fourC　tenD　three［答案］D.第一问中，如不分析第一句和第二句中的两个Saturday，很可能会选择答案C。事实上，他们只干了两个Saturday，而不是从这个星期六到下个星期六的7天时间。而第二问是他们弄坏了所有7个窗户中的3个，所以应选D。(3)特别注意首尾句在整个文章中的作用，以及它起到的启示和结论性作用。例：Manhasabigbrain　Hecanthink，learnandspeak……butnoanimallearnswhenwespeak?Scientistsdonotreallyknow　Theyonlyknowthatmancanspeakbecausehehasabigbrain这篇文章只要我们注意了首尾句，即可得出结论，它是讲述人类大脑与语言的关系的。人脑的其中一个作用是使他拥有语言，也就是和动物apes，dogs有了根本的区别。这样这篇文章的许多细节可以迎刃而解了。①　Inwhatwayaremendifferentfromanimals?A　Mencanunderstandthingsquickly.B　Mencanlearn.C　Menhavelearnedlanguage.D　Menhavebrains.［答案］C.②　Scientistsnowknow______A　howchildrenlearntospeakB　whyapescanlearnafewwordsC　men'sbrainhelpshimtolearntospeakD　whathappenswhenmenspeak［答案］C.③　Whatisthetopicthewriterwantstotalkabout?A　ape'slanguageB　men'sbrainandlanguageC　humanbrainD　animals'learning［答案］B.-213-\n以上只是做阅读练习中的一般分析，要取得优异成绩，还有赖于扎实的阅读基础和语言能力，以及平时的技巧训练和刻苦练习。要坚持每天至少读三四篇文章，以逐步提高自己的英语水平。(二)例题解析通读下面短文，掌握其大意。然后从短文后各题所给的四个选项中选择最佳的一项。Oncetherewasacleverfarmer　Thoughhewaspoor，hedecidedonedaytotakethekingaroastgoose(烤鹅)asapresent　Hehadnothad____1____tocatthatday，andsoonthe____2____oftheroastgoosebecametoomuchforhimas(当……时)he____3____ittotheking，soheateoneofitslegsWhenhecamebeforethekingandgavehimthegoose，theking____4____sawthatithadonlyonelegNow，theking____5____wasbornwithonebadleg，sohehadneverbeenableto____6____properly(正常地)　Whenhesawthegoosewithonlyoneleg，hethoughtthefarmerhad____7____thistolaughathim　Ofcoursehewasvery____8____　Thefarmerwastoldthatifanybodylaughedattheking，hewouldbe____9____atonce"Whereis____10____legofthegoose?"thekingasked"Allthegeese(goose的复数)inthis____11____ofthecountryhaveonelegonly，"thefarmeranswered"DoyouthinkI'mafool(傻子)?"thekingshouted"____12____，"saidthefarmer，"ifyoulookoutofthewindow，youwillseegeesewithonelegbythe____13____"Thekinglooked，andtherethegeesewere____14____ononelegbesidethewater　Thekingatoncetoldoneofhismento____15____themwithabigstick，andofcourse，they____16____theirotherlegsandranaway"There，"saidtheking　"Youwerelying(说谎)　That____17____thatthegeeseherehavetwolegs，likeallother____18____inthecountry""Butitdoesn'tshowanything，"answeredthefarmer，"ifyourmenthrewabigsticklikethatatme，Iwouldgrowtwo____19____legsmyselftohelpmetorunaway____20____"1　A　lessB　allC　littleD　much2　A　headB　neckC　smellD　temperature3　A　returnedB　carriedC　sentD　handed4　A　atonceB　atlastC　bythenD　ontime5　A　onceB　reallyC　himselfD　yet6　A　comeB　walkC　seeD　eat7　A　keptB　doneC　madeD　found8　A　sorryB　worriedC　sadD　angry9　A　helpedB　killedC　savedD　covered10　A　otherB　anotherC　thatD　theother11　A　cityB　villageC　farmD　part12　A　CertainlynotB　OfcourseC　That'snothingD　Never-213-\nmind13　A　holeB　forestC　lakeD　house14　A　swimmingB　restingC　flyingD　lying15　A　fillB　lockC　hitD　keep16　A　sentupB　putdownC　didwithD　movedaway17　A　showsB　talksC　seesD　knows18　A　geeseB　animalsC　legsD　farmers19　A　slowerB　fasterC　lessD　more20　A　moreslowlyB　morecarefullyC　fasterD　earlier［答案］1　D2　C3　B4　A5　C6　B7　B8　D9　B10　D11　D12　A13　C14　B15　C16　B17　A18　A19　D20　C其中1选much是应能从文章字里行间中猜到的，它应为muchfoodtoeat　而将food省略。2要知道smell可以作系动词，但也可以作名词，而4则为多个短语的词语辨析：atonce立刻，atlast最终，bythen到那时为止，ontime准时。所以应为atonce　7则要熟悉英语的习惯用法，即干这件事要用do，而不用make　10之所以要用D则是因为鹅有两只腿，由于只剩一只而问另一只哪里去了，要用特指的定冠词。而other则为泛指的形容词，一般指复数，another虽然也指单数，但也应用于泛指的情况。而11题因其后有ofthecountry，是在乡村的这个部分，所以只能用part　country是不可数名词作"乡村"讲，作为可数名词则作"国家"讲。而作"乡村"讲时，前面的定冠词不可少。19则是要通读全文才知道鹅一只腿站立体息，而一被哄赶则放下另一只腿跑走了，人是两条腿站着，当被哄赶时那应是再长出两条腿奔跑着逃走。由此可见中考的难题越来越不在语法项，而在阅读和完形上用以选拔高质量的学生。Weweregoingtoplayateamfromacountryschool　Theydidn'tcomeuntilthegametimearrived　Theylooked____1____thanwehadthought　Theywerewearingdirtybluejeans(仔裤)andlookedlikefarmboys　WeeventhoughtthattheyhadneverseenabasketballbeforeWeallsatdown　Wefeltthatwedidn't____2____anypractice(训练)againstateamlikethatItwasalreadysolatethatno____3____couldbegiventothemforawarmupThegamebeganOneofourboys____4____theballandheshot(掷)alongpasstoourforward(前锋)　FromoutofnowhereaboyinadirtyTshirt____5____thepassandwithabeautifulform(姿势)heshotandgottwopoints(分)They____6____usThentheygotanother____7____ofpointsinaminuteSoonitwasallover　Thecountryteam____8____usWecertainlylearnedthateventhoughateamisgood，thereisusuallyanother____9____alittlebetter　Buttheimportantlessonlearnedwas:Onecan'ttellaman，orateam，bythe____10____-213-\n1　A　strongerB　youngerC　worseD　less2　A　getB　tryC　useD　need3　A　basketB　spaceC　ballD　time4　A　gotB　playedC　missedD　carried5　A　caughtB　changedC　startedD　stopped6　A　surprisedB　keptC　brokeD　hit7　A　halfB　pairC　groupD　double8　A　wonB　savedC　beatD　joined9　A　justB　alreadyC　aboutD　almost10　A　TshirtsB　clothesC　placesD　points［答案］1　C2　D3　D4　A5　D6　A7　B8　C9　A10　B［析］在1题中可以看出stronger，youngerworse，less四个选项全可以选，语法是正确的。从文章开始到这里并看不出其原因为什么要选择C，这时只能将其选择空出往后面看，所以提醒考生要注意的是千万不要一一对完形填空作出选择，有很多情况是后面的情景决定了前面的选择。当看到Weeventhoughtthattheyhadneverseenabasketballbefore和Wefeltthatwedidn'tneed(2)anypracticeagainstateamlikethat　则就肯定会得到第一个空的选项决不是比我们强壮，也不可能是少，更不可能是年轻、而是球技不佳，比我们差得很远。而5题是要仔细考虑才能得到正确的结论。这四个动词都可以用在篮球运动中，但要注意的是，其后面的名词是pass，在这里应译为"长传"。而这个长传这里决不是开始，而是被截住了。所以这里应用stopped。即"拦截了一个长传。"而caught的宾语应换为ball球就对了。B选项为"改变"，用于这里就不合题意了。而7项虽然很多人都知道篮球规则，投一球按两分计算，但这里应选哪个词则拿不准了，主要在B选项与D选项之间发生了问题。不知double的真实意义是"加倍，翻一翻"之意，还是"一对，一双，两倍"之意。其困难点还有9项，它的选择应为just，这是由全文所决定的。它的意思是不论一个队多么好，总会有一个队会比你强出一点儿，哪怕是仅仅一点点。这也就是完形填空不易拿满分之处。这里要提醒大家的是：语言是十分灵活的，要经常不断地学习思考才会有所进步。Peterwasasmallboy　Helivedwithhisparentsinasmallhousenearsomehills　ThepeopletherewereallpoorOnenightitwasverydryandwindyWheneverybodywasasleep，Petersuddenlyheardsomenoise　Itcameoutfromthekitchen(厨房)　Hegotupandwalkedtothekitchen　Hefoundthatthewoodbesidethestove(火炉)wasburning　Therewasnowatertap(水龙头)inthehouse，sohecouldnotputout(扑灭)thefire　Heshoutedloudlytowakeupeveryoneinthehouse　Thenheranoutofhishouseandknockedonthedoorsofmanyhousestowakethepeopleup　TheyalllefttheirhousesquicklyAt-213-\nlastthefirewasputoutbythefiremen　Manyhouseswereburnt　Butnobodywashurtinthefire1　Peterlivedwithhis______A　sistersB　brothersC　unclesD　parents2　Onenighthefoundthat______besidethestovewasburningA　thetableB　thewoodC　thedoorD　thewindow3______　，sohecouldnotputoutthefireA　EverybodywasasleepB　Hecouldn'tshoutloudlyC　ThekitchenwasverybigD　Therewasnowatertapinthehouse4　Peterknockedonthedoorsofmanyhouses______zA　towakethepeopleupB　togetsomewaterC　tofindhisclassmatesD　tovisitthem5______　hurtinthefireA　PeopleinotherhouseswereB　Peter'sparentswereC　NobodywasD　Peterwas［答案］1　D2　B3　D4　A5　C［析］本题属于表层理解阅读考查题目，因为完成其答案所需要的信息基本上可以直接从文章中获取，并不太多的需要推理和对环境，习俗的分析与了解。例如1题可直接从文章中Helivedwithhisparentsinasmall…中获取。2题则可以从Hefoundthatthewoodbesidethestovewasburing获取答案。3题几乎是文章中的原句，Therewasnowatertapinthehouse　所以得分率会很高。4题也可从文章中：Thenheranoutofhishouseandknockedonthedoorsofmanyhousestowakethepeopleup　直接找出答案。5题的答案则可以从文章中最后一句获得，如：Butnobodywashurtinthefire。这样的阅读题目，是属于表层理解题目，也就是为了那些获取毕业成绩的分数所设计的。其目的在于对普通同学给予适当的分以求达到毕业之目的。这样的题目虽然容易，但还是要小心为好，不要粗心大意，以免不必要的丢分。"You'rejustintime，Joe　We'regoingtoplaycowboys(牛仔)andIndians，andyoucanbetheIndians，"oneofmycousins(堂兄弟)said"HowmanyIndians?"Iasked"Oh，aboutathousand，"heanswered，andbeforeIcouldsayno，IwaspushedoutintothenightandbecameathousandIndians　TwominuteslaterIwasrunninginthefieldswithagroupofcowboysbehind　Theshoutsof"Afterthem　Let'scatchthekillers!"andothersuchTVplaylanguagecameintomyearsasIranroundacornerandhurriedintomyGrandpa'scar"We'vegothim,　boys　Let'sgoandcatchhim!"Butnoonewantedtocometogetme　Allofmycousinsexceptonewerealwaysveryfriendlywithme-213-\n　Itwasquietoutside　AndIwentoutofthecartohavealookJustthenIheardashout，"Bringtherope(绳子)，andwecanburnhim""OnlyIndiansburnpeople　Cowboys…，"Istoppedjustintime　Ihadalmostsaid，"Cowboyshang(绞死)people"Iwastiedtoatree，andthecowboyswerelookingforsomewoodwhenmydearmothercalled，"We'releavingnow""Untieme，"Ishouted　"We'regoing""WhydidBobbywantmatches(火柴)?"Mumaskedwhenwewereinthecar　"HewasaskingDadwhetherhehadany""Oh，hewasjustgoingtomatches?MATCHES?Areyousurehewantedmatches?"Motherwasquitesure，andIdidn'tsayanymore1　HowmanychildrenplayedtheIndians?A　Onethousand.B　Onehundred.C　Onegroup.D　One.2　WhydidJoe'scousinsaythatJoewasjustintime?Because______A　therewerenotenoughchildrenforthegameB　thegamewasjustgoingtostartC　noneofhiscousinswantedtobetheIndiansD　theywerewaitingforJoe3　Joedidn'tsay"Cowboyshangpeople"outbecause______A　hewastiedtoatreeB　thatwouldmakethingsworseC　hewascaughtbythecowboysD　thatwouldmakethecowboysangry4　WhichofthefollowingisTRUE?A　OneofJoe'scousinswaslookingformatches.B　Daddidn'twanttogivethechildrenanymatches.C　Bobbywantedtogetsomematchesfromhisfather.D　Mumdidn'tthinkchildrenshouldplaywithmatches.5　Thenameofthestoryshouldbe"______"A　JoeandhiscousinsB　WhoknowswhatdangeriswaitingthereC　CowboysandIndiansisafavouritechildren'sgameD　HowcowboysandIndiansfoughtinthepast［答案］1　D2　C3　B4　A5　B［析］本文在阅读过程中会感到难度，而其问题与选项的设计更为困难。其难点不仅在于要阅读好文章，而且要对问题和问题中的选择项作深入仔细地阅读。如1题的问句之意是有多少个孩子在游戏中扮演印第安人。而文章中又有"HowmanyIndians?"Iasked当作者问到有多少印第安人时，其答语为"aboutathousand-213-\n"这对于看不懂全文，而只认识个别单词的人就是一种很强的误导作用。因题目中问的是Howmany，而文章中的数字是athousand　但如果认真往下看则会发现：IwaspushedoutintothenightandbecameathousandIndians　我被推入了黑暗之中变成了一千个印第安人。所以文章暗示了一个小孩来扮演一千个印第安人。这种题目的得分率自然不会很高。紧接而来的2题则更困难，问题问的是Joe的堂兄说他来的正是时候，是因为______。这是要认真去推理来判定的。由文中的句子andbeforeIcouldsayno…这显然暗示了作者并不想扮演这样的角色，所以可以推论是没有人愿意扮演这个角色，但正在这个时候Joe来了，而且不由分说把Joe推入了角色之中。而3题则更加困难，其题目之意是"Joe没有说出牛仔是绞死人"的这一句话是为了什么______。从文章中Joe被一群孩子追逐后被抓住，十分不高兴，想从中解脱出来。因其他孩子讲我们可以烧死他。所以Joe为了摆脱困境而要讲出的话是："只有印第安人才烧人，而牛仔是用绳子绞死人。"后半句没有讲出来，是因为他看到如果要烧死人还需要找柴，找火柴，还是要一段时间的，但绳子就在他身上，如果绞死人那几乎是立刻马上之事。所以其答案选择了B。　这样的话可能会使事情更糟。4题的题目是简单的，即下面陈述中那个是真实的。由于中考英语答案是唯一的，所以只有一个是符合标准的。这时可以采用选取正确答案的方法，但实际上更好的办法是排除法。把不正确的排除后再对其他项进行对比，作出选择。这叫作所谓的排除法。首先排除的应是C选项，因文章中讲在他们上车回家的路上妈妈问他："为什么Bobby要火柴，他问爸爸是否有火柴。"这里的爸爸显然指的是Joe的爸爸而不是Bobby的爸爸。而其他三个选项则都处于可选之例：如A项应为Joe的一个堂兄在找火柴。B项是爸爸不想给孩子任何火柴。D项是妈妈认为孩子们不应玩火柴。而B项，在文章中根本没有进述Joe爸爸的态度，所以应首先放弃，而D项是可以从推理中得到的，要不然他的母亲不会在车上问这个问题，但是文章中并未直接提出来，所以只有A是对的。因其妈妈讲Bobby是向Joe的爸爸寻找火柴。而5项则更是要全文反复阅读才可能领会到其中的原由的。文章的题目要概括全部文章内容，但更重要的是从中抽取最重要的，也就是作者的主要意图。从文章的最后两句，当作者反问他妈妈时说："他真的在找火柴?火柴、你敢肯定他是在找火柴吗?"妈妈表示十分肯定，而作者再也不讲什么了。显然他感到如果玩下去危险的存在。所以其答案是B。这也就是中考中要求较高的题目，虽然分数不多但对要进入重点高中的学生来说，这是个关键问题，也就是成功与失败的焦点所在。例：Wespentadayinthecountryandpickedalotofflowers　Ourcarwasfullofflowersinside!Onthewayhomewehadtostopattrafficlights，andtheremywifesawthebookshelfItstoodoutsideafurniture(家具)shop　"Buyit，"shesaidatonce　"We'llcarryithomeontheroofrack(车顶架)　I'vealwayswantedonelikethat"WhatcouldIdo?TenminuteslaterIwastwentydollarspoorer，andthebookshelfwastiedontotheroofrack　Itwastallandnarrow，quiteheavytooAsitwasgettingdarker，Idroveslowly　Otherdriversseemed-213-\nmorepolitethanusualthatevening　Thepoliceevenstoppedtraffictoletusthrough　CarryingfurniturewasagoodideaAfteratimemywifesaid，"There'salonglineofcarsbehind　Whydon'ttheyovertake(超车)?"Justatthattimeapolicecardidovertake　Thetwoofficers(警官)insidelookedatusseriouslywhentheywentpast　Butthen，withakindsmiletheyaskedustofollowtheircarthroughthebusytraffic　Thepolicecarstoppedatourvillagechurch(教堂)Oneoftheofficerscametome"Right，sir，"hesaid"Doyouneedanymorehelpnow?"Ididn'tquiteunderstand"Thanks，officer，"Isaid　"You'vebeenverykind　Ilivejustdowntheroad"Hewaslookingatourthings:firstattheflowers，thenatthebookshelf　"Well，well，"hesaidandlaughed　"It'sabookshelfyou'vegotthere!Wethoughtitwas－ersomethingelse"Mywifebegantolaugh　SuddenlyIunderstoodwhythepolicedrovehere　Ismilcdattheofficer　"Yes，it'sabookshelf，butthanksagain"IdrovehomeasfastasIcould1　Fromthestoryweknowthat______A　thewriterwaspooranddidn'tbuythebookshelfforhiswifeB　thewriter'swifedidn'tlikethebookshelfatallC　thewriterwasalwaysgladtobuysomethingforhiswifeD　thewriterwasnotverygladtobuythebookshelfforhiswife2　Whatmadethewriterthinkthatcarryingfurniturewas"agoodidea"?A　HecoulddriveslowlyanditwassafeB　OtherdriverswouldlethimgofirstC　HiswifecoulduseanewbookshelfD　Hecouldsavealotofmoneyandtime3　Whywerethepoliceandotherdriverssokindtothewriter?A　BecausetheythoughtthewriterlikedstudyingverymuchandneededabookshelfB　Becausetheydidn'tthinkitwaspolitetoovertakeacarwithabookshelfonitC　Becausetheythoughtsomebodyinthewriter'sfamilyhaddiedandheneededhelpD　Becausetheythoughtitwasdangeroustocarryabookshelfonacar4　Whydidthewriter'swifebegintolaugh?A　BecausenowsheknewwhatmistakethepolicehadmadeB　BecauseatlastherhusbandunderstoodwhythepolicehaddriventothechurchC　Becausetheofficerwasalwayslookingattheflowcrsandthebookshelf-213-\nD　Becausethepolicehadhelpedthemalot5　Whendidtheofficersbegintorealize(意识到)theyhadmadeamistake?A　BeforetheyarrivedatthechurchB　Beforetheyovertook(overtake的过去式)thewriter'scarC　AfteroneofthemlookedattheflowersandthebookshelfcarefullyatthechurchD　Afterthewriter'sfamilyleftthechurch［答案］1D2B3C4A5C［析］这篇文章有英国幽默的味道。英国的幽默是十分特别的，它一般都是讲述一个故事，但当结尾时仅几句话则道出天机来。对于这样的文章要从头认真看到尾，不要在考场中为了赶时间自认为是全懂了，其实则不然。造成不必要的丢分。从1题可以看出作者十分不情愿地为其妻子买了个书架呢。第二段则出现"Buyit"这样的祈使句。初学者不易看出里面的原委。要知道祈使句在对话中常常带有命令，或不客气之意，所以从这里开始已看出作者的情绪了。其后的WhatcanIdo?又是一句抱怨的话，"我还能作什么吗?"其后又是一句风趣的抱怨：TenminuteslaterIwastwentydollarspoorer即暗示十分不情愿地又花了20美元。所以其答案是D。其后2题则是推理题，从作者买了书架之后一连串的奇怪事情发生了。首先是其他的驾驶员开车对他十分的礼貌，甚至警察阻挡其他车辆让他先行。所以其答案是B。第3题则一句道破天机。因为前两件事已使作者感到奇怪了。后来警察竟然亲自驾驶汽车为他开道。而且警察并不知道他要去什么地方就把他带到教堂来了。这是因为英美人一生三件大事都要在教堂做：其一是出生时在教堂洗礼，其二是结婚，其三则是死亡。所以警察不问其由而将他带到教堂是为了帮助他。所以答案是C。当警察讲到Wethoughtitwas…ersomethingelse?时，显然有个词是不好意思讲出口的，所以道出了文章的真实情况。这时不难对5题作出答复其答案是C。-213-\n附录中学生英语学习常见错误一览表Aa［误］IthinkitisanusefulEnglishdictionary.［正］IthinkitisausefulEnglishdictionary.［析］在不定冠词a与an的用法中要注意的一点是：an用在以元音开头的词之前；而a则用在以辅音开头的词之前。要特别注意的是以u字母打头的单词，如useful,university等，其第一个音标是［j］，所以要特别予以注意。［误］Ineedahourtofinishthisletter.［正］Ineedanhourtofinishthisletter.［析］要注意hour和honest的第一个字母不发音。［误］Myteacherisaunknownman,butheisaverygoodman.［正］Myteacherisanunknownman,butheisaverygoodman.［析］要注意以u打头的单词，它的发音为［］时，单数名词前要用an，如uncle等。［误］Thereisa"f"intheword"football".［正］Thereisan"f"intheword"football".［析］英文字母单独使用时，如其第一个发音是元音时，其前面的不定冠词应该用an而不是a.［误］Ihavealittlebrother.Heisa8yearoldboy.［正］Ihavealittlebrother.Heisan8yearoldboy.［析］要注意这些字母的第一个发音为元音，如eight,eleven等。able［误］Thisbikeisabletoberepaired.［正］Thisbikecanberepaired.［析］beableto主要表达某事或某人具有某种能力去作某事，应译为"有本领"、"有能力"、"可以"作某事，如：I'mabletoswimacrossthisriver.而can可以用来表示具有接受能力或吸收能力。如：Thisradiocanberepairedhere.-213-\nabout［误］Thisclassisabouttobeginjustnow.［正］Thisclassisabouttobegin.［析］要注意beaboutto是"将要"的意思，含有将来时之意，不要与表示过去时的时间状语连用。另外，beaboutto一般用作书面语，对应的口语是begoingto.aboutonabout与on都可以作"关于"讲，但却有所不同，例如：Thisbookisaboutphysics.应译为"这是一本关于物理学的科普读物。"而：Thisbookisonphysics.则应译为"这是一本物理学方面的专著。"above［误］Thetemperatureisfivedegreesoverzero.［正］Thetemperatureisfivedegreesabovezero.［析］表达"在……上方"时，above与over是可以互换的，如：Theskyisabove(orover)ourheads.但是要表达在垂直方向上的上方时则应用above不可用over，如：Thesunhasrisenabovethehorizon.［误］ThereisoftenthickcloudabovetheSouthofChinainsummer.［正］ThereisoftenthickcloudovertheSouthofChinainsummer.［析］当表达覆盖之意时，只可用over而不能用above.［误］Thereisabridgeabovetheriver.［正］Thereisabridgeovertheriver.［析］用来表达"从……上方越过"时不能用above只能用over，如：Theplaneflewoverthecity.但要注意Thereiswaterfallabovethebridge.则应译为"在桥的上游有一个瀑布。"across［误］Heranacrossthewood.［正］Heranthroughthewood.［析］across是指某一动作在一平面内进行，而through则是指该动作在一三维立体空间的运动过程。如：Themancameinthroughthewindow.Hewalkedacrossthesquare.acrossacross的主要用法有两个。其一，意为"对面"，如：Thereisaschooljustacrossthestreet.其二，意为"横过"，如：Hewalkedacrossthestreet.afraid［误］Idont'tafraidofhim.［正］Iamnotafraidofhim.［析］要注意"害怕"afraid一词在英语中不是动词，而是形容词，要与be动词连用。-213-\nafter［误］Twoweeksafterheleft.［正］Twoweekslaterheleft.［正］Heleftaftertwoweeks.［析］要表达"在多少时间之后"，英语中有两种表达法，即：用later时，要时间在前，如threehourslater;而用after时要时间在后，如afterthreehours.［误］Myfatherwillbebackafterafewhours.［正］Myfatherwillbebackinafewhours.［析］受中文的影响，这个介词常常被误用。当你要表达在一段时间内某个动作可以完成时，一定要用in，而不能用after，因为after是指在某一时间之后。例如：Thisworkwillbedoneintwodays.即表明在两天内这一工作一定会做完。而如用了after，即表示在两天之后，完成的时间是不确定的。afterbehindafter多用于表示顺序的前后，如：ShewalkedinthelineafterTom.或用来表示"追赶"，表示一种动态，如：HeranafterMary.而behind多用于强调先进与落后，如：Sheismuchbehindtheothergirlsinsewing.或者用于表达"迟于"，如：Thetrainwastenminutesbehindthetimetable.或者与表示静态的动词连用，如：Shehidherselfbehindtheflowers.afternoon［误］Heworkedveryhardinahotafternoon.［正］Heworkedveryhardonahotafternoon.［析］习惯用的词组intheafternoon,如果加入任何修饰词后其前面的介词in都要改为on，不论其修饰词在前还是在后，如：HeswaminthisriverontheafternoonofJunelst.又如：AreyoufreeonSundayafternoon?against［误］Heagainstme.［正］Heisagainstme.［析］要注意against意为"反对"，但它在英文中却不是动词，而是介词，如要讲反对某事或某人时则要加动词be,如：Heisagainstsomebody/something.againstforagainst意为"反对"、"不赞成"；而for则意为"同意"，为其反意词。如：Areyoufororagainsttheplan?age［误］Heistwentyyearsoldofage.［正］Heistwenty.［正］Heistwentyyearsold.［正］Heisattheageoftwenty.ago［误］Tom'sfatherhasbeendeadfiveyearsago.-213-\n［正］Tom'sfatherdiedfiveyearsago.［析］ago意为由说话时算起，若干时间以前。它只能和一般动词过去时连用，而不要与完成时连用。［误］YesterdayImetafriend.Wedidn'tseeeachotherforalongtimesinceweleftthecollegetwentyyearsago.［正］YesterdayImetafriend.Wehadn'tseeneachotherforalongtimesinceweleftthecollegetwentyyearsago.［析］要注意的是在本句是ago是用在由since引起的从句之中，只是从句应用过去时，但不影响主句的时态。agree［误］Doestheteacheragreetous?［正］Doestheteacheragreewithus?［误］Doesheagreewithourplan?［正］Doesheagreewithus?［析］agreewith指"同意某人的提议、建议、计划"等。如果要讲同意某项计划则要用agreeto,如：Doyouagreetotheplan?all［误］Theoldmanhastwosons.Allofthemareworkers.［正］Theoldmanhastwosons.Bothofthemareworkers.［析］all是指三者或以上的全部，而both则是指"两者都"。［误］Theallchildrenareplayingfootballnow.［正］Allthechildrenareplayingfootballnow.［析］all作修饰词时其位置要在所有的修饰词之前，不论这些修饰词是定冠词、指示代词、形容词或名词，或代词的所有格。［误］Youallareright.［正］Youareallright.［析］all作同位语时其位置要置于be动词之后，实意动词之前，如：Theteachersallworkhard.或用于第一助动词之后，如：Theboyshaveallbeenwaitingfortheirmothers.almost［误］Nearlynobodythinksheisright.［正］Almostnobodythinksheisright.［析］nearly与almost是近意词，其含意差别不大，但是与否定词连用时要用almost,例如：Shebroughtalmostnomoneywithher.此句中的almost不能用nearly替换。alone［误］Theoldmanlivedlonebuthedidn'tfeellonely.［正］Theoldmanlivedalone,buthedidn'tfeellonely.［析］alone,lone,lonely-213-\n三个词全具有"孤单、孤独"之意。但其用法不同：lone可以作定语，而alone则只能作表语，lonely则多指感情上与感觉上的孤独。already［误］Wearealreadyforthework.［正］Weareallreadyforthework.［析］already是副词，其意为"已经"，如：Healreadyknewaboutit.而allready为形容词意为"准备好"。alreadyyetalready多用于肯定句中，例如：Thestudentshavealreadyfinishedthework.而yet则多用于疑问句与否定句中，如：Haveyoufinishedityet?Ihaven'tfinishedityet.also［误］Ididn'tfindthedictionaryalso.［正］Ididn'tfindthedictionaryeither.［析］作为"也"讲，在否定句中要用either而不能用also.alsotooalso与too都可用在肯定句中表示"也"，但also通常用于be动词或情态动词之后，如：Icanalsodoitmyself.而too一般放于句尾。I'llattendhisclass,too.always［误］Alwaysheaskedhimselfwhyhehadcomehere.［正］Healwaysaskedhimselfwhyhehadcomehere.［析］always一般不能用于句首，它在一般句中的位置是于动词之前第一助动词之后，如：I'vealwaysthoughtheishonest.又如：Heisalwayslate.among［误］Ifthethreeapplesaredividedamongthetwoboyshowmuchwilleachreceive?［正］Ifthethreeapplesaredividedamongthethreeboyshowmuchwilleachreceive?［析］among常用于三个事物或人物之间，而between则多用于两者之间。an［误］Thisisanusefuldictionary.［正］Thisisausefuldictionary.［析］详见a条。and［误］Hedidnotspeakloudlyandclearly.［正］Hedidnotspeakloudlynorclearly.［误］OurschoolisnotinNewYorkandChicago,butinBoston.［正］OurschoolisnotinNewYorkorChicago,butinBoston.［析］"和"这一概念在肯定句中应用and，但在否定句中则要用orangry-213-\n［误］Mymotherwasangrytome.［正］Mymotherwasangrywithme.［误］HewasangrywithwhatIsaid.［正］HewasangryatwhatIsaid.［析］要注意beangry后面如果接人，表示"对某人生气不满"时应用beangrywithsomebody.但要接事物时要用beangryatsomething.another［误］Ihavetwosisters,oneinAmericaandanotherinEnglish.［正］Ihavetwosisters,oneinAmericaandtheotherinEnglish.［析］要注意英语中another,other,theother,theothers,others的不同用法，现分别说明如下：another作形容词其意为：泛指的另一个或再一个，别的，类似的。一般在句中作定语，如:Thisisnotgoodenough,pleaseshowmeanotherone.another还可以作为代词用，如：Onestudentsaid："Iwanttoplaybaskball."anothersaid："Iwanttoplayfootball."other作形容词其意为"泛指其余的，别的"。如：Ihaveotherbooksbesidesthese.又如：Asksomeotherpeopleplease.theother则为特指，作形容词时其后面可接单数或复数名词，如：Shehastwoflowers.Oneiswhite,theotheroneisyellow.(特指，单数)又如：Therearefiftystudentsinourclass,twentyfiveareboys,theotherstudentsaregirls.(特指，复数)但当theother作为代词时，它代表的可以是单数，也可以是复数，如：Hehasabookinonehand,andapenintheother.(单数)又如：Therearesomepeopleintheroom.Fouraregirls,theother(复数)areboys.要注意的是当theother作主语时，其后面的谓语动词要视具体情况而定，它可能是单数，也可能是复数。others则只能作代词，其意为otherones即为：泛指某些，某一部分人或物，如：Eachofusmustthinkofothers.而theothers只能作为代词，它是特指某一些人或物，如：Iknowonlyoneortwoofthestudents;theothersareunknowntome.answer［误］Someoneisknockingatthedoor.Pleasereplythedoorbell.［正］Someoneisknockingatthedoor,Pleaseanswerthedoorbell.［析］answer与reply是近意词，作为及物动词用时有时二者是可以互换的，如：Thestudentanswered/repliedthathewantedtowatchTV.但在某些特定场合则不易互换。作为应答之意时则多用answer，如：Youshouldanswertoyourname.Pleaseanswermyletterassoonaspossible.AnswermyquestioninEnglish.any［误］Doyouhavesomequestions?［正］Doyouhaveanyquestions?［析］some一般要用于肯定句，而any则用于否定句或疑问句。［误］ChinaislargerthananyothercountriesinAsia.［正］ChinaislargerthananyothercountryinAsia.-213-\n［析］要注意anyother其后要跟单数名词，但anyoftheother其后要接复数名词。ChinaislargerthananyoftheothercountriesinAsia.［误］Herearesomebooks;youcanchooseanyoneofthese.［正］Herearesomebooks;youcanchooseanyoneofthese.［析］anyone只能指人，而anyone即可指人也可以指物。around［误］Thenineplanetsgoaroundofthesun.［正］Thenineplanetsgoaroundthesun.［析］around后面不要再加介词，如：Thesunshinesallaroundus.aroundround作介词用的around与round通常可以互换，只不过美语常用around，而英语常用round，例如：Youcanseethepostofficeround/aroundthatcorner.(绕过那个弯你就可以看到邮局。但是一定要区别它们的不同之处：round可以用作形容词、副词、介词、动词、名词；而around只能用作副词或介词。例如：Thepostofficeisjustround(around)thehouse(用作介词).Hehasroundface(用作形容词).Theriverroundedthestones.(用作动词)arrive［误］IarrivedBeijingthedaybeforeyesterday.［正］IarrivedinBeijingthedaybeforeyesterday.［正］IreachedBeijingthedaybeforeyesterday.［误］Hearrivedintheschoolat11∶00.［正］Hearrivedattheschoolat11∶00.［析］arrive为不及物动词，当到达的是较大的地理区域时用介词in，而到达较小的地方时则用at,如：arriveinNewYork,arriveatthevillage.arrivereachgetarrive如上所述是不及物动词，而reach则是及物动词。如：Howdidyoureachtheschoolthismorning?而get可用作不及物动词，作"到达"讲时其后面多与to连用。如：WhendidyougettoNewYork?as［误］Thismanworksinthebankforamanager.［正］Thismanworksinthebankasamanager.［析］as与for有时是可以通用的。如：Thisroomisusedas(for)aclassroom.但是用来指官衔、职位时只能用as.［误］MybrotherissotallerasTom.［正］MybrotherisastallasTom.［析］as…as之间只能用形容词与副词的原级，而不能用比较级。在否定句中可以用so…as，也可以用as…as，但在肯定句中只能用as…as，如：HeisnotsotallasTom.［误］I'llgivehimthenoteassoonashewillcome.-213-\n［正］I'llgivehimthenoteassoonashecomes.［析］assoonas所引导的状语从句中应使用一般时态表示将来。ask［误］Thestudentaskedaquestiontotheteacher.［正］Thestudentaskedtheteacheraquestion.［析］ask应接双宾语，即asksomebodysomething.［误］Theyaskedsomebooks.［正］Theyaskedforsomebooks.［析］向某人要求某物时应用asksomebodyforsomething或askforsomethingfromsomebody,如：Heaskedhismotherforsomemoney.或Heaskedforsomemoneyfromhismother.asleep［误］Heisdeeplyasleep.［正］Heisfastasleep.［析］要讲"熟睡"，就要用fast来修饰asleep。另外，在英语中一般不讲somebodyissleeping而要用asleep。关于睡觉这一词的惯用法还有：gotosleep(如：Theoldmanusuallygoestosleepatten.)，fallasleep(如：IfellasleepatEnglishclassyesterday.)at［误］Itwillreallydoyounoharmquite.［正］Itwillreallydoyounoharmatall.［析］atall和quite的汉语意思均为"全然"、"确定的"，但atall适用于否定句，例如：-I'msorry.I'mlate.-Notroubleatall.又如：Idon'tthinkitisrightatall.而quite则适用于肯定句，例如：Heisquiteagoodteacher.［误］Thechildrenplayfootballforlunch.［正］Thechildrenplayfootballatlunch.［析］英语中的atlunch为"在吃午饭时"。这种惯用法还有atwork(在工作)，attable(在吃饭)，atdesk(在学习)。而forlunch则是为午饭而准备的食物，又如：Wehadsomemilkforbreakfast.［误］Thereisapostofficeinthecornerofthestreet.［正］Thereisapostofficeatthecornerofthestreet.［析］atthecorner是指墙外面的角，而inthecorner是指建筑物内部的角落。例如：Thereisacomputerinthecorneroftheroom.Thereisastreetlampatthecornerofthestreet.atinon在表示时间时用来表示具体钟点用at，如：Hewillbebackatsix.表示一天的上、下午时要用in,如：Iusuallygetupatsixinthemorning.但要注意的是，inthe-213-\nmorning和intheafternoon这两个词组中如果加入了任何修饰词，其介词要换为on，如：onthecoldmorning,onthehotafternoon.又如：SeeyouonMondaymorning.如讲到具体的某一天，要用on,如：onSunday,如：IusuallywanttovisitmymotheronSundays.在谈到周、月、季、年时要用in，如：AllthechildrenwillbehappyinEasterweek.HewasborninJuly.但要注意在泛指圣诞节、复活节、感恩节时都用at,如：WhereareyougoingatEaster.Bback［误］I'msorry.Ihavetobackhome.［正］I'msorry.Ihavetogobackhome.［正］I'msorry.Ihavetogohome.［析］back用作"回到(某处)"之意，不是动词。be［误］Wheredoyoufrom?［正］Whereareyoufrom?［析］"你从何处来"应为Whereareyoufrom?或Wheredoyoucomefrom?但要注意这两句话均是问对方从哪个国家来的。要是口语中问"你是从什么地方来?"应讲Wheredidyoucomefrom?回答用Icamefromthelibrary.beat［误］Wehavewonyourclass.［正］Wehavebeatenyourclass.［正］Wehavewonthegame.［析］win是胜过之意，它是及物动词，但其后的宾语只能接比赛、战争、奖品、奖金的名称，如：Whichteamwonthefootballmatch?而beat指打败对手、敌人……如：Mybrotherbeatmeatpoker.(要注意的是，beat的过去式与原形相同，而过去分词为beaten)。［误］Theballbeatmebadly.［正］Theballhitmebadly.［误］Heusedtohitthelittleboyblackandblue.［正］Heusedtobeatthelittleboyblackandblue.［析］beat指打击多次，而hit则为击中对方的一次性打击。beautiful［误］Heisabeautifulboy.［正］Heisahandsomeboy.［析］我们可以讲Sheisabeautifulgirl.Thisisabeautifulpark.-213-\n但要讲男人的"英俊"时要用handsome.because［误］ThereasonwhyIwaslateisbecauseIwasill.［正］ThereasonwhyIwaslateisthatIwasill.［误］BecauseitwasSunday,sotheparkwascrowded.［正］BecauseitwasSundaytheparkwascrowded.［析］这种错误是因为中文的习惯与英语的表述法不同，中文常讲我来晚了的原因是因为我病了，而英文中的第二个因为要用that代替。又因中文常讲因为……所以……，而英文中用了因为就不能再用所以了，同样用了"所以"也就不要再用"因为"一词。例如：Becausewestudyhard,wepassedtheexameasily.或者：Westudyhardsowepassedtheexameasily.becausebecauseofbecause后要接从句，例如：Welikephysicsbecausewecanlearnalotofnewideas.而becauseof后要接名词作介词宾语，如：Heisnotatschoolbecauseoftheillness.before［误］Wehavetwohourstokillbeforewewillgohome.［正］Wehavetwohourstokillbeforewegohome.［析］killtime意为"消磨时光"。英语状语从句中要用一般现在时表示将来的动作。如：Ifitrainswewillnotgotothepark.［误］Ididthisworktwodaysbefore.［正］Ididthisworktwodaysago.［析］用ago组成的时间状语其主句中的谓语动词要用过去时，而before引起的时间状语其主句中的谓语动词多用完成时，如：Ihasdonethisworkafewdaysbefore.beforelonglongbeforebeforelong是"不久"之意，例如：IshallgotoAmericabeforelong.而longbefore则是"很久很久"之意，如：Weknewthisteacherlongbeforewesawhim.(我们在看到这位老师之前很久就知道他了。)begin［误］ThemeetingwillbeginfromMonday.［正］ThemeetingwillbeginonMonday.［误］Thefilmhasbegunfortenminutes.［正］Thefilmhasbeenonfortenminutes.［析］begin是瞬间动词，所以它的完成时态不能接表示一段时间的状语，如：Thefilmhasbegun.这句话是对的，即"电影已经开始"。但要讲已经开始10分钟了则要用hasbeenon即"上演了10分钟"。beginstart-213-\nbegin与start两词后面加不定式或动名词都可以，且意思并无区别，但在表达习惯时接动名词的用法较多，如：HowoldwernyouwhenyoufirststartedlearningEnglish?但这两个词的进行时态中则多用不定式，如：Iwasbeginningtogethungry.但如果句子的主语是物而不是人，则多用不定式，如：Theicebegantomelt.Itstartedtogetdarkbeforewegottoschool.当动词是表达某种心理状态时，要用不定式，如：Thestudentbegantounderstandhismistakes.［误］Theystudyhardintheclassfromthebeginningtotheend.［正］Theystudyhardintheclassfrombeginningtoend.［析］frombeginningtoend是习惯用法，即自始至终，不要加冠词，但如单独使用则要加冠词，例如：Atthebeginning,theteachergaveusanexam.behind［误］Hemissedtheclassbecausehewasbehindthetime.［正］Hemissedtheclassbecausehewasbehindtime.［析］behindtime一短语意为"晚了"，而behindthetimes意为"落后于时代"。behind是介词同时又是副词，如Comeoutfrombehindthedoor(介词).He'salongwaybehind(副词).Hefellbehindwithhisclassmates(副词).below［误］What'sthatbelowthechair.［正］What'sthatunderthechair.［析］under意为"正下方"，而below意为"比……低"，或指"在下游"。如：Thereisafallbelowtheriver.(河的下游有一个瀑布。)其反义词为over，如：Thereisabigplaneflyingoverthecity.但在"下面的例子"一表达语中则要用theexamplebelow,而不要用under.beside［误］Thestudentsstoodbesidestheteacher.［正］Thestudentsstoodbesidetheteacher.［误］IstudyEnglishbesideChinese.［正］IstudyEnglishbesidesChinese.［析］beside意为"在……旁边"，而besides是"除……以外(还如何)"。besidebynearbeside意为"在……旁"，如：Thereisatalltreebesidetheriver.by多指"倚、靠"、"沿着"之意，如：Sheisstandingbythewindow.near多用来表示两地间距离不远，如：Thereisapostofficenearourschool.better［误］Youhadbettertodoitathome.［正］Youhadbetterdoitathome.［误］Youhadn'tbetterwakemeupatsix.［正］Youhadbetternotwakemeupatsix.［析］had-213-\nbetter在肯定句中为"应该作某事"，其后加不带to的不定式，而在否定句中应用hadbetter+not+动词原形。在简答语中had常省略为'd，如：You'dbetternot.又如：Let'sgofirst.No,we'dbetternot.between［误］Amongthetwotreesthereisaspaceofthefeet.［正］Betweenthetwotreesthereisaspaceofthefeet.［析］两者之间多用between，三者或三者以上之间则用among.［误］Youmustchoosebetweenthiscluborthatclub.［正］Youmustchoosebetweenthisclubandthatclub.［析］在两个之间作出选择要用between…and…，而不能用between…or….big［误］Therewasabigrainlastnight.［正］Therewasaheavyrainlastnight.［析］大雨在英语中只能用aheavyrain而不要用abigrain.bit［误］Heisabitfool.［正］Heisabitofafool.［析］abit可以作程度副词，与alittle相同，但它用于名词前应用abitof,而用于形容词前则应用abit，如：I'mabittired,而其简答的否定句应为Notabit,(一点儿也不。)又如：-DoyoumindifIopenthedoor?-Notabit.black［误］Thechildrenbecameblackafterswimminginthesea.［正］Thechildrenbecamesunburnedafterswimminginthesea.［析］因太阳照晒而皮肤变黑，不应用black而应用sunburned,suncolour或dark.［误］Thegirlhasblackeyesandblackhair.［正］Thegirlhasdarkeyesandblackhair.［析］英语中blackeyes的意思是被打得发青的眼睛。［误］TheEuropeanslikeredtea.［正］TheEuropeanslikeblacktea.［析］红茶在英文中应为blacktea.这种惯用法还有：blackandblue(鼻青脸肿，青一块紫一块)；blackandwhite(黑白电视片)。goblack意为"在失去知觉时眼前一片黑暗"；lookblack意为"情况不妙，前景暗淡"。如：Afterthefighthewasblackandblue.OnTV,Ilikecolourforsomethingandblackandwhiteforothers.body-213-\n［误］Goingtobedearlierandgettingupearlierisgoodforyourbody.［正］Goingtobedearlierandgettingupearlierisgoodforyourhealth.［析］中文常讲对你身体有利，而英文中则讲对你健康有利。borrow［误］MayIlendsomebooksfromthelibrary?［正］MayIborrowsomebooksfromthelibrary?［误］HowlongcanIborrowit?［正］HowlongcanIkeepit?［析］英语中有三个词都可译为"借"，但意义各不相同如："借入"是borrow，其常用句型结构是borrowsomethingfromsomebody，这是个瞬间性动词，不可与表示延续的时间状语连用。例如：Thestudentswanttoborrowsomebooksfromthelibrary."借出"用lend，即借给别人东西。其常用句型是lendsomebodysomething,或lendsomethingtosomebody.例如：Couldyoulendusyourdictionary?或Couldyoulendyourdictionarytous?它也是瞬间性动词，也不能与延续的时间状语连用。keep则是延续性动词，可以和表示长时间段的时间状语连用，也可与howlong等疑问词连用，如：Youcankeepitforthreedays.born(bear的过去分词)［误］IborninShanghai.［正］IwasborninShanghai.［误］HewasbornfromGreekparents.［正］HewasbornofGreekparents.［析］"出身于……样的家庭"不要作from而要用of，例如：Hewasbornofapoorfamily.both［误］Theybotharestudents.［正］Theyarebothstudents.［误］Theyrefusebothtoanswerthisquestion.［正］Theybothrefusetoanswerthisquestion.［析］both作同位语时，一般要用在be动词之后实意动词之前。［误］Iknowhisbothparents.［正］Iknowbothhisparents.［误］Thebothbrotherswerestudents.［正］Boththebrotherswerestudents.［正］Bothbrotherswerestudents.［析］当both与形容词性物主代词my,his,her等以及定冠词the连用时，都应将这些词置于both之后。另外，在与定冠词连用时the可以省略。［误］Bothofmyparentsarenotathome.［正］Neitherofmyparentsareathome.［误］Bothofyouranswersarenotright.-213-\n［正］Neitherofyouranswersisright.［正］Bothyouranswersarewrong.［析］both不能用于否定句中作主语。表示"两者都不"时要用neither;但作宾语时both与either则都对，但要注意句意有所不同。例如：Icannotgivebothofthebookstoyou.(我不能将两本书全给你。)而Icannotgiveeitherofthebookstoyou.(两本书中哪本书也不能给你。)bring［误］PleasebringthisdictionarytoMrBrown.［正］PleasetakethisdictionarytoMrBrown.［误］Nexttime,pleasetakeyourlittlesisterhere.［正］Nexttime,pleasebringyourlittlesisterhere.［析］英语中bring是"带来"，而take是"带走"。还有一个词fetch,表示"到某处去把某物取、接回来"。如：Pleasefetchthedoctoratonce.business［误］MyfatherwenttoShanghaiforbusiness.［正］MyfatherwenttoShanghaionbusiness.［析］onbusiness出差busy［误］Thestudentswereverybusytopreparefortheexam.［正］Thestudentswereverybusypreparingfortheexam.［析］bebusydoingsomething为"忙于作某事"［误］Thestudentswerebusyfortheexam.［正］Thestudentswerebusywiththeexam.［析］busy直接接名词时应用with.but［误］Hecouldn'thelpbutrealizingthathewaswrong.［正］Hecouldn'thelpbutrealizethathewaswrong.［误］Shecouldn'thelptocrywhenshesawhermother.［正］Shecouldn'thelpcryingwhenshesawhermother.［析］couldn'thelp其后应接动名词，表示情不自禁的动作，但couldn'thelpbut后面要加动词原形即省to的不定式，所以前一句应译为"他才真正认识到他错了。"buy［误］Ihaveboughtthisdictionaryforthreeyears.［正］Ihavehadthisdictionaryforthreeyears.［析］buy是截止性(即瞬间)动词，它可以有完成时，如：Ihaveboughtthisdictionary.但是不能与表示较长的时间状语连用。如要讲我这本字典已买了3年了则要用havehad这一结构即我拥有这本字典已3年了。-213-\nby［误］Theboyshotthecatbyagun.［正］Theboyshotthecatwithagun.［误］Hecametoschoolbyataxithismorning.［正］Hecametoschoolbytaxithismorning.［析］作为某种运输手段来讲，by与名词间不能有冠词，如：bycar,bybike,byair等。如有了冠词或其他修饰词，则应用别的相应的介词，如："我们今天早上是乘他的车来的"一句应译为：Wecamehereinhiscarthismorning.与by结合而成的词组很多，常用的有：bytheway顺便说说；byhand手工制作；byoneself独自地；bynomeans决不。Ccall［误］I'llcallatMrBrown.［正］I'llcallonMrBrown.［误］I'llcallonMrBrown'shome.［正］I'llcallatMrBrown'shome.［析］作"拜访"讲时，at后面接访问地点，而on后面接访问的人。callondropinvisitcallon比较正式的为公务的访问，如：Wewerecalledonbytheoldstudents.而dropin则是比较随便的走走，顺便拜访，如：Ifyou'refree,dropin.而visit则是更正式的外交访问或友好往来，如：Myschool'sheadmasterwillvisitAmericanextweek.can［误］Ablindmancannotjudgecolours.［正］Ablindmancannotjudgecolours.［误］Icann'tcallforyouatten.［正］Ican'tcallforyouatten.［析］can的否定形式应为cannot或can't.［误］It'sonlysixo'clock.Thatmustn'tbethepostman.［正］It'sonlysixo'clock.Thatcan'tbethepostman.［析］must用来表示一种肯定的推断，如：Shemusthavesomeproblems.Shekeepscrying.但在否定句中则要用can't，要表示对过去的推测则要用"must+have+过去分词"的表达法，如：Thelightshavegoneout.Afusemusthaveblown.而对过去的否定推测则多用"can't+have+过去分词"，如：Idon'tthinkhecanhaveheardyou.Callagain.-213-\n［误］Wecouldnothelptolaughatonce.［正］Wecouldnothelplaughingatonce.［正］Wecouldnothelpbutlaughatonce.［析］"couldn'thelp+动名词"表示禁不住做了某事。但couldnothelpbut与couldnotbut后面要加不带to的不定式，意思都是不得不去做某事.如：Youcouldnot(help)butrespecthim.canbeabletocan与beableto都可以用来表示能力，但can只有现在时与过去时，beableto则可用任何时态，如：Hewillbeabletoteachthechild.但要表示经过努力而达到的一次性动作则只能用beableto，如：Hefinallywasabletojumpover210meters.或：Theplanewasabletoflyoverthemountain.但要注意的是这两个词都没有进行时态，而beableto后面不接不定式的被动态。cancouldcan与could都可以用在现在时的口语中，只是用could更为礼貌，语气更委婉。如：Couldyoutellusastory?care［误］Idon'tcarecoffee.［正］Idon'tcareforcoffee.［误］Takecareforyoursteps.［正］Takecareofyoursteps.［析］carefor是"对某物感兴趣"，而careof是"关心，要当心某事"，如：Shedidn'tcareforhim.Takecareofwhatyouaredoing.［误］Idon'tcarewherewewillgoifitdoesn'train.［正］Idon'tcarewherewegoifitdoesn'train.［析］在itdoesn'tmatter,Idon'tcare,Idon'tmind,及incase引出的状语从句后面要用现在时表示将来。如：I'vegotafootballincasewehavetimeforagame.change［误］Iwanttochangemycamerawiththatone.［正］Iwanttochangemycameraforthatone.［析］changefor为"以某物为交换物"。而changewith则是"随……而变"，如：Thewood'scolourchangedwiththeseason.cheap［误］Ateacher'ssalaryisgenerallyverycheap.［正］Ateacher'ssalaryisgenerallyverylow.［析］工资的高低要用low，cheap是指价格便宜，如果要讲物美价廉则要用notexpensive,如：Thiscarisnotexpensive.choose［误］WeeachhadtohaveachooseofAorB.［正］WeeachhadtohaveachoiceofAorB.-213-\n［析］choice是名词，而choose是动词。class［误］TheclassiswatchingTV.［正］TheclassarewatchingTV.［析］class作主语时，如果作为整体讲则应用单数形式的谓语动词，如：Theclasswasmorethanfortyinnumber.如考虑到具体的每个成员时则应用复数形式的谓语动词，如：Theclassare,ingeneral,verybright.clean［误］Sorry,Ididn'tboughtithere.Icleanlyforgot.［正］Sorry,Ididn'tboughtithere.Icleanforgot.［析］clean可以作为副词讲，其意为"完全"，而cleanly则意为"正确地"、"干净利落地"，如：Theknifedoesn'tcutcleanly.而clean作为形容词讲时意为"清洁的"、"干净的"，如：Herfaceisnotcleannow.clever［误］I'mnotcleverinEnglish.［正］I'mnotcleveratEnglish.［析］cleverat是固定搭配，表示在某方面有特长。close［误］Itiscoldoutside.Pleasekeepthedoorclose.［正］Itiscoldoutside.Pleasekeepthedoorclosed.［析］这里的close是动词，意为"关闭"，而keep后要加形容词，所以要用close的过去分词形式closed作形容词。作形容词用的close意为"近的"、"亲密的"。［误］ComecloselysothatIcanseeyou.［正］ComeclosesothatIcanseeyou.［误］Goodteachingandgoodtestingarecloserelated.［正］Goodteachingandgoodtestingarecloselyrelated.［析］close,closely同样可以作副词用，但其意义不同，close是"靠近"、"接近"之意，而closely则是"紧密"、"严密"、"密切"之意。［误］Myschoolwasquiteclosefrommyhome.［正］Myschoolwasquiteclosetomyhome.［析］"与……接近"是closeto…，例如：Hewasclosetofifty.Thereisabusstopclosetothestation.closeshutturnshut与close是同义词，如closethedoor或shutthedoor.但要讲把某人关在门外时则只能用shutsomebodyout而不能用close，因shut语气较强，并含有隔离之意。而turnoff是指关上电视、电灯、煤气之类，有切断之意。cloth［误］Thechildrenwearverygoodclothtogotoschool.-213-\n［正］Thechildrenwearverygoodclothestogotoschool.［误］Ineedalotofclothing.I'mgoingtomakeanewcloth.［正］Ineedalotofcloth.I'mgoingtomakeanewdress.［析］cloth是"布"、"布料"，没有复数形式。一块布料是apieceofcloth,而clothes统指衣服，是复数名词，"一套衣服"要讲asuitofclothes，如果是"一件件衣服"应讲shirt,dress,sweater等。而clothing是衣物的总称，是不可数名词。例如：Thisclothingisneededinwarmcountries.Herclothesaremadeoffinecloth.英语中的dress是指比较正式的服装，如aschooldress(校服)，astudentdress(学生套装)，aworkingdress(工作服)。coffee［误］Pleasegivemetwowaters.［正］Pleasegivemetwocoffees.［正］Pleasegivemetwocupsofwater.［析］虽然coffee,water,tea等都是物质名词，但是只有coffee可用coffees取代若干杯coffee,而其他的却不行，其前要加acupof或aglassof.colour(color)［误］Coloursofflowersarered,yellowandwhite.［正］Flowersarered,yellowandwhite.［析］中文的"花的颜色有红色、黄色和白色"，若译为英文Coloursofflowersare…，就显得重复了。［误］Ilikegreencolour.［正］Ilikegreen.［正］Ilikecolourgreen.［析］colourgreen中的colour是green的同位语，所以这种说话方式英语是可以接受的。come［误］Icameacrosswithanoldfriendinthestreetyesterday.［正］Icameacrossanoldfriendinthestreetyesterday.［析］comeacross是"偶然碰见、遇见"，要直接加宾语，如：I'vejustcomeacrossabeautifulpoeminthismagazine.［误］Wheredoyoucomefrom?Icomefromthestation.［正］Wheredidyoucomefrom?Icamefromthestation.［正］Wheredoyoucomefrom?IcomefromChina.［析］Wheredoyoucomefrom?意为"你是什么地方的人?"而Wheredidyou-213-\ncomefrom?则是"你从何处来?"［误］Thestarsarecomingoutfromthecloud.［正］Thestarsarecomingoutofthecloud.［析］comeoutof意为"从……地方出来"。comeincomeintoentercomein与comeinto的意义相同，但comeinto后面要加宾语，而comein后面不用宾语。如Ifoundsomeonecameintomyroom.Thedooropenedandthechildcamein.enter常作为及物动词使用，如：ThebusenteredtheEnglishtunnel.congratulate［误］Iwanttocongratulateyouforyoursuccesswithallmyheart.［正］Iwanttocongratulateyouonyoursuccesswithallmyheart.［析］动词congratulatesomebodyonsomething是"向某人祝贺某事"。其名词congratulation在用时一般要用复数，如：Iofferedhimmycongratulationsonhissuccess.又如：Congratulations!cook［误］Myfatherisagoodcooker.［正］Myfatherisagoodcook.［析］很多动词加上er则变为执行该动作的一种人，如workworker,teachteacher.但cook即是动词"做饭"，同时名词也是"厨师"。而cooker则是"厨具"、"炊具"之意。如：Iwillcookthedinner.Iboughtagoodpresscooker(高压锅)。corner［误］Thereisapostofficeinthecornerofthestreet.［正］Thereisapostofficeatthecornerofthestreet.［误］Agirlsatatthecorneroftheroom.［正］Agirlsatinthecorneroftheroom.［析］inthecorner是在建筑物内部的角上，而atthecorner是在外部的角上，如：Thereisabigtreeatthecornerofthebuilding.cost［误］Icosttendollarsforthebook.［正］Ispenttendollarsonthebook.［误］Icosttwohourstodomyhomework.［正］Ittookmetwohourstodomyhomework.［析］cost,spend.take都可以作"花费"讲，但用法不同。cost的用法是"something+cost+somebody+时间或金钱"，如：Thebookcostmetendollars.spend的用法是"somebody+spend+时间+(in)doingsomething"，如：Ispenttwohours(in)writingthisbook.或"somebody+spend+金钱+onsomething"，如：Ispendtwodollarsonthisbook.-213-\n而take的用法则要用逻辑主语it:"It+takes+somebody+时间+todosomething",如：Ittookmeanhourtocleantheclassroom.country［误］Youcanfindcowsinacountry.［正］Youcanfindcowsinthecountry.［析］country即可作"国家"讲，也可作"农村"讲。当作"农村"讲时，一定要加定冠词，而且只有单数形式。例如：［误］Farmersliveinthecountries.［正］Farmersliveinthecountry.［析］但作为"国家"讲时则可有单、复数形式，例如：JapanisanAsiancountry.Japan,China,andIndiaareAsiancountries.另外，country一般指的是地理概念上的国家，如：NewZealandisanagriculturalcountry.而nation多指民族组成的国家，如：TheChinesenation(中华民族)。state多侧重于政权方面的区域、国家范围，如：thestatefarm(国营农场)。cross［误］Therearetrafficlightsatthecross.［正］Therearetrafficlightsatthecrossing.［析］cross作为名词讲时是十字架、十字形的东西，如：RedCross(红十字会)。［误］Thelittleboyisgoingtoacrossthestreet.［正］Thelittleboyisgoingtocrossthestreet.［析］across是副词或介词，但不能作动词用。crosspasscross是指横过某地，如：Hecrossedthesquare.而pass则强调从某物体旁经过，如：ImailedsomeletterswhenIpassedthepostoffice.crowd［误］Theroomsoonwascrowdedbypeople.［正］Theroomsoonwascrowdedwithpeople.［析］crowded在这句话中应作为形容词，所以这句话不是被动语态而是系表结构，如：Theroomwascrowdedwithbooks.cup［误］Asilverglasswasgiventothewinner.［正］Asilvercupwasgiventothewinner.［误］Mymotherwaslookingforthewhiskycup.［正］Mymotherwaslookingforthewhiskyglass.［析］glass一般指由玻璃制成的器皿，而cup多指用陶瓷或金属制成的杯子，且cup尤其用在奖杯上。喝酒多用的是玻璃制成的杯子，如我们讲Idrinkaglassofwineatsupper.而不讲Idrinkacupofwineatsupper.-213-\nDdance［误］We'llinviteyouandyourwifetoadanceparty.［正］We'llinviteyouandyourwifetoadancingparty.［正］We'llinviteyouandyourwifetoadance.［正］We'llinviteyouandyourwifetoaball.(美语中常用ball作为舞会。)date［误］Hestudiedtenhoursadate.［正］Hestudiedtenhoursaday.［析］date是指具体日期。如问What'sthedatetoday?应回答具体日期："October1st1998."而day是指1日(24小时)。如Whatdayistoday?问的是星期几，应回答"It'sSunday."［误］Today'sdateisJanuaryfirst.1998.［正］Today'sdateisJanuary1，1998.［正］Today'sdateisJanuary1st，1998.［析］在日期书写中不要用序数词全写，而要用1st，2nd，3rd……如果一定要用序数词，其顺序应为：ItisthefirstofJanuary.day［误］ThisisabookabouteverydayEnglish.［正］ThisisabookabouteverydayEnglish.［正］ThisisaneverydayEnglishbook.［误］Wegotoschooleveryday.［正］Wegotoschooleveryday.［析］everyday是形容词，意为"日常的"，而everyday则是"每天"、"天天"之意。dead［误］Myfatherhasdiedfortenyears.［正］Myfatherhasbeendeadfortenyears.［析］die是瞬间动词，它可以用于完成时，如：Myfatherhasdied.但用于完成时不能与表示一段时间的状语连用。它也可以用于过去时，如：Myfatherdiedthreeyearsago［误］We'llalwaysrememberthedeadswhowerekilledinthewar.［正］We'llalwaysrememberthedeadwhowerekilledinthewar.［析］形容词前如加定冠词表示一类人，如therich(富人)，thesick(病人)，thepoor(穷人)，其后的谓语动词要用复数，如：Thericharenotalwayshappy.deaddeadlydead在某些词组里是"完全"、"的确"的意思，如deadright,deadtired,dead-213-\nsure。而deadly则是"致命的"，如：Therichmanhadmanydeadlyenemies.又如：Cancerisadeadlydisease.deaddieddead是形容词，如：MrsGintywasdead.而died是动词die的过去式及过去分词，如：Shediedin1960.但英语中如表达出对某人去世的伤感说法是passaway,如：Myfatherpassedaway,thismorning.deer［误］Inthezoo,therearemanydeers.［正］Inthezoo,therearemanydeer.［析］deer是单、复数同形的词，如：onedeer，twodeer，这样的名词还有fish，sheep等。但如果讲Therearemanyfisheshere.这句话应译为"这里有许多种鱼类。"而不应译为"这里有很多鱼。"desk［误］Theboysatinhisdesk.［正］Theboysatathisdesk.［析］在课桌旁坐着应用介词at,而atdesk则应译为"在学习"，attable应译为"在吃饭"。die［误］InSouthAfricamanypeoplediedfromcancer.［正］InSouthAfricamanypeoplediedofcancer.［误］Theoldmandiedofoverwork.［正］Theoldmandiedfromoverwork.［析］死于疾病应用dieof，而死于某种外因事故则多用from.［误］Hismotherisdied.［正］Hismotherisdead.［误］Theoldwomanwasdeadattheageofseventy.［正］Theoldwomandiedattheageofseventy.［析］dead是形容词，而die是动词。形容词表示状态，动词则表示动作。［误］Hediedinatrafficaccident.［正］Hewaskilledinatrafficaccident.［析］由于事故而造成的死亡一般用tobekilled.［误］Whenthedoctorcame，theoldmanhadalreadydied.［正］Whenthedoctorcame，theoldmanwasalreadydead.［正］Theoldmandiedbeforethedoctorcame.different［误］Myroomisdifferentwithyours.［正］Myroomisdifferentfromyours.［误］Thevillageisverydifferentwithwhatitwas.［正］Thevillageisverydifferentfromwhatitwas.-213-\n［析］differentfrom是"与……不同"之意。difficult［误］Englishisverydifficulttobelearned.［正］Englishisverydifficulttolearn.［误］Helearnedphysicsisdifficult.［正］Itisverydifficultforhimtolearnphysics.［析］要学习英语的表达法而不要生硬地按字去译中文。Itisdifficultforsomebodytodosomething.为"对于某人来说做某事很困难。"difficulty［误］Therewaslittledifficultytofindhim.［正］Therewaslittledifficultyinfindinghim.［析］这种用法还有trouble,即difficulty(trouble)indoingsomething.dinner［误］Whendidyouhavethesupper?［正］Whendidyouhavesupper?［析］英语中一日三餐前无冠词，例如：［误］Ihadalunchat12o'clock.［正］Ihadlunchat12o'clock.［析］在某些特定场合，如指某次宴会，则要加冠词，如：Thedinnerwasgiveninhonouroftheguest.dress［误］Myfatherboughtanewdressforhimselfyesterday.［正］Myfatherboughtanewsuitforhimselfyesterday.［析］一般来讲男套装用suit，女服则用dress；作男服的服装店是tailorshop(tailor's),而做女装的服装店是dressmaker's.［误］Themotherdressedtheclothesonherchild.［正］Themotherdressedherchild.［析］dress作及物动词当"穿衣服"讲时，其后不能接衣服而只能接人，如：Theboyisstilltooyoungtodresshimself.但作为一种穿着打扮的状态时，则多用其过去分词作形容词，如：Heisnotdressedinhisnewsuit.或Sheisdressedinred.词组dressup是过节日时应服装整齐，如：Theydressedupfortheholiday.dresshaveonputonwear要区别这几个动词需分清是表示动作的动词还是表示状态的动词。表示状态的动词是haveon和wear，如：Hehasonawhitecoat.Hewaswearingheavyshoes.而puton则表示穿衣的动作，如：Putonyourcoat,itiscoldoutside.而dress即可以作状态又可以作动作，作动作讲时其后面接人而不能接衣服，作穿着状态时则多用dressed的形式。如：Isawaladydressedinred.Isawagirldressingherself.drop-213-\n［误］Thestudentsfelltheirvoice.［正］Thestudentsdroppedtheirvoice.［析］drop与fall都可以表示"落下、掉下"之意，有时可以互换，如：Thedictionaryfell(dropped)fromthetable.但drop还可以作及物动词，而fall一般只能作不及物动词。［误］Ishalldropinyou.［正］Ishalldropinonyou.［析］dropin是随便拜访某人，而其后要接人时应加介词on再加人称。during［误］DuringIwassick，Icouldn'teatwell.［正］WhileIwassick，Icouldn'teatwell.［析］during后不能接从句，而when和while后可接从句。［误］IhavebeenstudyingEnglishduringthreedays.［正］IhavebeenstudyingEnglishforthreedays.［析］during不能表达一个动作持续多长的时间，而只能表达在某段时间内某事件的发生。即带有由during引导的时间状语的句子只能用过去时，不能用完成时。Eeach［误］Everyofthemhashishabit.［正］Eachofthemhashishabit.［析］each可以作形容词，但也可作代词，而every只能作形容词。［误］ThemanagercomestoAmericaalmosteachmonth.［正］ThemanagercomestoAmericaalmosteverymonth.［析］each与every都作形容词讲时，都有"每个"之意，但有不同。each多指个体，而every则多指整体。如：Wewanteverystudenttosucceed.each不同来表达总体概念，所以不能与almost,nearly，likely等词连用。［误］Weeachhasabook.［正］Weeachhaveabook.［析］each作同位语时，其数应与其同位的名词相同，而each作主语时则应取其单数形式。eachotheroneanothereachother与oneanother这两个词组的区别在很多语法书中强调eachother是两者之间，而oneanother是多者之间，其实不然，如：Allstudentsmustcarefor-213-\neachother,mustloveandhelpeachother.事实上这两个词组是同义的，如果要讲有什么区别的话，当我们非常笼统地谈，而不特指什么人时，多用oneanother.early［误］Couldyoucomeheremoreearly?［正］Couldyoucomehereearlier?［析］单音节和少数双音节副词的比较级和最高级要用er和est来作其结尾，如fast,soon,early,hard,long,near等。earth［误］Whatontheearthdoyoumean?［正］Whatonearthdoyoumean?［析］onearth这一词组在句中为的是加强语气，其意为"究竟"、"到底"。而作为"地球"讲时则要加定冠词，如：Howfaristheearthfromthemoon.而作为"泥土"讲时则为不可数名词，如：Hefilledthepotwithearthandwantedtoplantsomeflowers.easy［误］Youcaneasyimaginemysurprise.［正］Youcaneasilyimaginemysurprise.［析］easy只在有限的词组中被用作副词，如takeiteasy(不要紧张)，goeasy,standeasy等。例如：Easycome,easygo.(钱来的容易花的也快.)Easiersaidthandone.(说的容易做着难。)east［误］JapanisontheeastofChina.［正］JapanistotheeastofChina.［析］在讲述地理位置时，有3个介词常用，它们是in,on和to,其中in表示处于所表达的范围之内，如：ShanghaiisintheeastofChina.on则表示双方接壤，如：NorthKoreaisonthenortheastofChina.而表示互不相接的两部分时则用to,如：TaiwanistotheeastofFujian.either［误］-Idon'tlikeopera.-Idon'tliketoo.［正］-Idon'tlikeopera.-Idon'tlikeeither.［析］在否定句中用either表示"也"，而在肯定句中用too表示"也"。［误］EitheryouorIareright.［正］EitheryouorIamright.［析］这在语法书中被称作就近原则，即哪个主语离谓语动词近，则应采用与哪个主语相一致的谓语动词，相同用法的还有neither…nor…，notonly…butalso…，以及or在连接两个主语时。如：Youorheistogohome.Theotherswillhavetostayintheclassroom.-213-\nelder［误］MyolderbrotherhasgonetoShanghai.［正］MyelderbrotherhasgonetoShanghai.［析］在表示兄姐的长幼时应用elder表示"哥哥姐姐"，如：myeldersister姐姐，但表示岁数时则多用older，如：SheistwoyearsolderthanI.empty［误］Aretheseseatsempty?［正］Aretheseseatstaken?［析］empty是指空洞的没有任何物体，如：Thehousewasempty,其意思是没有任何家具或屋内无人。但座位是否有人坐应用take.English［误］MysisterstudiedEnglishlanguageverywell.［正］MysisterstudiedtheEnglishlanguageverywell.［正］MysisterstudiedEnglishverywell.［析］在泛指某一种学科时，不应加冠词，如：Ilikehistory.但如特指某一门学科时则应加冠词，如：HelikesthehistoryofAmerica.enjoy［误］Ienjoytoplayfootball.［正］Ienjoyplayingfootball.［析］enjoy后要接动名词，而不接不定式。［误］DidyouenjoyattheEnglishevening?［正］DidyouenjoyyourselfattheEnglishevening?enough［误］I'msorry.Youarenotstudyingenoughcarefully.［正］I'msorry.Youarenotstudyingcarefullyenough.［析］enough要用在形容词或副词之后。［误］Doyouhaveenoughofmoney?［正］Doyouhaveenoughmoney?［正］Doyouhaveenoughofthemoney?［误］Thecoffeeisn'tenough.［正］Thereisn'tenoughcoffee.［析］enough可以作be动词的表语，但其主语应是代词，如：That'senough.Itwasenough.如果是名词时应换用上面的句型。entrance［误］Theentranceofthecinemaisonyourright.［正］Theentrancetothecinemaisonyourright.［析］在表示通往某处时entrance后面多用to作介词。这样的用法还有keytothedoor,answertothequestion等。evening-213-\n［误］Iwalkedhomeinacoldevening.［正］Iwalkedhomeonacoldevening.［析］intheevening这一词组如加上另外的修饰词则其介词应换为on.everyone［误］Everyoneofyougoestoclass.［正］Everyoneofyougoestoclass.［析］everyone其后不能接of结构。在否定句中如果要讲"每一个人都没有注意到它"，就译作：Nobodynoticedit.要注意Everyoneofusisnotright.应译为"我们不都对。"而Noneofusareright.才应译为"我们全错了。"exam［误］Wetakepartinanexam.［正］Wetakeanexam.［析］takepartin为"参加"某种活动，运动，而在学科中选择某一学科学习并进行考试应用take.except［误］Theroomiscleanexcepttwodesks.［正］Theroomiscleanexceptfortwodesks.［误］IcomehereeverydayexceptforSunday.［正］IcomehereeverydayexceptSunday.［析］在同一类物体中排除某一部分用except,在不同类物体中排除某一物体时用exceptfor。而exceptthat其后接从句，如：Sheisagoodgirlexceptthatsheiscarelesssometimes.而besides则是"包括在内"，如"我学习英语同时还学法语。"应译为：IstudyEnglishbesidesFrench.exercise［误］ThestudentsexercisespokenEnglishinthemorning.［正］ThestudentspractisespokenEnglishinthemorning.［析］exercise多指运动、训练，而practise则多指把理论付诸于实践的练习。［误］Everyoneshoulddoexerciseseveryday.［正］Everyoneshoulddoexerciseeveryday.［析］作为运动讲exercise是不可数名词，而当"练习"、"体操"、"早操"则是可数名词，例如：IdoalotexercisesintheP.E.class.Ffail［误］Tomfailedhisexam.［正］Tomfailedinhisexam.［正］Tomfailedtopasstheexam.-213-\n［析］fail为不及物动词，其后可用in加名词，或直接接不定式。family［误］I'msorryIhavetogo.Tom'sfamiliesarewaitingforme.［误］I'msorryIhavetogo.Tom'sfamilyiswaitingforme.［正］I'msorryIhavetogo.Tom'sfamilyarewaitingforme.［析］family是集合名词，把它当作整体看它是单数，如看作家庭中的每个成员则为复数。如：Yourfamilyareverykindtome.Myfamilyisverylarge.far［误］Myschoolistenmilesfarfromhere.［正］Myschoolistenmilesawayfromhere.［析］far一般不与实际距离连用。［误］"Didyouwalkfar?""Yes，Iwalkedfar."［正］"Didyouwalkfar?""Yes,Iwalkedalongway."［析］一般肯定句中不用far单独作状语，而用alongway.far组成的常用词组有：asfaras.①远至，一直到。如：Hewalkedasfarasthestation.②就……而言。如：Asfarashewasconcernedthesebookswereverygood.③只要。如：IcanhelpyouasfarasIcan.sofor到目前为止。例：Heisverywellsofar.fartherfurtherfar有两个比较级，即farther和further，其意思略有不同：farther主要用于表示距离的远近，如：MilanisfartherawaythanRome.而further则是指"进一步的"，如：Willweneedanyfurtherdiscussiononthismatter.fast［误］Afasttrainrunsfastly.［正］Afasttrainrunsfast.［析］fast其形容词与副词形式相同。fastsoonfast指行动本身的速度快，如：Theforeignerspeakstoofast.而soon则多指两个动作之间间隔短，时间到来的迅速，如：Shewillcomesoon.feel［误］Ifeelbadlyaboutmymistakes.［正］Ifeelbadaboutmymistakes.［析］感观动词如feel,smell等后面要接形容词而不是副词。feelgood是指某人精神好，而feelwell是指人身体状况良好。［误］Itrynottohurtherfeeling.［正］Itrynottohurtherfeelings.［析］feeling在作"感情"讲时要用复数，而作"感觉"讲则要用单数。如：Ihaveafeelingthatwewillwinthegame.-213-\nfew［误］Fewofthemisverygood.［正］Fewofthemareverygood.［析］few意为"几乎没有"，但要用复数谓语动词。如果讲有一些人应用afew,如：Therewereonlyafewpeopleinthestreet.［误］Therearelessfarmsthanthereusedtobe.［正］Therearefewerfarmsthanthereusedtobe.［析］few的比较级为fewer，其后接可数名词；而little的比较级为less，其后接不可数名词。field［误］Heisafamousscientistonthefieldofphysics.［正］Heisafamousscientistinthefieldofphysics.［析］inthefield是"在田野上"或是"在某一学科领域内"，而onthefield则多指"在战场上"。如：Helosthislifeonthebattlefield.fill［误］Shefilledorangeintomyglass.［正］Shefilledmyglasswithorange.［析］表示要用某种物品装满某容器时要用fillwith词组，如：Theboyranbackhomefilledwithjoy.fillfullfill是动词，但有及物与不及物两种用法，当表示"充满"之意时是不及物动词，应用fillwith，如：Thelittlegirl'seyesfilledwithtears.而当表示"使……装满某物"时，是及物动词，如：Hefilledhispocketwithbooks.而befilledwith应看作系表结构，如：Theboy'smotherwasfilledwithanger.full是形容词，要用befullof这一词组，如：Theboywasfullofjoy.find［误］Hehasfindedhislostbike.［正］Hehasfoundhislostbike.［析］find是不规则动词，其过去式和过去分词均是found。但found一词又意为"建立"，它是规则动词，其过去式及过去分词均为founded.［误］Itisverydifficulttolookforasuitablejob.［正］Itisverydifficulttofindasuitablejob.［析］lookfor为"寻找"，而find是找到。寻找工作并不难，难的应是找到合适的工作。findfindoutfindout意为"找出、算出、发现"，如：Ihavefoundouthowtodoit.而find的主要侧重点在找到某物，如：Ifindmybookunderthedesk.finish［误］Ifinishedtoreadthatbooklastnight.-213-\n［正］Ifinishedreadingthatbooklastnight.［析］英文中有些动词其后只能用动名词作宾语而不能用不定式作宾语，这样的动词在中考范围内有两个，即finish和enjoy。fire［误］There'snosmokewithoutafire.［正］There'snosmokewithoutfire.［析］此句应译为中文"无风不起浪"。fire作为物质名词"火"讲时为不可数名词，而作为"炉火"、"火灾"讲则是可数名词，如：Therewasafireinthenextstreetlastmonth.如要讲"着火了"要用beonfire,如：Thefactorywasonfire.［误］Themanfiredtous.［正］Themanfiredatus.［析］fire(on)at均指"向某目标开火"，at用于较小目标，而on用于较大目标。first［误］IsthisyourfirstlyvisittoBeijing?［正］IsthisyourfirstvisittoBeijing?［析］除了在强调第一、第二、第三等场合中有时还可见firstly一词外，这个词已不多见，而均被first取代。first还有"首先"、"首次"、"第一次"之意。follow［误］Ireceivedaletterwhichranasfollow.［正］Ireceivedaletterwhichranasfollows.［析］asfollows是惯用法，其意为"如下"，不论在任何场合均要用follows.［误］Asfollowsarehisarguments.［正］Thefollowingarehisarguments.［析］asfollows主要用于句尾，而thefollowing则用于句首。food［误］Toomuchsweetfood,suchascakes,chocolates,pastry…mayincreaseyourweight.［正］Toomanyfoods,suchascakes,chocolates,pastry…mayincreaseyourweight.［析］food泛指食物时为不可数名词，如：Thereisnofoodforsupper.而指一种种食物时则用作可数名词。foot［误］Thereisafivefeetwidebridge.［正］Thereisafivefootwidebridge.［析］用连字符组成的形容词中所有名词均要用单数形式。［误］Wewenttocollegeonfeet.-213-\n［正］Wewenttocollegeonfoot.［析］by后面加接交通工具时，不应加任何冠词，不要用名词的复数形式。如加了某些修饰词后，其前面的介词要作适当的改变，如：Icametoschoolinhiscaryesterday.Igotoshoolonatrain.for［误］Iwantedtogotothepubforhavingadrink.［正］Iwantedtogotothepubforadrink.［正］Iwantedtogotothepubtohaveadrink.［析］用for表示目的时，其后面只能接名词，而不要接动名词。［误］Iwenttotheofficeforseeingtheheadmaster.［正］Iwenttotheofficetoseetheheadmaster.［析］用不定式来表示动作的目的。［误］IwillleaveBeijingtoShanghai.［正］IwillleaveBeijingforShanghai.［正］IwillleaveforShanghai.［析］leavefor为一固定搭配，不要改动。［误］Iboughtabooktoyou.［正］Iboughtabookforyou.［误］Heisafriendforus.［正］Heisafriendtous.［析］在英文中"为"一词在泛指时用to,在特指时要用for.［误］Thisfoodisgoodtous.［正］Thisfoodisgoodforus.［析］词组begood(bad)for表示"对……有好(坏)处"。［误］ForIwasfeelingquitehungry,Iwantedtohavelunch.［正］Iwantedtohavelunch,forIwasfeelingquitehungry.［析］for作为"因为"讲时一般不要置于句首，而且口气也比because弱的多。forget［误］Ileftmykey.［正］Ileftmykeyathome.［正］Iforgotmykey.［析］leave是"丢下"之意，所以一定要接地点状语，而forget是"忘记"，所以不用接地点状语。［误］Iwillnotforgettherules.［正］Iwillneverforgettherules.［误］Pleasedon'tforgetpostingmyletteronyourwayhome.［正］Pleasedon'tforgettopostmyletteronyourwayhome.［析］要注意forgettodosomething为"忘了去作某事"，而forgetdoing-213-\nsomething则应译为"对已经作过的事记不起来了"。如：Heforgetreturningthebooktothelibrary.应译为"他忘记已把书还给图书馆这件事了。"同样用法的词还有remember和regret.free［误］Youcanspeakfreeinfrontofmyparents.［正］Youcanspeakfreelyinfrontofmyparents.［析］free作为副词时意为"免费"、"不必付款"，如：Youcaneatfreeinmyrestaurant.而freely则意为"自由地"、"无限制地"。French［误］ShecomesfromFrench.［正］ShecomesfromFrance.［析］French是"法语"、"法国的"，而France才是"法国"。friend［误］Henoddedtomefriendly.［正］Henoddedtomeinafriendlyfashion.［析］friendly是形容词，不是副词。在英语中应避免讲Heisafriendofmymother.又比如：Igotoschoolwithmyfriend.从语法上讲是对的但不是习惯上英语的说法。而应讲Heisafriendofmymother's.Igotoschoolwithafriend.befriendswith则是"交朋友"之意，例如：Ihopeyouwillbefriendswithme.而不应讲Ihopeyouwillbemyfriend.交朋友还有一惯用法是makefriends.from［误］Wheredoyoucomefrom?Icomefromthelibrary.［正］Wheredoyoucomefrom?IcomefromEngland.［正］Wheredidyoucomefrom?Icamefromthelibrary.［析］Wheredoyoucomefrom?应意为"你是从什么国家(地方)来的?"(即意为"你是哪的人?")而Wheredidyoucomefrom?才是"你刚刚从哪来?"front［误］Therearethreetalltreesinthefrontofmyhouse.［正］Therearethreetalltreesinfrontofmyhouse.［析］infrontof是某物体外部的前面，而inthefrontof是在某物体内部的前面。如：Thebusdriverisseatedinthefrontofthebus.Ggame［误］HewenttoAmericatotakepartintheOlympicGame.-213-\n［正］HewenttoAmericatotakepartintheOlympicGames.［析］game作为"运动会"讲时应用其复数形式，而具体一个游戏则可用其单数形式。如：Ourschoolteamwonthegame.German［误］TheyareGermen.［正］TheyareGermans.［误］ShecomesfromGerman.［正］ShecomesfromGermany.［析］German是"德国人"、"德国的"、"德语"，其复数形式是Germans；而Germany才是德国。gather［误］Allthestudentsandteachersaregatheredtogethernow.［正］Allthestudentsandteachersaregatherednow.［析］用了动词gather就不要再用together了。这句话还可以这样讲：Allthestudentsandteachersgottogether.give［误］Shegivesuptolookforthelostbike.［正］Shegivesuplookingforthelostbike.［析］giveup意为"放弃"，其后只接动名词作介词宾语，而不应接不定式。glad［误］Hisparentswereverygladforhissuccessinbusiness.［正］Hisparentswereverygladofhissuccessinbusiness.［正］Hisparentswereverygladtoknowhissuccessinbusiness.［析］"为……感到高兴"应是begladofsomething或begladtodosomething.glass［误］Theoldteacherhastwopairofbigglass.［正］Theoldteacherhastwopairsofbigglasses.［析］glass作为"眼镜"讲，应用复数形式，在英语中手套gloves裤子pants，剪刀scissors均用复数形式。glass作"玻璃杯"讲时则可用单数形式或复数形式，如：Iwanttwoglassesofmilk.而作为物质名词"玻璃"讲则要用作不可数名词，如：Theboybroketwopanesofglass.go［误］-Mary,couldyoucometomyhomenow?-Yes,I'mgoing.［正］-Mary,couldyoucometomyhomenow?-Yes,I'mcoming.［析］go是指离开说话人所在地，而come指的是朝向说话人的方向：如：Comehere!CanIcomeandhelp-213-\nyou?但在口语中也有一些例外，如表示要参加到某人或者某件活动时常用come,如：Wearegoingtohaveapartytonight.Wouldyouliketocomewithus?gonebeenHehasgonetoShanghai.指此人已去上海不在此地了。HehasbeentoShanghai.指此人去过上海现已回来了。gold［误］Shebrushedhergoldhaircarefully.［正］Shebrushedhergoldenhaircarefully.［析］gold作形容词指"金质的"，如：agoldring，agoldcoin，而golden是"金色的"，如：goldenage(金色的时代)，但"金鱼"例外，为goldfish。good［误］I'vebeenwaitingforgoodtwentyminutes.［正］I'vebeenwaitingforagoodtwentyminutes.［析］agood之意为"足足"、"整整"之意。goodwellHeisgood.应译为"他是个好人。"而Heiswell.应译为"他身体不错。"Ifeelgood.即精神状态良好，而Ifeelwell.即身体状况不错。［误］Thisfoodisverygoodtoyou.［正］Thisfoodisverygoodforyou.［析］begoodfor是"对……有利、有好处"，而begoodto是指"对待某人不错"，如：Yourfriendisverygoodtome.grade［误］-Whatgradeareyouin?-I'mingrade1.［正］-Whatgradeareyouin?-I'minGread1.［析］当泛指那一年级时grade的头一个字母小写，当有具体数字时则要大写。Hhadbetter［误］Youhavebetterhurry.［正］Youhadbetterhurry.［析］hadbetter只用过去时had，不要误用成现在时have。［误］Youhadn'tbetterworry.［正］Youhadbetternotworry.［析］hadbetter后面加不带to的不定式，其否定式是"hadbetternot+动词原形"。-213-\nhalf［误］Ihaddrivenabouthalfmile.［正］Ihaddrivenabouthalfamile.［析］"半小时"有两种讲法halfanhour,ahalfhour.而"一个半小时"应讲anhourandahalf或oneandahalfhours."半天"应讲halfaday，"半镑"应讲halfapound.但要尽量避免使用halfayear，而应用sixmonths；不用halfamonth,而用twoweeks或fifteendays.［误］Halfuscouldgotothepark.［正］Halfofuscouldgotothepark.［析］half用于名词前可用of结构也可不用of结构，但用于代词前则必须加of。如：Morethanhalf(of)myclassmatesareboys.［误］Oneandhalfapplesareleftonthetable.［正］Oneandhalfapplesisleftonthetable.［析］一个半oneandhalf后面的名词要用复数，而句中的谓语动词却要用单数。［误］Halfoftheworkaredone.［正］Halfoftheworkisdone.［误］Halfofthesixapplesisred.［正］Halfofthesixapplesarered.［析］"halfof+名词"这一结构后面的谓语动词应与of后面的名词相一致，如为不可数名词或可数名词单数，要用单数谓语动词；而复数名词后面要加与复数相对应的谓语动词。hand［误］Heshookhandwithhisteacher.［正］Heshookhandswithhisteacher.［析］与某人握手要用shakehands.与hand有关的词组中有很多要用复数形式，如：changehands(转手、易手)，inthehandsof(由……控制)，joinhands(与人合作)。happen［误］Whatwashappenedtoyoulastmonth?［正］Whathappenedtoyoulastmonth?［误］Anaccidentwashappenedinthisstreetlastnight.［正］Anaccidenthappenedinthisstreetlastnight.［析］在英语中不及物动词没有被动态，作为"发生"讲的happen，takeplace和breakout都不具有被动态。happento常用来表达一件偶然发生的事，如：Ifyouhappentomeetmysisterpleaseaskhertocallme.hard［误］Ihavetostudyhardly.［正］Ihavetostudyhard.-213-\n［析］hard是形容词，如：ahardwork，但它同时也是副词。hardly是hard的又一副词形式，但词意截然不同，意为"几乎不"。［误］Ihadmylegbrokenlastterm，soIcouldn'thardlystudyatall.［正］IhadmylegbrokenlasttermsoIhardlystudiedatall.［析］hardly意为"否定"，所以不要再加否定词语了，如果hardly用于句首则应采用倒装语序，如：Hardlyhadhearrivedwhenshestartedcomplaining.have［误］Ihadmyboydohishomeworkfrommorningtillnoon.［正］Ihadmyboydoinghishomeworkfrommorningtillnoon.［析］用havesomebodydosomething还是doingsomething要取决句子的意思和句中的时间状语。［误］Ihavemybiketorepair.［正］Ihavemybikerepaired.［析］havesomethingdone这一句型是让某事被别人去作，请看下面两句意义的不同：Ihaverepairedmybike.(我自己已修好了自行车。)而Ihavemybikerepaired.(我把车推出去让别人修理了。)［误］Couldyougivemesomemoneyifyouhave.［正］Couldyougivemesomemoneyifyouhaveany.［析］"如果你有的话"一句译为英文应加上any一词，如：Iwantsomebooksifthereisany.headache［误］I'vegotheadache.［正］I'vegotaheadache.［析］Headache是一个规则的可数名词，所以可以讲：Mymotheroftengetsheadaches.但是"牙痛"toothache，"肚子痛"stomacheache等却都可以用作不可数名词，如：I'vegottoothache.但也可用作可数名词。hear［误］Hewasheardsinginthenextroom.［正］Hewasheardtosinginthenextroom.［析］hearsomebodydosomething这一句式用于被动语态时要把原来省略的不定式to还原回来。而在hearsomebodydoingsomething这一句式中则不会出现上述问题。如，主动态：Iheardhersinginginthenextroom.变为被动态时为：Shewasheardsinginginthenextroom.这种用法还适用于see,look,observe,watch,notice,listento等。hearlistentohear一词为听见了什么，或听到什么，强调其结果；而listento则强调有意要听，听的倾向。如：Iwanttolistentoyou,butIhearnothing.但词组hearabout(of)则为"听说过"之意，如：Iheardaboutthis.(我听说过此事。)而hearfrom则为"收到某人信件"之意：Ioftenhearfrommygirlfriend.-213-\nhelp［误］Pleasehelpmyhomework.［正］Pleasehelpmedomyhomework.［正］Pleasehelpmewithmyhomework.［析］help其句型是helpsomebodydo(todo)something.意为"帮某人作某事"，但在较古老的语法中不带to的不定式表示句子的主语参加这个动作，如：Hehelphismothercookthemeal.即"他和母亲一起作饭。"而Hehelpmetodomyhomework.则是"他指导我做作业"。但在现代英语中这个区别则往往被取消了。所以带to与不带to的不定式在句中意思相同，并无区别。［误］WhenIreadtheplayIcan'thelptothinkofmychildhood.［正］WhenIreadtheplayIcan'thelpthinkingofmychildhood.［析］can'thelpdoingsomething是"身不由己，情不自禁做某事"。［误］Helpyourselfwithsomecakes.［正］Helpyourselftosomecakes.［析］中文中讲"你自己拿蛋糕吃"，英文中要用helpsomebodytosomething.here［误］Herethebuscomes!［正］Herecomesthebus!［析］副词在句首时一般要用倒装语序，即谓语动词的位置前移。但是，若主语如是人称代词，则还是要用正常语序，如：Hereweare!high［误］Heisveryhigh.［正］Heisverytall.［析］英语中的两个"高"high和tall，其中tall指人指物都是可以的，但high则只指物体的高，所以可以讲Thisbuildingisthehighestbuildinginthecity.但tall一般不用来指山脉的高低。hit［误］Themothergotangryandhittheboy.［正］Themothergotangryandbeattheboy.［析］hit指打到某物之上，一般指一次性打击，如Hehithisheadagainstthewall.(他把头撞到了墙上。)而beat则指多次性的打击。home［误］I'mtired.It'stimeIwenttohome.［正］I'mtired.It'stimeIwenthome.［析］home此处用作副词，所以不应加to，又如：Iarrivedhomeateleventhirtyyesterdayevening.而athome除了"在家"之意外，还有像"在家里一样"之意。如Makeyourselfathome.(不要拘束就像在家一样。)homehousefamilyhome是指与亲人一起居住的地方，可以讲aletterfrom-213-\nhome，所以有人解释home包括住处和家人。而house的侧重点则在建筑物，如Manynewhouseswerebuiltthisyear.family一词，作为整体讲其谓语动词用单数，如：Herfamilyisahappyone.而作为家庭成员讲时要用复数谓语动词，如：Myfamilyarealllikeswimming.homgwork［误］Ihavesomanyhomeworktodotoday.［正］Ihavesomuchhomeworkgodotoday.［析］homework为不可数名词。同样的词还有work(work作为"著作"、"作品"、"工厂"讲时为可数名词)，fun，healthinformation等。hope［误］Ihopeyoutobeagoodstudent.［正］Ihopeyouwillbeagoodstudent.［析］hope一词不能接宾语再加上宾语补足语，但它可以接不定式作宾语，如：Ihopetobeascientist.而wish却可以接宾语加宾语补足语，如：Iwishyoutobeagoodstudent.［误］Idon'thopeyouwillgototheparktomorrow.［正］Ihopeyouwon'tgototheparktomorrow.［析］hope和think在否定句中的用法不同，如"我认为你错了"。应译为：Idon'tthinkyouareright.即否定在前。而hope则不能这样用。又如在答语中"我不这样认为"应译为Idon'tthinkso.或Ihopenot.［误］Ihopeyourhelp.［正］Ihopeforyourhelp.［析］hopefor为"期望某事发生"，虽然hope是及物动词，但表达期望某事情发生要用"hopefor+名词"这一结构。［误］Iwashopefultopasstheexam.［正］Iwashopefulofpassingtheexam.［析］对某事存有希望应用"hopefulof(about)+介词宾语"这一结构。hospital［误］Mymotherwasinthehospitalfortwoweeks.［正］Mymotherwasinhospitalfortwoweeks.［析］inhospital为"住院就医"。而in(at)thehospital为"在医院(工作)"。如：Heisadoctorin(at)thehospital.类似的用法还有很多，如："上学"为gotoschool，atschool为"在校就读"，gotobed为"上床睡觉"。how［误］Iwanttoknowhowtodo.［正］Iwanttoknowhowtodoit.［析］how是关联副词，要注意与关联代词的不同用法。如：Iwanttoknowwhattodo.［误］Howdoyouthinkaboutit?-213-\n［正］Whatdoyouthinkaboutit?［析］英文中表达你对某事的看法如何应用Whatdoyouthinkabout…这一句式。hurry［误］Let'shurry.Thereisalittletimeleft.［正］Let'shurry.Thereislittletimeleft.［误］Don'tworry.Thereislittletimeleft.［正］Don'tworry.Thereisalittletimeleft.［析］请注意英语中的惯用法："快点吧，没时间了"，或"别着急还有一点时间。"［误］Thecarishurryingthroughthestreet.［正］Thecarisrushingthroughtthestreet.［析］hurry一词只用于人而不用于物体。hundred［误］Therearetwohundredspeoplehere.［正］Therearetwohundredpeoplehere.［误］Therearehundredofpeoplehere.［正］Therearehundredsofpeoplehere.［析］hundred一词前如有数字时不论多少其后都不加s，这和thousand(千)等数量词的用法一样，而hundredsof是数百的，这一词组一定要加s.hurt［误］Idon'twanttowoundherfeelings.［正］Idon'twanttohurtherfeelings.［析］wound是指战场上的刀枪伤(名词)，或用刀枪"伤害"、"打伤"(动词)。Iif［误］IfitwillrainIwon'tgotoschooltomorrow.［正］IfitrainsIwon'tgotoschooltomorrow.［析］由if引起的状语从句要用一般时表示将来。［误］Iwanttoknowifhecomesheretomorrow.［正］Iwanttoknowifhewillcomeheretomorrow.［析］if所引起的如果是宾语从句则不能用一般现在时表示将来。［误］Iwanttoknowifitwillraintomorrowhewillcomeornot.［正］Iwanttoknowifitrainstomorrowhewillcomeornot.［析］-213-\n这里的if从句是整个宾语从句的条件状语，所以，还应用一般时表示将来。ill［误］Hespentmanyyearslookingafterhisillfather.［正］Hespentmanyyearslookingafterhissickfather.［析］ill和sick都可以作表语，如：I'mill(sick).美国英语中常用sick，而英国英语中两者都可用，但ill一般不作定语。in［误］Inacoldmorning,Iwenttoschoolalone.［正］Onacoldmorning,Iwenttoschoolalone.［析］在inthemorning或intheafternoon词组中，不论在这两个名词的前或后加任何修饰词，其介词in都要变为on.［误］Iwillfinishitaftertwodays.［正］Iwillfinishitintwodays.［析］中文中几天以后可以完成，或几天后来取，在译为英文时都不要用after，而要用in.如：Hewillbebackinafewdays.ininto作为副词应用in，而不能用into，如：Comein,please.又若在句中不涉及到动词的位置，只是表达空间的位置时用in，如：Theteacherintheofficeismymother.但在go,run,come,walk,dive等词后则要用into.如：Shedivesintotheriver.instead［误］Theboystayedinbedalldayinsteadtogotoschool.［正］Theboystayedinbedalldayinsteadofgoingtoschool.［析］insteadof其后要接动名词、名词或代词，而不能用不定式，如：Ichoosethisbookinsteadofthatone.［误］Thebeerhereisnotgood,soIdrinkwineinsteadofit.［正］Thebeerhereisnotgood,soIdrinkwineinstead.［析］instead是副词，而insteadof是介词短语。如：Ifyouarenotfree,youmaycomeanotherdayinstead.interest［误］Hehasagreatinterestforphysics.［正］Hehasagreatinterestinphysics.［误］Hehassomeinterestinmanycompanies.［正］Hehassomeinterestsinmanycompanies.［析］interest作为"兴趣"讲可用作不可数名词，但作为"利息"、"股份"讲时为可数名词。［误］Thisisaninterestedbook.［正］Thisisaninterestingbook.［析］修饰物时应用interesting,如，aninteresting-213-\nfilm，而讲某人对某事感兴趣时要用过去分词interested，如：I'minterestedinthisplay.但"他是一个十分有趣的人"。应译为Heisaninterestingman.所以interesting是"令人感兴趣"之意，而interested则表示某人对某事物感兴趣，多用"beinterestedinsomething"这一句型。invent［误］AmericawasinventedbyChristopherColumbusin1492.［正］AmericawasdiscoveredbyChristopherColumbusin1492.［析］invent意为"发明"即从无到有，如：CompasswasinventedbytheChinesepeople.而discover则意为"发现"。it［误］Thattakesmetenyearstofinishthiswork.［正］Ittakesmetenyearstofinishthiswork.［析］it在这个句中的语法作用是形式主语，而真正的主语是句子后面的不定式。有的句子要用it作形式主语或形式宾语，如：IthinkitdifficulttolearnEnglishwell.Jjoin［误］Didyouattendthefootballclub?［正］Didyoujointhefootballclub?［析］join经常用于参加某个团体、政党，并作为其中的一个成员；attend则重点强调出会议、到场，而不一定进行具体活动，如：Didyouattendthemeetingyesterday?而takepartin则强调参与某些具体活动或运动，如：Itakepartinthefootballgame.just［误］Ihavefinishedmyworkjustnow.［正］Ifinishedmyworkjustnow.［析］justnow意义"刚才"，所以句中的谓语动词要用过去式。［误］JustIwonthegame.［正］Ijustwonthegame.［析］just单独使用时不应放在句首，而应放于①be动词之后，如：Heisjustastudent.②名词与一般动词之间。③用在第一助动词之后，如：Ihavejustreturnedhome.但just与其他词组成词组时，如justnow,justthen,则可用于句首和句尾。如：Justthenhesawthebuscoming.justjustlyjust常用于三种含意：①恰好，如：It'sjustfiveo'clock.②-213-\n仅仅，相当于only,如：Ihavejustenoughmoneytobuyadictionary.③不久前，如：Ijustmissedmyoldfriend;Heleftafewminutesago.而justly其意为"公正的"，如：Hewasjustlypunishedforhiscrimes.Ｋkeep［误］Shewaskeepingsomethingtoherfather.［正］Shewaskeepingsomethingfromherfather.［析］"对某人隐瞒某事"要用"keepsomethingfromsomebody"句型。［误］Hekepttorepeatthewordagainandagain.［正］Hekeptrepeatingthewordagainandagain.［析］keepdoingsomething为连续不断地做某事。有时可以与keepondoingsomething互换。它们的区别在于keepdoingsomething意为该动作一直不停地在进行中，如：Whenthetrainstarted,shekeptwavingherhand.而keepondoingsomething则表示该动作可能停停顿顿但却一直在进行中，如：Hekeptonmakingthesamemistakesingrammar.［误］Wemustkeepupthetimes.［正］Wemustkeepupwiththetimes.［析］这句话意为"我们必须赶上时代"，keepupwith是"赶上"之意，而keepup则是"坚持下去"的意思，如：Keepitup,don'tstopnow!key［误］Ilostthekeyofthedoor.［正］Ilostthekeytothedoor.［析］英语中讲某某的东西一般要用of，而key,entrance,answer则多用to，如："门的钥匙"为keytothedoor,"高速公路入口"为entrancetothehighway,"问题的答案"为theanswer(key)tothequestion.kind［误］Thiskindofbooksarenotgood.［正］Thiskindofbooksisnotgood.［析］kind在这种句式中应作为主语，如果讲Thosekindsofbooksareverygood.则是正确的。kindsorttypekind和sort为同义词，意为"种类"，而type则为"型号"，如：Whattypeofthiscardoyouwant?(你想要这种车的什么型号?)knock［误］Someonewasknockingthedoor.［正］Someonewasknockingatthedoor.-213-\n［析］knock虽可以作及物动词，如：Thecarknockedaholeinthefence.但作"敲门"讲一定要用作不及物动词：knockat(on)thedoor.know［误］Iwanttoknowtoplaythisgame.［正］Iwanttoknowhowtoplaythisgame.［析］要注意英语中在不定式前加疑问代词或疑问副词的用法。如：Iwanttoknowhowtodoit/whattodo/whentodoit/wheretogo.knowknowofIknowhim.为"我很了解他。"而Iknowofhim.则为"我听说过他。"同样的用法还有hear和hearof这一词组。Llarge［误］Hefoundalargenumberofmistakeinhishomework.［正］Hefoundalargenumberofmistakesinhishomework.［析］"alargenumberof+复数名词"，意为大量的。last［误］Thisisthenewestnews.［正］Thisisthelatestnews.［析］"最新消息"应为latestnews，因为最晚到的新闻才是最新消息，请注意英语与汉语的区别。lastthelast［误］Isawmybrotherthelastweek.［正］Isawmybrotherlastweek.［析］当谈到与目前有关的上月、上星期等概念时只能用lastmonth,lastweek,而不能加定冠词，thelast可用于表示一系列词的最后一个，如：ThatwasthelastChristmasIspentathome.但thelast可以用来表示持续到现在的一个长时期，如：Iambusyforthelastweek.late［误］YesterdayIwenthomelately.［正］YesterdayIwenthomelate.［析］late即可做形容词又可作副词；而lately则意为"最近的"，如：Ihaven'tseenherlately.latelatterlaterlatelylate有两个比较级，指时间较晚应用later，如口语中常讲：Seeyoulater.(一会见。)而latter则指按顺序讲的后者，或靠后的，其反意词为former，如：theformer-213-\npresident(前总统)。又如：Icanunderstandthelatterpartofthestory.而lately则意为"近来"、"不久前"。laughedatbyhisclassmates.中的at是不可省掉的。laughover则指"笑着谈论"某事，如Welaughoverthefilm.(我们笑着谈论那个电影。)lay［误］Weliedonthebeach.［正］Welayonthebeach.［析］英文中有三个动词易混，在考试中也频频出现，它们的现在式，过去式，过去分词以及现在分词是：lay(vt.放)laidlaidlayinglie(vi.躺)laylaincyinglie(vi.说谎)liedliedlyinglearn［误］Theteachersaid："Youmuststudythispoembyheart."［正］Theteachersaid："Youmustlearnthispoembyheart."［析］study与learn在作"学习"讲时，常常可以互换，但learn侧重于学习成果或初级阶段的模仿性学习，如：Thelittlebabyislearningtowalk.而study则多侧重于学习的过程，如：I'mstudyingatthiscollege.而learn…byheart则是"记住"、"背诵"之意。leave［误］I'llleaveBeijingtoShanghai.［正］I'llleaveBeijingforShanghai.［析］leavefor一词组为"去某地"，如对话中常讲I'llleaveforShanghai.因所离开的地点是双方都知道的则可以省略。leaveforget［误］I'veforgottenmyhomeworkathome.［正］I'veforgottenmyhomework.［正］I'veleftmyhomeworkathome.［析］如果句中有地点状语则不要用forget,而要用leave.lesson［误］IhavetwolessonsofEnglish.［正］IhavetwoEnglishlessons.［正］IhavetwolessonsinEnglish.［析］"我有两节英语课。"这一表达法如上，但美国老师讲他有两节课时则多用"Ihavetwoclasses."teachsomebodyalesson为"教训某人"，或"要吸取教训"，如：Letthisthingteachesyoualesson.lend［误］Pleaseborrowmeyourbike.［正］Pleaselendmeyourbike.-213-\n［析］borrow是指"借入"，如：Iwanttoborrowsomebooksfromthelibrary.lend是"借出"，如：Icanlendyoumybike.而keep为"借多久"：如HowlongcanIkeepit?less［误］Hehasfewermoneythanshehas.［正］Hehaslessmoneythanshehas.［析］less是little的比较级，而fewer是few的比较级。要注意前者修饰不可数名词，而后者修饰可数名词。let［误］Theteacherletsthestudentscleantheclassroomasapunishment.［正］Theteachermakesthestudentscleantheclassroomasapunishment.［析］虽然let,have,make有相同的用法，但make和have含有迫使某人做某事的意思。［误］Let'sgotothepark,willyou?［正］Let'sgotothepark,shallwe?［误］Letusgotothepark,shallwe?［正］Letusgotothepark,willyou?［析］Let'sgo的反意疑问句是shallwe?而Letusgo的反意疑问句则是willyou?life［误］ManypeoplelosttheirlifeintheSecondWorldWar.［正］ManyPeoplelosttheirlivesintheSecondWorldWar.［析］life作为"生命"、"性命"时应为可数名词；当泛指一般"生活"讲时则为不可数名词，如：Whichdoyouprefer,townlifeorcountrylife?又如：Lifeisnotallfun.light［误］Thereisadeskwithalitlamponit.［正］Thereisadeskwithalightedlamponit.［析］light有两个过去分词：lighted和lit，当用过去分词作形容词当定语时只能用lighted.light可以用作名词，如：Themoongetsitslightfromthesun.也可以作形容词，如：Theclassroomisverylight.还可以作动词，如：Thelittlegirllitamatch.作形容词时还有"轻"、"浅"等意，如：Thisboxislight.Ilikelightblue.like［误］Mysisterisveryasme.［正］Mysisterisverylikeme.［析］as作为连词其后要接从句，如：Sheisagoodstudentashisbrotherusedtobe.而like是介词，其后接宾语。［误］Doyoulikeswimmingwithmetonight.-213-\n［正］Wouldyouliketoswimwithmetonight.［析］like作为动词当"喜欢"讲时，其后面可接不定式也可接动名词，用不定式多表达一个一次性的动作，如：I'msorryIdon'tliketogoswimmingtonight.用动名词则表示一个习惯性的动作，如：Ilikeswimmingverymuch.likealike作为形容词，alike一般不作定语，而只作表语，如；Thetwinsareveryalike.［误］Wouldyoulikeswimmingwithus?［正］Wouldyouliketoswimwithus?［析］在wouldyoulike…这一句型中，其后面只能接不定式，而不能接动名词。like的用法还要注意以下两点：①HelikesTom.为"他喜欢汤姆。"②HeislikeTom.为"他像汤姆。"第二句话的like为介词，而第一句话的like为动词。listen［误］Youshouldheartheteahcer'sadvice.［正］Youshouldlistentotheteacher'sadvice.［析］hear多侧重于听到某事或某种声音，而listento则侧重于听的倾向性。如：Welistenbuthearnothing.例句为"听取某人意见"，所以只能用listentosomeone'sadvice.little［误］Don'tworry,thereislittletime.［正］Don'tworry,thereisalittletime.［误］Thereisalittlewater.ShallIgetsome?［正］Thereislittlewater.ShallIgetsome?［析］要注意中英文在同一问题上的表达法是不同的。如中文"水不多了，我去取点吧。"英文要讲"没水了，我去取点吧。"littlesmalllittle与small是近义词，在作定语时常常可以互换，如：alittlegirl或asmallgirl,但little一般不作表语，如：Thecaroverthereissmall.一句中不要用little.作定语时little常常带有感情色彩，而small则带有对比的含义。live［误］Tomliveswithhisparents'money.［正］Tomlivesonhisparents'money.［误］Helivesonteaching.［正］Helivesbyteaching.［析］"靠吃某物为生"应用liveonsomething,而liveby是"靠某种生活手段为生"。livingaliveliving侧重于生活得很好，身体不错，如：Mygrandfatherisstilllivinginhiseighties.而alive则强调没有死而是活着的，如：Isthatcataliveordead?-213-\nlonely［误］Shewantedtodoherhomeworklonely.［正］Shewantedtodoherhomeworkalone.［析］lonely意为"寂寞的"、"孤单的"，如：Theoldmanfeltlonely.alone则意为"独自的"、"单独的"，如：Helivesalonebuthedoesn'tfeellonely.long［误］Ihavebeenstudyinglongfortheexam.［正］Ihavebeenstudyingforalongtimefortheexam.［析］long用作表达时间的副词时，在否定句及疑问句中最常用，但在肯定句中除与so,too,as…as连用外，一般要用foralongtime.［误］I'llcallyouaslongasthebookwillbereturned.［正］I'llcallyouaslongasthebookisreturned.［析］as…as引导的状语从句中可以用一般现在时表示将来。［误］Howlongdoyougotoseeyourparents?Onceaweek.［正］Howoftendoyougotoseeyourparents?Onceaweek.［析］因为答语为每周一次所以问的是频率，要用howoften.looklookforfindlookfor侧重于"寻找"这个动作，如：Whatareyoulookingfor?而find则侧重于结果，如：Itisverydifficulttofindajob.这里不能用lookfor，因为真正困难的是"找到"工作。其他用法还有：［例］Heoftenlooksbackonhishighschooldays.［析］lookbackonsomething为"回顾"、"回想"。［例］Iwishyouwouldn'tlookdownon(upon)thechildren'swork.［析］lookdownon(upon)为"看不起"某人或某事。［误］I'mlookingforwardtoseeyou.［正］I'mlookingforwardtoseeingyou.［析］lookforwardto词组中的to是介词，所以其后要加名词或动名词，不能接不定式。lot［误］Icanbuythisdictionarynow,becauseIhavegotmuchmoney.［正］IcanbuythisdictionarynowbecauseIhavegotalotofmoney.［析］muchmoney多用于疑问句与否定句中，而在肯定句中要用alotof.lotsof与alotof之间无多大区别，两者都可以修饰可数与不可数名词，所以常常可以互换。［误］Heismorehappiernow.-213-\n［正］Heisalothappiernow.［析］不可用more来修饰比较级，能修饰比较级的词有verymuch,alot,lots,any,no,rather,alittle,abit等。loudloudly这两个词含意相同，在日常用语中loud多与talk，speak,shout,laugh等动词连用，如：Don'tspeaksoloud，you'llwakethebaby.而在比较正式的场合才用loudly.loudaloudloud多指把声音放大，而aloud则指要出声不要默读。如：-Whatdidyousay?-Oh,nothing,Iwasjustthinkaloud.(我只不过自言自语。)Ｍmake［误］Thelittleboywasmaderepeatthewholestory.［正］Thelittleboywasmadetorepeatthewholestory.［误］Thefathermadehissontodohishomeworkfrommorningtillnight.［正］Thefathermadehissondohishomeworkfrommorningtillnight.［析］make的句型为"makesomebodydo(doing)something".但在被动语态中原来被省去的不定式符号to要被还原回来。［误］Ialwaysdothismistake.［正］Ialwaysmakethismistake.［析］英语中do和make是十分不易弄清的两个动词，do常用于谈论工作时或某种不确定的活动时，如：doafavour(帮个忙)，doone'sbest(竭尽全力)，dogood(有益)，doharm(有害)，而多数情况下常用make,如：makeasuggestion,makeacake,makeabed(收拾床)，makeanoise,makemoney等等。［误］Thiswinewasmadeofgrapes.［正］Thiswinewasmadefromgrapes.［析］当成品制成后，其原料的性质有所改变时应用makefrom，否则用makeof，如：Thisdoorwasmadeofiron.［误］Hardworkcanoftenmakeupalackofintelligence.［正］Hardworkcanoftenmakeupforalackofintelligence.［析］makeup是"创造"、"编织"，而makeupfor是"弥补……的不足之处"。上句应译为"勤奋工作可以弥补天资的不足。"［误］Wemadeupourmindtostudyhard.［正］Wemadeupourmindstostudyhard.［析］mind这里是可数名词，使用时要特别予以注意makeupone'smind是"下定决心"之意。-213-\n［误］Ourclassismadeoftwentygirlsandtwentyoneboys.［正］Ourclassismadeupoftwentygirlsandtwentyoneboys.［析］makeupof…是"某物由……组成或构成"。many［误］Ihavemanyfriends.［正］Ihavealotoffriends.［析］many和much多用于疑问句或否定句中，而在肯定句中则用处不多，尤其在非正式谈话中。如：-Howmuchmoneyhaveyougot?-I'vegotplenty.［误］Youboughtmuchtootomatoes.［正］Youboughttoomanytomatoes.［析］toomany后接可数名词，toomuch后接不可数名词，而muchtoo后面接形容词，意为"太多"。［误］Formanyaweeksitrainedalot.［正］Formanyaweekitrainedalot.［析］manya意为"好多"、"许多"，但其后面要加单数名词。matter［误］Nomatterwhatyoudid.［正］Nomatterwhatyoudid,Itrustedyou.［析］Nomatter是个词组，意为"不论"，它的语法功能是起连接作用，所以不能用于一个单独的句子。itdoesn'tmatter这个词组则不是一个连接词组，所以可以和一个单句连用，如：Itdoesn'tmaterwhatyousay.(你说什么都不要紧。)maybe［误］Maybeheisright.［正］Maybeheisright.［析］maybe是副词，不要错用为maybe.maybeperhaps这两个词的词意一样，maybe常用于非正式谈话，而perhaps则多用在正式文体中。如：Maybe/Perhapstheweatherwillgetbetter.而JuliusCaesarisperhapsthegreatestofShakespeare'searlyplays.mend［误］Iwanttohavemybikemended.［正］Iwanttohavemybikerepaired.［析］mend意为"缝补"，如：Mymothermendedmycoat.而repair是"修理"。mind［误］Couldyoumindtoclosethedoor?-213-\n［正］Couldyoumindclosingthedoor?［误］Trytomakeupyourmindstudyinghard.［正］Trytomakeupyourmindtostudyhard.［析］mind用作动词时，其后加动名词；而用作名词意为"下定决心"时，其后要加不定式。要注意DoyoumindifIsmoke?的答语：如果你不介意，应回答"No,goahead."如果你不想让对方吸烟，则应讲"Yes,pleasedon't."miss［误］Ifoundmybagmissed.［正］Ifoundmybagmissing.［析］missing为形容词，其意为"不见了"、"丢了"。在句中用作宾语补足语时不要误用missed，它作动词时多为及物动词，要接名词或动名词，而不接不定式。如：Imissedthefirsttrain,Idon'twanttomissseeingthefamousfootballplayer.在作补足语讲某物"不见了"时有missing,gone,lost等，如：Ifoundmybagmissing(gone,lost).mistake［误］Itookyourpenbywrong.［正］Itookyourpenbymistake.［析］bymistake是"错拿了"、"误拿了"你的东西。wrong意为"错误"，而bymistake为"弄混了"。如：［误］IfI'mnotwrong,youareMrBrown.［正］IfI'mnotmistaken,youareMrBrown.(如果我没弄错的话，您是Brown先生。)［误］Theteachersalwaysmistookmeasmybrother.［正］Theteachersalwaysmistookmeformybrother.［析］mistake…for…是"错把……当作……"之意，如：Itookyourbookformine.more［误］Thisbookismorebetterthanthatone.［正］Thisbookismuchbetterthanthatone.［析］不能用比较级来修饰比较级，而应用much,rather等来修饰比较级。［误］Moreyouread,moreyoulearn.［正］Themoreyouread,themoreyoulearn.［析］在"越……越……的"表达法中，形容词的比较级前要加定冠词。请注意morethanone这个词组的后面要跟单数名词和单数谓语动词。如：Morethanonestudentisgoingtodoparttimejobafterschool.nomorethannotmorethannomorethan应译为"只不过"、"才"，如：Hewrotenomorethanthreebooks.即他真正写了三本书。而notmorethan则意为"不会多于"，如：Hewrotenotmorethanthreebooks.即他写的书不会多于三本。又如：Heisnoshorterthanyou.-213-\n应译为"你和他都不矮"，而Heisnotshorterthanyou.才应译为"他比你高。"most［误］MostofstudentsaregoodatEnglish.［正］MostofthestudentsaregoodatEnglish.［正］MoststudentsaregoodatEnglish.［析］mostof这一结构后面的名词前一定要有一个限定词。［误］Myfriendsaremostteachers.［正］Myfriendsaremostlyteachers.［析］mostly意为"大部分的"，"主要的"。much［误］Theboywasasleepverymuch.［正］Theboywasfastasleep.［析］不是所有的形容词都可以用very来修饰，如fastasleep意为"熟睡"，则是固定搭配。像interesting,exciting,surprising这些形容词化的现在分词，以及tired,interested这些形容词化的过去分词则要用very来修饰。must［误］Hemustbeintheoffice,andmustn'tgohome.［正］Hemustbeintheoffice,andcan'tgohome.［析］must加动词原形为对事情的肯定推测，而否定的推测则要用can't加动词原形。［误］Itmusthaverainednow.［正］Itmusthaverainedyesterday.［析］"must+have+过去分词"为对过去发生事情的推测。这句话应译为"昨天一定是下雨了。"又如：Imustgoandcallhim.Hemusthaveforgottenit.musthavetomust用来表示说话者觉得某件事有必要去做，如Imuststopsmoking.其意为：我自己认为我要戒烟；而haveto则多用来表达由于来自外界的因素而不得不去做的事，如：Ihavetogotoschooltomorrow.must无过去式，当用在讲过去某件必须要做的事时要用hadto,如：WhenIwasyoung,Ihadtogotothefactory.在否定句中mustn't意为：一定不要做某事，如：Youmustn'ttellthistoTom.而haven'tto则多意为没有必要去做，如：Youdon'thavetotellthistoTom.而英语中多用needn't来取代haven'tto.myself［误］Ican'tplaypingpongmyself.［正］Ican'tplaypingpongbymyself.［析］第一句并无语法错误，myself为"我亲自要去"，而bymyself为"独自一人"。这句话要表达的意思是"我一个人无法打乒乓球。"而Iwanttoplaypingpongmyself.应译为"我自己想去打乒乓球。"-213-\nＮname［误］Shewasnamedofaflower.［正］Shewasnamedafteraflower.［析］以……命名应为nameafter，又如给某人取名应为ThefathernamedhissonTom.near［误］Wecameneartohithim.［正］Wecameneartohittinghim.［析］这句话应译为"我们几乎要打他一顿。"nearto这一用法中to为介词，其后要接宾语，所以要接名词或动名词。near作介词时其后可加to也可不加to，如：Isitnearthedoor,Isitneartothefire.bynearWelivednearthecity.与Welivedbythecity.两句话都是对的，但其表达的意义有所不同，by在表达距离时比near更近，所以bythecity是紧靠近某城市。need［误］Thisroomneedstoclean.［正］Thisroomneedstobecleaned.［正］Thisroomneedscleaning.［析］在表达某事需要做什么时，need后面如用不定式要用其被动态，如接动名词则要用主动态。［误］Weneednottodoit.［正］Weneedn'tdoit.［析］need用在否定句、疑问句中一般用作情态动词，所以无人称变化也不加to，而在肯定句中则多用作实意动词，如：Weneedyourhelp.neither［误］Noneofmyparentsisateacher.［正］Neitherofmyparentsisateacher.［析］对两者的否定不能用none只能用neither,none用于三人以上的情况。［误］Idon'tdomyhomework.Neitherhedoes.［正］Idon'tdomyhomework.Neitherdoeshe.［析］这时应用倒装句。［误］NeitheryounorIareright.［正］NeitheryounorIamright.［析］neither…nor…这一句型在应用时其谓语动词应以邻近的主语一致。［误］Neitherhestudiesnorplays.［正］Neitherdoeshestudynorplay.-213-\n［析］neither,hardly,seldom等否定词位于句首时，谓语动词采用倒装形式。never［误］NeverIhavebrokenmyword.［正］NeverhaveIbrokenmyword.［析］never用于句首时起强调作用，要用倒装语序。但用于句中一般放于情态动词、助动词、或be动词后面，如：Ishallneverforgottheexpressiononherface.Losttimeisneverfoundagain.用于成语中，如：Betterlatethannever.(晚做比不做强。)nevermind没关系，如："Whatdidyousay?""Oh,nevermind."news［误］Therearemanynewsabouttheaccident.［正］Thereismuchnewsabouttheaccident.［析］news是不可数名词，它没有复数形式，如果讲一条新闻要用apieceofnews.newspaper［误］Ireadthenewsontoday'snewspaper.［正］Ireadthenewsintoday'snewspaper.［析］在报纸上读到某一条新闻一定要用介词in，而onthenewspaper是指把某物放于报纸之上，如：MayIputthefloweronthisnewspaper?night［误］Icamehomeverylateyesterdaynight.［正］Icamehomeverylatelastnight.［析］"昨晚"一般要讲lastnight，而不应参照"昨天上午、下午、傍晚"的说法yesterdaymorning等套用。nononeno是个限定词，它可以用在可数名词单复数或不可数名词前，如：Nonewsisgoodnews.但如果名词前有另一限定词时则不能用no，而要用noneof，如Noneofthestudentswashere.nonot要使句子具有部分否定的意思，我们用not，如：Icanseeyoutomorrow,butnotSunday.如果是全部否定则用no，如Sorry,thereisnotimetotalk.Noonenonenoone与nobody一样不能接of结构，如：Noonewishedmegoodluck.而要用of结构时要用none,如：Noneofmyfriendswishedmegoodluck.nor［误］Ineversawthepaintingbefore,ordidIhearofit.［正］Ineversawthepaintingbefore,notdidIhearofit.［析］注意在表达"既不……也不……"时不要用or作连词，而要用nor，并且要用倒装语序。-213-\nnot［误］Thestudentswenttothepark,butnotheteachers.［正］Thestudentswenttothepark,butnottheteachers.［析］要使一个句子或一个句子的某一部分为否定时我们要用not,而不用no.［误］Thereisnomylettertoday.［正］Thereisnoletterformetoday.［析］no是一个限定词，用在名词前时，要注意这个名词前应没有冠词、物主代词或指示代词。［误］Henotonlywasawriterbutalsoanactor.［正］Hewasnotonlyawriterbutalsoanactor.［析］在这一句型中notonly之后的词与butalso之后的词类必须一致，否则应为错句。如果这一结构用在主语位置，则谓语动词要与butalso后面的主语保持一致，如：NotonlyyoubutalsoIamwrong.nothing［误］Nothingbutbooksweresoldhere.［正］Nothingbutbookswassoldhere.［析］要注意真正的主语是nothing而不是books，所以这一结构在学生的使用中经常出错。［误］Ihavenothingtodobuttocry.［正］Ihavenothingtodobutcry.［析］在这一结构中but后面要用省to的不定式。number［误］AnumberofnewscanbeheardonTVtoday.［正］AlotofnewscanbeheardonTVtoday.［析］anumberof后接可数名词复数。［误］Thenumberofstudentsaretenthousand.［正］Thenumberofstudentsistenthousand.［析］anumberof其意为"大量的"，而thenumberof…是"某某的数量"。即thenumberofstudents意为"学生人数"，所以要用单数形式的谓语动词。Ｏo'clock［误］It'stenpastfiveo'clock.［正］It'stenpastfive.［析］o'clock所表达的时间是正点，如果要表达的时间是几点几分或差几分几点都不能用o'clock.-213-\nonce［误］Pleasecomeandseemeonce.［正］Pleasecomeandseemeoneday.［析］once用来谈论过去的事情，而不能谈论未来。如果要谈及未来要用oneday,sometime等。［误］ImethimonetimewhenIwasastudent.［正］ImethimoncewhenIwasastudent.［析］英语中一次应用once而不用onetime，二次要用twice而不用twotimes.one［误］Mygrandfatherwantstoliveforhundredyears.［正］Mygrandfatherwantstoliveforonehundredyears.［误］Hethrewawaytheolddictionaryandwantedtobuynewone.［正］Hethrewawaytheolddictionaryandwantedtobuyanewone.［误］Hisdogisbiggerthanmyone.［正］Hisdogisbiggerthanmine.［析］一般物主代词之后不用one，除非one前有修饰词，如myoldone，否则要用名词性物主代词。［误］Oneoftheteacherisintheoffice.［误］Oneoftheteachersareintheoffice.［正］Oneoftheteachersisintheoffice.［析］One是句子的主语，其谓语动词应用单数，而of后面的名词要用复数名词。［误］Onethirdofthebooksissenttothestudents.［正］Onethirdofthebooksaresenttothestudents.［析］几分之几或百分之几这一结构用在主语位置，其谓语动词要与of后面的名词一致，如Twothirdsoftheworkisdone.open［误］Arethebanksopenedtoday?［正］Arethebanksopentoday?［析］要注意open即可用作动词、名词，还可以用作形容词，而close则不同。请看：Arethebanksclosedtoday?这一句是正确的。or［误］Hedoesn'tdrinkandsmoke.［正］Hedoesn'tdrinkorsmoke.［析］否定句中的并列连词要用or而不用and.［误］Heneitherdrinksorsmokes.［正］Heneitherdrinksnorsmokes.other-213-\n［误］Wherearetheothersstudents?［正］Wherearetheotherstudents?［正］Wherearetheothers?［析］other作形容词时没有复数形式，且作为泛指讲时没有定冠词，如：Asksomeothereople.而加定冠词后为特指。theother可在句中作主语、宾语或定语，如：Nowletmeshowyoutheother.(宾语)Hehastwosons.Oneisaworker,theotherisateacher.(主语)others只能作代词，而theothers则为特指，如：Therearefivebooks.Twoofthemarenotgood.Iliketheothers.out［误］Shewentouttheclassroom,takingadictionarywithher.［正］Shewentoutoftheclassroom,takingadictionarywithher.［析］outof是指"从……里出来"，使用时不要将of丢掉。Ｐpaper［误］Pleasegivemetwoletterpapers.［正］Pleasegivemetwosheetsofletterpaper.［析］paper作为纸讲为不可数名词。［误］Eachstudentmustwritepaperonwhathelearned.［正］Eachstudentmustwriteapaperonwhathelearned.［析］这里的paper作为论文讲，是可数名词。paper的这种用法还可以用于证件、报纸、考卷等。parent［误］MyparentsandIarebothinterestedinfootball.［正］MyparentsandIareallinterestedinfootball.［析］parents即为父母、双亲，指两个人，加上自己为三个人，所以只能用all而不能用both.pass［误］Theshippastedthechannel.［正］Theshippassedthechannel.［析］pass为动词，而past则为副词，不要混淆，如：Myfatherhasbeenillforthepasttwoweeks.Allthestudentspassedtheexam.pay［误］Pleasehelpmedothisjob,andIwillpayforyoulater.［正］PleasehelpmedothisjobandIwillpayyoulater.［析］为某工作付给工人工资应为paysomebody,而payfor-213-\nsomething是为某物付款，如：Youcanbuyallthethingsyouwant.I'llpayforthose.people［误］Therearefivehundredpeopleshere.［正］Therearefivehundredpeoplehere.［误］Thereisonlyonepeople.［正］Thereisonlyoneperson.［误］Peoplethereisfriendly.［正］Peopletherearefriendly.［析］people作为人讲时为复数名词，如要讲一个人应用oneperson,而不能用people,讲若干人时用people而不能加s，这样的用法还有police(警察)等，这些概念用单数时要换其他的词.如：people－aperson;police－policemanpolicewoman;youth－ayoungman/woman.picture［误］Therearesomespotsinthepicture.［正］Therearesomespotsonthepicture.［误］Thereisayoungwomanonthepicture.［正］Thereisayoungwomaninthepicture.［析］指溅落在画面上的灰尘，污物是onthepicture，即讲与画面内容无关的东西用on，而inthepicture用于讲画面的内容。pity［误］Whatpitythathermothermustalwayssuffer!［正］Whatapitythathermothermustalwayssuffer!［析］pity作为遗憾之事讲常加不定冠词；但要注意作为同情、怜悯讲则不加冠词，为不可数名词，如：Ifeelpityforyou.它还可以用作动词，如：Hepitiedthepoorpeople.［误］Ihavepityforyou.［正］Ihavepityonyou.［析］可怜某人时应用have(take)pityonsomebody，这是个惯用法。place［误］LastyearhewenttoAmerica.Hetravelledfromplacetoanother.［正］LastyearhewenttoAmerica.Hetravelledfromplacetoplace(fromoneplacetoanother).［析］到处译为英文时为fromplacetoplace请不要在place之前加冠词。这种用法在有些语法书中叫作零冠词用法，如：一户挨一户为doorbydoor，手拉手为handinhand.［误］Theaccidentwastakenplaceinthatstreet.［正］Theaccidenttookplaceinthatstreet.［析］takeplace为发生，它不能用于被动态，这样的词还有happen等。［误］Thereisnoplaceinthebus.-213-\n［正］Thereisnoroominthebus.［析］room这里为不可数名词，意为空间，即没有地方了。place多指场所所在之地。［误］IcameheretotakeplaceofMrSmith.［正］IcameheretotaketheplaceofMrSmith.［析］taketheplaceof意为代替、取代某人某事。play［误］Doyouwanttoplayguitar?［正］Doyouwanttoplaytheguitar?［误］Iliketoplaythebridge.［正］Iliketoplaybridge(桥牌).［析］play作为玩讲时，在各种乐器前要加冠词，在各种体育运动前则没有冠词。please［误］Myfriendpleasedmetohisbirthdaypartyyesterday.［正］Myfriendinvitedmetohisbirthdaypartyyesterday.［析］please作为动词时其词义不是请，而是高兴、愿意等意，如：Shealwaysdoeswhatshepleases.(她总是想做什么就做什么。)又如：It'shardtopleaseall.而please作为请讲时为语气词，多用于祈使句中，如：Pleasecomein.［误］Boththeteacherandthemotherwerepleasedtothelittlegirl.［正］Boththeteacherandthemotherwerepleasedwiththelittlegirl.［析］对某人表示满意、喜欢，应用bepleasedwithsomebody.对某事感到高兴和满意时多用bepleasedat或about，但有时也可用with，却不能用of.pleasure［误］Theboygavehisparentsalotofpleasures.［正］Theboygavehisparentsalotofpleasure.［析］pleasure作为高兴、愉快、享乐、娱乐讲时为不可数名词。［误］Itispleasuretoworkwithyou.［正］Itisapleasuretoworkwithyou.［析］pleasure作为一件或某件乐事、高兴之事讲时为可数名词，如：Itisoneofmypleasures.police［误］Thepolicehasnotfoundthecauseoftheaccident.［正］Thepolicehavenotfoundthecauseoftheaccident.［析］police为复数名词，它没有单数形式。如果要讲一个警察要用apoliceman，两个要用twopolicemen，或apolicewoman,twopolicewomen.prepare［误］I'mpreparingtheexam.-213-\n［正］I'mpreparingfortheexam.［误］We'llreturnintimeforyoutopreparefordinner.［正］We'llreturnintimeforyoutopreparedinner.［析］prepare既是及物动词，又是不及物动词。作及物动词时其后面所跟的事物是正在准备的；而作不及物动词时for后面的事物是目标。如：I'mpreparingfortheexam.应译为我正在为考试做准备。同样的用法还有search与searchfor.present［误］Don'tworry.Icanpresentthemeeting.［正］Don'tworry.Icanbepresentatthemeeting.［析］present作为出席、在场讲时，是形容词而不应用作动词。其动词意为送给;赠给;提出，如：Thereporterpresentedargumentsofhisidea.put［误］Sheputoffherreddressandputonthegreenone.［正］Shetookoffherreddressandputonthegreenone.［析］与put连用的介词很多，一般来讲on与off是一对相反的意义的介词，如：turnon(打开)，turnoff(关上)，穿衣服是puton，但脱衣服却只能用takeoff,而putoff是推迟、使某人下车、关掉之意，如：Theyputofftheexambecausethenationalholiday.(因国家假日而推迟考期。)CouldyouputmeoffattheTownHall.(请在市政厅让我下车。)Pleaseputoffthewirelessbeforeyouleave.(走之前请关掉无线电。)Ｒradio［误］Therearetworadioesintheclassroom.［正］Therearetworadiosintheclassroom.［误］Iheardtheweatherreportthroughtheradio.［正］Iheardtheweatherreportontheradio.［析］在收音机中听到某事应为hearsomethingontheradio，听收音机应为listentotheradio.这样的用法还有电视，看电视为watchTV，讲在电视上看见什么节目为watch…onTV，如：I'mwatchingthefootballmatchonTV.但注意，作为一种通信手段时应为byradio,如：Policearetalkingtoeachotherbyradio.rain［误］Thereisasmallrainfalling.-213-\n［正］Thereisalightrainfalling.［误］Thereisabigrain.［正］Thereisaheavyrain.［析］大雨在英文中应为aheavyrain,raincatsanddogs为倾盆大雨，小雨为alightrain.千万不要讲abigrain或asmallrain.当作动词讲时，雨下得很大可译为：Itrainsverymuchnow/hardnow/heavilynow.reach［误］Wereachedtothetownverylate.［正］Wereachedthetownverylate.［析］reach作为到达讲是及物动词，而arrive为不及物动词。但要注意reach的词组搭配，如reachfor，为伸手去拿，如：Thethiefreachedforthegun.reachout伸出手，如：Hereachedoutandtookaninterestingbook.ready［误］Youmustreadyatonce.［正］Youmustbereadyatonce.［析］ready为形容词，而不像中文中准备为动词。remember［误］Ididn'trememberclosingthedoor,sothethiefcameintotheroomdirectly.［正］Ididn'tremembertoclosethedoor,sothethiefcameintotheroomdirectly.［析］remember其后接动名词，动名词所表示的动作已经做完，如：Idon'tremembermeetingyou.其后如接不定式，不定式表达的动作还没有去做，如：Doremembertoturnoffthelightbeforeyouleave.rest［误］Therestofthestudentsisgirls.［正］Therestofthestudentsaregirls.［析］rest作剩余部分讲时，therestof…结构作主语时其谓语动词应与of后面的名词的数保持一致。这种用法还有1/3of,80%of等。［误］Therestoftheworkaredone.［正］Therestoftheworkisdone.return［误］Myfriendsreturnedbacktotheirsecondhometown.［正］Myfriendsreturnedtotheirsecondhometown.［析］return即为返回，所以back是多余的。这句话还可以表述为：Myfriendswentbacktotheirsecondhometown.rice-213-\n［误］Wehadafewriceandsomebread.［正］Wehadalittlericeandsomebread.［析］rice为物质名词，为不可数名词。rice［误］Wehadafewriceandsomebread.［正］Wehadalittlericeandsomebread.［析］rice为物质名词，为不可数名词。rich［误］Thecountryisrichofoil.［正］Thecountryisrichinoil.［析］berichin为盛产……。［误］Therichisnotalwayshappy.［正］Thericharenotalwayshappy.［析］形容词加定冠词表示一类人，作主语时要作复数看待。［误］Allhisrichesisnogoodtohimifheissoill.［正］Allhisrichesarenogoodtohimifheissoill.［析］riches为财富，是复数名词，没有单数形式。像这样的词还有goods(货物)，greens(青菜)，manners(礼貌)等。river［误］Welikeswimmingontheriver.［正］Welikeswimmingintheriver.［误］Welikeboatingintheriver.［正］Welikeboatingontheriver.［析］游泳用intheriver，而在湖中划船要用ontheriver.room［误］Therearealreadythreepeoplesittingonthesofa,pleasetrytomakearoomforher.［正］Therearealreadythreepeoplesittingonthesofa,pleasetrytomakeroomforher.［析］room作为空间讲时为不可数名词。leaveroomfor…为给某人留点空地；makeroomfor…为让位给某人，如：Theyoungmanmaderoomforanoldwoman.run［误］Iranacrosswithanoldfriendattheschoolgate.［正］Iranacrossanoldfriendattheschoolgate.-213-\n［析］runacross为偶然相遇。［误］Thetruckranacrossthecat.［正］Thetruckranoverthecat.［析］runover为从……上辗过。［误］YesterdayIrantoastormonmywayhome.［正］YesterdayIranintoastormonmywayhome.［析］runinto为撞上或撞在……上。Ｓsafe［误］Thebravemansafedtheboyfromdrowning.［正］Thebravemansavedtheboyfromdrowning.［析］safe是形容词，如：Theywishedhimasafejourney.safely是副词，如：Theyoungmandriveshiscarsafely.而safety是名词，如：safetyisland(安全岛)，Safetyfirst!(安全第一!)但save是动词。same［误］YesterdayIgotapostcard.Itisthesamethatyougotthedaybeforeyesterday.［正］YesterdayIgotapostcard.Itisthesameasyougotthedaybeforeyesterday.［析］thesamethat意为"即是"，而thesameas才能译为"像……一样的。"［误］Yourbookisnotsameasmine.［正］Yourbookisnotthesameasmine.［析］thesameas中的定冠词不能少。say［误］Hisreportwrotesheisnineteen.［正］Hisreportsayssheisnineteen.［析］中文中常讲"报告上写到"、"信上写到"，这样的"写"在英文中要用say.sayspeaktalktell英文中"说"一般有四个词，其中say和tell为及物动词。tell可以加双宾语，如Pleasetellmeastory.而speak与talk为不及物动词。speak只有后面直接加"语言"时才是及物的，如：PleasespeakEnglish.请看下句：Hewentontalkingforalongtime,buthespokesofastthatfewofuscouldcatchwhathesaid.sea［误］Asaboyhisgreatambition(抱负)wastogotothesea.-213-\n［正］Asaboyhisgreatambitionwastogotosea.［析］gotosea为"去当水手、海员"；而gotothesea=gototheseaside,如：Hewanttogototheseaforhisvacation.在"海中"游泳为inthesea;atsea为在"海上航行"，如：Ihaveabrotheratsea.bysea为"坐船"、"由海路运输"，如：WetravelledtoNewYorkbysea.second［误］Iwanttolearnthesecondforeignlanguage.［正］Iwanttolearnasecondforeignlanguage.［析］当作为"第二"外语，"再增加一个"时，不要用thesecond而要用asecond.thesecond强调排队的次序，asecond强调再增加一个。see［误］Hewasseenleavetheroom.［正］Hewasseentoleavetheroom.［析］see作主动态时用作toseesomebodydosomething,而用作被动态时则是somebodytobeseentodosomething.要注意惯用法letmesee(让我想想)。sheep［误］Therearefivesheepsonthegrass.［正］Therearefivesheeponthegrass.［析］sheep是单、复数同形名词，其他的还有：deer(鹿)，fish(鱼)等。ship［误］Itravelledonayacht.［正］Itravelledonaship(inayacht).［析］虽然都是船，但游艇(yacht)要用in,而ship要用on.sick［误］Thelittleboywasaillboy.［正］Thelittleboywasasickboy.［析］sick与ill作表语时都表示"有病"之意，如：Hefeelsill.或Hefeelssick.都对，但作定语时则只能用sick.since［误］HeislivinginGreecesince1978.［正］HehaslivedinGreecesince1978.［正］HehasbeenlivinginGreecesince1978.［析］由since引出的状语从句意为"自从"某时一直如何，主句要用完成时或完成进行时。［误］ShehasbeenquitedifferentsincecamebackfromAmerica.［正］ShehasbeenquitedifferentsincecomingbackfromAmerica.［析］分词短语可以用在after,before,since等介词后面。sleep-213-\n［误］Theboywasveryasleep.［正］Theboywasfastasleep.［析］熟睡在英文中为fastasleep.非正式英语中一般不常用He'ssleeping.而常讲He'sasleep.其形容词sleepy是"困倦的"，如：Ishallgotobednow.I'msosleepy."卧铺"英国人讲sleepingcar，而美国人讲sleeper.slow［误］Slowthedooropened.［正］Slowlythedooropened.［析］slow与slowly的用法与意思相同，在口语中和路标中多用slow，如：Tellhimtodriveslower.Slow,dangerousbend.但是如果用在动词前还是要用slowly.smile［误］Shesmiledtome.［正］Shesmiledatme.［析］"冲着某人笑"应为tosmileatsomebody.so［误］Itissuchbeautifulabookthateverychildlikesit.［正］Itissuchabeautifulbookthateverychildlikesit.［正］Itissobeautifulabookthateverychildlikesit.［析］关于so与such用法的区别有四种情况：①用于单数可数名词之前，其格式为"such+不定冠词+形容词+名词"，而"so+形容词+不定冠词"。②用于可数名词复数或不可数名词前，只能用such，如：Itissuchgoodweatherthatwewanttogoforawalk.Theyaresuchgoodstudentsthattheycanpasstheexameasily.③在只有形容词时只能用so，如：ItissogoodthatIlikeitverymuch.④在many,much,few,little这四个词前只能用so而不能用such。如：IhavesolittlemoneythatIcan'tbuythedictionary.［误］Hegotupearlysoashecouldcatchthefirstbus.［正］Hegotupearlysoastocatchthefirstbus.［正］Hegotupearlysothathecouldcatchthefirstbus.［正］Hegotupsoearlythathecouldcatchthefirstbus.some［误］Doyouhavesomelessonetoprepare?［正］Doyouhaveanylessonstoprepare?［析］在疑问句或否定句中要用any;some多用在肯定句中，如：Ihavesomemoneytobuyit.在请求，或真心希望得到肯定答复时，在疑问句中也要用some，如：Wouldyoulikesomethingtodrink?即真心实意希望为对方提供饮料。又如：Couldyoulendmesomemoney?即真心想要借到钱。-213-\nsometime［误］IhavesometimethoughtthatIshouldliketoliveinthecountry.［正］IhavesometimesthoughtthatIshouldliketoliveinthecountry.sometimesometimessometimessometimesometime为"某个时候"、"总有一天"，如：We'llmeetagainsometimenextyear.或过去的"某一时刻"，如：IsawhersometimeinJuly.sometimes为"有时候"、"时常"、"常常"，如：Everymanisafoolsometimes,andnoneatalltimes.Sometimes为"若干次"，如：IvisitedAmericasometimes.Maybefiveorseventimes.Iamnotsure.Sometime则是"一段时间"、"一些时候"，如：Iwanttoleavesometime.soon［误］Theroomassoonasbecamecrowded.［正］Theroomsoonbecamecrowded.［析］soon为"不久"、"很快"，如：I'llbethereverysoon.而assoonas意为"一……就……"，如：AssoonasIfinishedmyhomeworkIwentouttoplayfootball.sound［误］Thereportsoundswell.［正］Thereportsoundsgood.［析］sound作动词时其后接形容词而不接副词，如：Howsweetthemusicsounds!sport［误］Areyougoingtorunintheschoolsprot?［正］Areyougoingtorunintheschoolsprots?［析］sport用作可数名词单数时指具体的某项运动，如：Basketballisanindoorsport.而在泛指"运动"或"运动会"时要用其复数形式sports.spring［误］I'llvisitAmericainthisspring.［正］I'llvisitAmericainspring.［正］I'llvisitAmericathisspring.［析］英语一年四季前如果有that,this,last,next等词，则其前面不要再加介词。这样的用法还有周、月、年等。请看下面句子中的用法有何不同：Hetoldmethatshediditonthenextday.这时是指过去某一天的第二天，所以才有这种用法。如果以现在为时间基点的第二天应为I'lldoitnextday.start［误］WhattimewillyoustarttoSanFrancisco?［正］WhattimewillyoustartforSanFrancisco?［析］start与leave一样，其后接"for+目的地"。beginstart-213-\nbegin与start在很多场合下是一样的意思，如：Westarted/begantostudyEnglishtwoyearsago.但在如下场合则不能用begin:①作为"启程"讲，如：Ithinkweoughttostartatsix.②表示"开始工作"，如：Thecarwon'tstart.(车子发动不起来。)③作为"开动"、"启动"讲，如：Doyouknowhowtostartthismachine.still［误］Oh,itisstillrainingnow.［正］Oh,itisstillraining.［析］因still即包含有现在仍然如何，所以now是多余词。stillyetalreadystill一般与动词连用，可放于句子中间用以说明过去开始的动作现在仍然在继续，特别用来表示我们希望它早点停止。如：I'vebeenthinkingforhours,butIstillcan'tdecide.yet一般放于句末，用在疑问句与否定句中。如：Hasthepostmancomeyet?already则与动词连用，可放于句中表示某事的发生比预期的要早，如：I'vealreadyfinishedmyhomework.stop［误］Whentheteachercameintotheclassroomthestudentsstoppedtotalk.［正］Whentheteachercameintotheclassroomthestudentsstoppedtalking.［析］stoptodosomething是"停下来去做某事"，而stopdoingsomething是"停止做某事"。street［误］Thereisanarrowwindingstreetfromourvillagetothenextone.［正］Thereisanarrowwindingroadfromourvillagetothenextone.［析］street一般指城市中两旁有建筑物的"街道"，而road多指乡间的"路"。strict［误］Yououghttobestricttohim.［正］Yououghttobestrictwithhim.［析］bestrictwith是"对……严格的"。such［误］Doyouwanttohavesuchadictionary?［正］Doyouwanttohavesuchagooddictionary?［正］Doyouwanttohaveadictionarylikethat?［析］such作加强语气时一般是"such+(冠词)形容词+名词"，如：It'ssuchagoodbook.但如果名词前没有形容词则要看其名词是否具有"能显示程度的含意"，如：I'vegotsuchaheadache.Youaresuchfools!否则在such与名词之间一定要有形容词。sure［误］Iamquitesureforthatanswer.［正］Iamquitesureofthatanswer.［析］sure用于句中表示"对……-213-\n事有确实把握"时应跟of或about，而不跟for，如：I'msureabout(of)hisabilitytocontrolthismachine.sweet［误］Honeytastessweetly.［正］Honeytastessweet.［析］sweet可以作为名词，意为"糖果"，是可数名词，如：MayIhaveasweet?作形容词，如：Thechildlookedverysweet.而sweetly为副词，意为"甜美地"、"悦耳地"。要注意taste为感观动词，其后面要接形容词而不是副词。Ｔtake［误］ThisyearIwanttotakethedriver'slicense.［正］ThisyearIwanttogetthedriver'slicense.［析］take可以作为动词，意为"拿"、"取"，如：Iwanttotakemymail.而要获得某种证书、证明，要用get而不用take，take在学校范围内意为"参加"或"选修"某些课程，如：ThistermIwanttotakebothFrenchandSpanish.［误］Theaccidentwastakenplaceatthestreetcorner.［正］Theaccidenttookplaceatthestreetcorner.［析］takeplace与happen一样作为"发生"讲时没有被动语态。［误］Doyoutakemeasafool?［正］Doyoutakemeforafool?［析］take…for…意为"以为是……"、"错当作……"、"误认为"，而这一意思还可以用于Itookyoutobethebestfriend.(我把你认作是最好的朋友。)［误］MyEnglishteacherwasill.Whowilltakeplaceher?［正］MyEnglishteacherwasill.Whowilltaketheplaceofher?［析］taketheplaceof…意为"取代"。talk［误］YesterdayImetanoldfriend.Wetalkedmanythings.［正］YesterdayImetanoldfriend.Wetakedaboutmanythings.［析］talk是不及物动词。team［误］Ourteamlikesseeingfilm.［正］Ourteamlikeseeingfilm.［析］team与family，class等词一样，指整体时为单数名词。如：Ourteamisexcellent,而指集体中的个体时要用作复数。than［误］Theymadefewermistakesthistermthantheymadelastlerm.［正］Theymadefewermistakesthistermthantheydidlastlerm.［析］-213-\n当一个动作在同一个句子中重复时，第二次要用do来代替，以避免重复。［误］YoumakemedomorethenanybodyIknow.［正］YoumakemedomorethananybodyIknow.［误］Igotintotherestroomthansomeoneknockedatthedoor.［正］Igotintotherestroomthensomeoneknockedatthedoor.［析］than与then不要误用。then［误］Wewenttothecinema,thenwenttoaChineserestaurant.［正］Wewenttothecinema,andthenwenttoaChineserestaurant.［正］Wewenttothecinema;thenwenttoaChineserestaurant.［析］then作"然后"讲时，在then前应加分号而不用逗号，或加逗号用andthen，但是如果是倒装句则要用逗号，如：FirstcomeTom,thenMary.think［误］Ithinkyouarenotright.［正］Idon'tthinkyouareright.［析］think在肯定句中与中文的习惯用法是一致的，如：Ithinkyouareright.但在宾语从句是否定意思时，要否定think，如：Idon'tthinkyouareright.［误］Ithinkhewillcomehere,doI?［正］Ithinkhewillcomehere,wonthe?［析］think加宾语从句时，反意疑问句的主语应用宾语从句中的主语，助动词要用宾语从句中的助动词，而肯定还是否定要看主句中的情况决定：如主句用肯定句，则反意疑问句用否定句，反之亦然。［误］Peoplethinkveryhighofhiswork.［正］Peoplethinkveryhighlyofhiswork.［析］thinkhighlyof为"对某人某事评价很高"。［误］WhenwetalkaboutChinesepeoplewealwaysthinktheYellowRiver.［正］WhenwetalkaboutChinesepeoplewealwaysthinkabouttheYellowRiver.［析］thinkabout意为"想起"、"想到"。thousand［误］Hegotthousandofbooksfromasecondhandbookshop.［正］Hegotthousandsofbooksfromasecondhandbookshop.［析］虽然twothousand,threethousand在thousand后都不加s，但thousandsof则为"数千"，该结构中一定要加s。through［误］IhadalongdistancecallwithJohnthroughtthetelephone.［正］IhadalongdistancecallwithJohnonthetelephone.［误］Ittookustwohourstowalkacrosstheforest.-213-\n［正］Ittookustwohourstowalkthroughtheforest.［析］across是表示在一平面上进行的动作，而through则是用在三维空间的动作。如：Theriverwasfrozen,sowecouldwalkacrossit.Ipushedthroughthecrowdstotheentrance.throw［误］Hethrewastonetome.［正］Hethrewastoneatme.［析］"扔"这个词表示方向时要注意他向我扔石头是atme，我向他扔石头则为tohim，但throwat还有寻衅之意，如：Stopthrowingstonesatthecars.这时不要误用to.time［误］Thedoctorcameontimesoshewassaved.［正］Thedoctorcameintimesoshewassaved.［析］intime为"及时赶到"，如：Doyouthinkwecangetthereintimeforthefirstact.而ontime意为"准时"，如：Thetrainarrivedontime.［误］Itistimewegohome.［正］Itistimeweshouldgohome.［正］Itistimewewenthome.［析］"是该作某事的时候了"，其句形为：①Itistimeforsomebodytodosomething.②"Itistime+从句"，从句中用"should+动词原形"，或直接用动词的过去式。［误］Let'shurry.Wehaven'tmanytimes.［正］Let'shurry.Wehaven'tmuchtime.［误］IhavebeentoAmericatwotimes.［正］IhavebeentoAmericatwice.［析］time作为"时间"讲时为不可数名词，而作为"次"讲时则是可数名词。但"一次"不是onetime，而是once；"二次"不是twotimes，而是twice；"三次"则是threetimes.too［误］Thisboxistooheavytoliftit.［正］Thisboxistooheavytolift.［析］在too…to这一结构中，如果主语和不定式的宾语是一致的，则不要重复。［误］Thechildistooyoungnottogotoschool.［正］Thechildistooyoungtogotoschool.［析］too…to这一结构用来表示"太……以致于不能……"，但下面的句子则不能照此翻译：I'mtoogladtomeetyou.应译为"我见到你真太高兴了"。［误］Thereismuchtoonoise.［正］Thereistoomuchnoise.-213-\n［析］"muchtoo+形容词"，而"toomuch+不可数名词"。［误］Youhaveboughttoomuchtomatoes.［正］Youhaveboughttoomanytomatoes.［析］toomany后才加可数名词。alsoaswelltoo这三个词是近义词，但其用法各有不同。其一，too和aswell通常用于句末，如：Shewenttothecinemaandherbrotherwenttoo.而also则不用于句末，如：I'vealsoreadherothernovels.其二，这三个词都不用于否定句中，否定句中用not…either，或neither/nor…,如：Heisn'thereeither.trousers［误］Mytrouserisgettingsmallerandsmaller.［正］Mytrousersaregettingsmallerandsmaller.［析］英语中trousers,pants,shorts(短裤)，glasses(眼镜)都要用复数形式。［误］Thispairofglassesareverygood.［正］Thispairofglassesisverygood.［析］有了量词apairof，其后的谓语动词要与量词相一致。如：twopairsof…的谓语动词就要用复数。try［误］Itriedtosendherflowersbutitdidn'thaveanyeffect.［正］Itriedsendingherflowersbutitdidn'thaveanyeffect.(我试着给她送花，但没有什么结果。)［误］Pleasetryunderstandingit.［正］Pleasetrytounderstandit.［析］"try+动名词"的意思是"试一试"，或"做某事看看会发生什么情况"，而"try+不定式"表示为达到目的要去做的事。Ｕunder［误］Thelakeistwometersundersealevel.［正］Thelakeistwometersbelowsealevel.［析］under的意思是在某物的下面，而below＝lowerthan,即"低于"。［误］Underthehelpofourteacher,allofuspassedtheexam.［正］Withthehelpofourteacher,allofuspassedtheexam.understand［误］Ithinkitisdiffculttomakemyselftounderstand.［正］Ithinkitisdiffculttomakemyselfunderstood.-213-\n［析］这句话的意思是"我想让别人理解我太难了"。［误］Iamunderstandingthelessonnow.［正］Iunderstandthelessonnow.［析］understand一词没有进行时态。类似的词还有belong,find,hear,love,like等。until［误］Wewalkeduntiltheedgeoftheforest.［正］Wewalkedasfarastheedgeoftheforest.［误］Ourschoolbuscanholduntiltwentychildren.［正］Ourschoolbuscanholduptotwentychildren.［析］until与till两词的意思一样，但两个词都只能用于时间，如：I'llwaituntilIhearfromyou.［误］Iwaitedformymothertoseveno'clock,butshedidn'tcome.［正］Iwaitedformymotheruntilseveno'clock,butshedidn'tcome.［误］CanyoureturnthisbookuntilMonday?［正］CanyoureturnthisbookbyMonday?［析］当我们谈目前正在进行而将来某一时刻才停止的事件时用until，而用by来表达将来某一时刻会发生的动作。［误］Wearrivedhomeuntilitbecamedark.［正］Wedidn'tarrivedhomeuntilitbecamedark.［析］until用于肯定句时表示"某动作直到……为止"，如：Theyworkeduntil5∶00P.M.用于否定句中时意为"直到……才"。所以用于肯定句中要使用延续性动词，但截止性动词却可以用在否定句中。upstairs［误］Hewenttoupstairs.［正］Hewentupstairs.［析］upstairs一词可用作副词，如：Weallhurriedupstairstoseewhathappened.也可用作名词，如；Theupstairsofthehouseneedspainting.同时也可以用作形容词，如：Ahousewiththreeupstairsroomsisquitegood.use［误］Itisnousetoaskher.［正］Itisnouseaskingher.［析］Itisnouse…与Thereisnouse…后通常用动名词，而不用不定式。［误］I'llgetusedtotreatthestudentsthisway.［正］I'llgetusedtotreatingthestudentsthisway.［析］beusedto与getusedto后要接动名词表示"习惯于"做某事。［误］Iusedtogettingupearlyinthemorning.［正］Iusedtogetupearlyinthemorning.［析］usedto表示过去习惯的动作，其后要加动词原形。-213-\n［误］Oilwasusedtocooking.［正］Oilwasusedtocook.［析］这里的句型虽然也是beusedto但这里不是主动态，而是被动态，所以不能接动名词而应接不定式。［误］WeusedtogototheGreatWallthreetimes.［正］WewenttotheGreatWallthreetimes.［析］usedto只能用来表示一种习惯，而不能用来表达某事发生的次数。Ｖvery［误］Thankyouindeed.［正］Thankyouverymuchindeed.［析］indeed用来修饰verymuch,但要放其后面，而且也不要单独使用。［误］Thebabywasveryasleep.［正］Thebabywasfastasleep.［析］不是所有的形容词都可以用very来修饰，如：I'mwideawake.(我全醒了。)再如：allalone(十分孤独)，muchafraid等。［误］Thethingseemstobeveryimproved.［正］Thethingseemstobemuchimproved.［析］有些语法书讲very修饰现在分词，而much修饰过去分词，这要分别对待。如果过去分词是指一个具体的动作，而且是句中主要动词的一部分就必须用much，而某些形容词化的过去分词，还是要用very来修饰的，如：Iamverytired.［误］Thereisverylesswaterintheriverthanusual.［正］Thereismuch/farlesswaterintheriverthanusual.［析］very不能修饰形容词或副词的比较级，而要用far,much等来修饰。Ｗwait［误］TomorrowIwillwaityouatthebusstop.［正］TomorrowIwillwaitforyouatthebusstop.-213-\n［析］wait是不及物动词，"等人"要用waitforsomebody；而waitup为"不睡觉等候某事"，如：I'llwaituptonight.walk［误］Ithinkshewentawalkyesterday.［正］Ithinkshewentoutforawalkyesterday.［析］散步在英文中要讲haveawalk,takeawalk.如果用go要用goforawalk.want［误］Theflowerswanttowater.［正］Theflowerswantwatering.［析］want在这里作为"需要"讲，其后加动名词。这句话的意思是"这花需要浇水。"［误］Doyouwantsomeonegoalongwithyou?［正］Doyouwantsomeonetogoalongwithyou?［析］wantsomebodytodosomething为一固定用法。wash［误］Areyougoingtomakwashingthisweekend?［正］Areyougoingtodowashingthisweekend?［析］dowashing为"洗衣服"，是固定搭配。watch［误］Yourwatchiswhattime?［正］Whattimeisitbyyourwatch?［析］一定要记住英文的习惯用法。［误］Themotherwanttowatchthechildrentoplayonthegrass.［正］Themotherwanttowatchthechildrenplay(playing)onthegrass.［析］watch的用法同see,hear等词。way［误］Pleasemovethechair,itisontheway.［正］Pleasemovethechair,itisintheway.［析］intheway为"挡道"，而ontheway为"在路上"，如：onmywayhome(在回家路上)，onhiswaytothestation(在他去火车站的路上)。而bytheway是"顺便说"，如：Bytheway,haveyouheardfromJoanrecently?［误］Thestudentswereontheirwaytohome.［正］Thestudentswereontheirwayhome.［析］home在这里为副词。wear［误］Thelittlegirlisoldenoughtowearherself.［正］Thelittlegirlisoldenoughtodressherself.［析］wear后接衣物而不接反身代词。-213-\nwhat［误］Iwanttoknowwhattodoit?［正］Iwanttoknowwhattodo?［误］Iwanttoknowhowtodo?［正］Iwanttoknowhowtodoit?［析］what是疑问代词，而how是疑问副词。要注意它们用法的不同。when［误］I'dcookyounicemealwhenyou'dcomehomeintheevening.［正］I'dcookyounicemealwhenyoucamehomeintheevening.［析］在when引导的状语从句中，要用一般时表示将来，即主句中是将来时，从句中应用一般现在时，如主句中是过去将来时，从句中应用一般过去时。如：I'llbebackwhenyoucomebackfromschool.［误］Wheninthesecondgrade,hismotherboughthimabike.［正］WhenTomwasinthesecondgrade,hismotherboughthimabike.［析］复合句中只有当主句的主语与从句的主语一致的情况下，才有可能省略，如：Whenyounghehadtoworkallday.［误］We'llgototheparkwhenitdoesn'traintomorrow.［正］We'llgototheparkifitdoesn'traintomorrow.［析］if用来表示不能肯定的事如果发生会如何；而when用来表示肯定会发生或很可能会发生的事情，如：I'llseeyouinSeptemberwhenIcomeback.［误］Idon'tknowwhenhecomeshometomorrow.［正］Idon'tknowwhenhewillcomehometomorrow.［析］when所引出的宾语从句如果是表示将来的动作要用将来时，而不是像时间状语从句中用一般时表示将来。where［误］Idon'tknowwheretogoto.［正］Idon'tknowwheretogo.［析］where是疑问副词。whether［误］Itisunknownifhewillcome.［正］Itisunknownwhetherhewillcome.［析］if不能引导主语从句。上句中it是形式主语，其后的从句才是真正的主语从句。要注意以下各种情况不宜用if而要用whether:①Ididn'tknowwhetheryou'llgoornot.(因句中有ornot选项。)②Hedidn'tknowwhethertovisittheoldman.(因用于不定式前。)③I'minterestedinwhetherhe'llgo.(因作介词的宾语从句。)④Iwanttoknowthenewswhetherourteamwillwin.(同位语从句。)⑤Letmeknowwhetheryoucancome.(此句如用if则含意有所不同，其意就变为"如果你能来请通知我"。而用whether则意为"让我知道你是否能来"。)who-213-\n［误］Whomdoyouthinkwouldliketocomeforagameoffootball?［正］Whodoyouthinkwouldliketocomeforagameoffootball?［析］在这个句式中"doyouthink"应看作插入语，所以原句应为Whowouldliketocomeforagameoffootball?［误］Fromwhowasthegift?［正］Fromwhomwasthegift?［正］Whowasthatgiftfrom?［析］在句首时现代英语常用who取代whom，而在紧跟介词时则不能用who来取代whom.why［误］Whynottogotothepark?［正］Whynotgotothepark?［析］whynot后面接不带to的不定式，也可以用whydon'tyougowithher?win［误］Wehavewonyourclass.［正］Wehavebeatenyourclass.［析］win是及物动词，其后的宾语应是比赛、战争、奖品、奖金，如：Whichteamwonthefootballmatch?而beat是指"打败"对手、敌人，如：Mybrotherbeatmeatpoker.(请注意，beat是不规则动词，其过去式与原形相同，而过去分词为beaten.)wish［误］Ihopeyoutobeagoodstudent.［正］Iwishyoutobeagoodstudent.［析］hope不能加宾语再加宾语补足语，而wish则可以，如：Iwishyouluck.(我祝你走运。)without［误］Ican'tdothisworkwellwithoutyouhelpme.［正］Ican'tdothisworkwellwithoutyourhelp.［析］without其后接动名词或名词而不接从句。work［误］Thisgirlislookingforaworkatthebank.［正］Thisgirlislookingforajobatthebank.［析］"找工作"一般应为tofindajob，而works作为"工作"讲为不可数名词，不能加不定冠词，也不可用复数。当work作为"作品"、"著作"讲时，为可数名词，如：Thispaintingisoneofhisgreatworks.而works作为"工厂"讲时单复数形式相同，如：anironworks或twoironworks.作主语时其谓语动词可用单数，如：Thesteelworksisclosedfortheholidays.write［误］Youmaywritewithink.-213-\n［正］Youmaywriteinink.［正］Youmaywritewithapen.［析］"用……写"这一表达法要看用的是什么：如果用钢笔则应用with,如：Pleasefillinthisformwithapen.但讲用墨水时则要用in.Ｙyesterday［误］Icameacrossmyoldfriendyesterdaynight.［正］Icameacrossmyoldfriendlastnight.［析］"昨晚"应译为lastnight.-213-